WO2022134030A1 - Data transmission method and apparatus - Google Patents

Data transmission method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022134030A1
WO2022134030A1 PCT/CN2020/139520 CN2020139520W WO2022134030A1 WO 2022134030 A1 WO2022134030 A1 WO 2022134030A1 CN 2020139520 W CN2020139520 W CN 2020139520W WO 2022134030 A1 WO2022134030 A1 WO 2022134030A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
data
transmission
terminal device
random access
access network
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/139520
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张云昊
郭英昊
吴艺群
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN202080107518.9A priority Critical patent/CN116530191A/en
Priority to PCT/CN2020/139520 priority patent/WO2022134030A1/en
Publication of WO2022134030A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022134030A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method and apparatus.
  • a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) connection is established with the access network device.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the RRC connection can include three states: RRC connected state, RRC idle state, and RRC inactive state.
  • CG-SDT pre-configured grant-small data transmission
  • GF grant-free scheduling
  • CG-SDT refers to the access network.
  • the device pre-configures the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) for the terminal device for uplink data transmission in a semi-static manner.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the terminal device can directly Using the preconfigured PUSCH resources and parameters to send data to the access network device, there is no need to receive the dynamic grant (DG) of the access network device, nor to send a random access preamble to the access network device.
  • DG dynamic grant
  • the terminal device When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, it can also perform random access-small data transmission (RA-SDT) based on the random access process.
  • R-SDT random access-small data transmission
  • the network device sends uplink small data (small data, SD).
  • the present application provides a data transmission method and device to improve the flexibility of small packet data transmission.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, and the method can be applied to a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device.
  • the method includes: the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state. During the state process, the first data is sent to the access network device through the preconfigured authorization resource; and then the transmission indication information from the access network device is received, and the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or Continue the data transmission; the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, or receives the third data sent by the access network device.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device sends the first data to the access network device through the CG resource during the RRC inactive state, it can receive the transmission indication information sent by the access network device, and the terminal device can perform data processing according to the transmission indication information. Switching the transmission mode or continuing the current data transmission, realizing flexible data transmission, avoiding the waste of resources caused by the terminal device blindly trying to switch the data transmission mode, and improving the data transmission efficiency.
  • the access network device sends downlink control information to the terminal device, where the downlink control information includes transmission indication information.
  • the transmission indication information may be downlink control information scrambled by the wireless network temporary identifier dedicated to the inactive CG-SDT configured by the access network device to the terminal device, for example, the access network device configured to the terminal device.
  • the wireless network temporary identifier for CG-SDT may be SDT-RNTI or CG-RNTI.
  • the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: power control indication, transmission mode switching indication, correct response to the first data, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH scheduling information, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduling information, timing advance adjustment instruction, modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction; wherein, the power control instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to send the transmission power of the second data; the transmission mode switching instruction is used to indicate the The terminal device switches the data transmission mode; the correct response response of the first data is used to indicate that the access network device receives the first data; the PUSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device to send on the scheduled PUSCH the second data; the PDSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal equipment to receive the third data on the scheduled PDSCH; the timing advance adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal equipment to adjust the timing advance; the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction is used for It is used to instruct the terminal equipment to adjust the modulation and coding strategy.
  • the transmission indication information may include power control indication, transmission mode switching indication, correct response to the first data, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH scheduling information, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduling information, timing advance adjustment indication, At least one of the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instructions, the terminal device can adjust the transmission power, timing advance, modulation and coding strategy, etc. during the data transmission process according to the transmission indication information, and can also switch the data transmission mode, and receive PUSCH or PUSCH or PDSCH scheduling information, so that the terminal device can flexibly perform data transmission.
  • the transmission indication information when the transmission indication information includes the power control indication, the power control indication is carried in the first field of the transmission indication information; wherein the value of the first field is different At the same time, the power control indication is used to indicate different transmission powers; the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, including: the terminal device according to the transmission indication information
  • the value of the first field in the power control instruction determines the target transmit power indicated by the power control instruction; the terminal device sends the access network equipment according to the target transmit power indicated by the power control instruction. Second data.
  • the terminal device can determine the target transmission power for sending the second data to the access network device according to the power control indication, so as to implement closed-loop power control during data transmission and avoid excessively high power. Transmit power wastes energy consumption, increases interference, and avoids poor reception performance due to too low transmit power.
  • the transmission mode switching instruction when the transmission instruction information includes the transmission mode switching instruction, includes: an identifier of a target data transmission mode and/or a power threshold; wherein the target transmission mode The identifier of the target transmission mode is carried in the second field of the transmission indication information.
  • the identifier of the target transmission mode is used to indicate the identifier of different data transmission modes;
  • the power threshold is the reference signal
  • the received power threshold value of the power threshold value is carried in the third field of the transmission indication information.
  • the value of the third field is different, the value of the power threshold value is different.
  • the terminal device can determine the target data mode and switch according to the transmission mode switching instruction, so as to avoid unnecessary resource overhead caused by the terminal device blindly trying other data transmission modes.
  • the terminal device when the transmission mode switching indication includes the identifier of the target data transmission mode, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, Including: when the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target transmission mode is an identifier corresponding to two-step random access data transmission, the terminal device sends the first step to the access network device through a two-step random access process.
  • the terminal device recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the two-step random access process After that, send the second data to the access network device; or when the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target transmission mode is an identifier corresponding to the four-step random access data transmission, the terminal device passes the four-step The random access process sends the second data to the access network device; or when the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the four-step random access process, the terminal device uses the four-step random access process. After the step-by-step random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device.
  • the terminal device when the transmission mode switching indication includes the power threshold, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, including: the The terminal device determines the power threshold according to the value of the third field in the transmission indication information; when the terminal device determines that the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the terminal device sends a random access procedure to the two-step random access process.
  • the access network device sends the second data, or the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device after recovering from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through a two-step random access process; or
  • the terminal device determines that the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through a four-step random access procedure, or the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through a four-step random access procedure. After the random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device.
  • the terminal device when the transmission mode switching instruction includes the identifier of the target data transmission mode and the power threshold, the terminal device sends the information to the access network device according to the transmission instruction information.
  • the second data includes: the terminal device determines the power threshold according to the value of the third field in the transmission indication information; when the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is random access data When the corresponding identifier is transmitted, and the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through a two-step random access procedure; or when the terminal device determines the target
  • the identifier of the data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, and when the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, after the terminal equipment recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the two-step random access process, it sends the data to the RRC connection state.
  • the access network device sends the second data; or when the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is an identifier corresponding to random access data transmission, and the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the four-step random access process; or when the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, and the reference signal
  • the terminal device sends second data to the access network device after recovering from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through a four-step random access process.
  • the transmission mode switching instruction may include the identification and/or power threshold of the target data transmission mode, and the terminal device may determine the corresponding target data transmission mode of the transmission mode switching instruction by using the identification and/or power threshold of the target data transmission mode.
  • the target data transmission mode determined by the above method can be a two-step random access process, a four-step random access process, a two-step random access data transmission, and a four-step random access data transmission, so that the terminal device can accurately switch to The target data transmission method improves the flexibility of data transmission.
  • the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to instruct the terminal device to perform random access in the two steps procedure or the resources used in the four-step random access procedure.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: a random access preamble index value, a synchronization signal block index value, and a physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, so The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate the resource used by the terminal equipment in the two-step random access process For the uplink shared channel, the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
  • the transmission indication information can also include a contention-free random access resource indication, and the terminal device can determine the contention-free random access resource indication used when switching to the random access process or random access data transmission according to the contention-free random access resource indication. Use random access resources.
  • the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, including: The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the process of sending the first data; if the transmission indication information does not include a correct response for the first data, the terminal The device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, including: the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the process of sending the first data; Wherein, the second data is the same as the first data, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the valid information of the second data and the first data is the same, or The second data is a redundant version of the first data.
  • the terminal device can determine whether the first data needs to be retransmitted according to whether the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data, and when the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data, the terminal device determines the access The network device has correctly received the first data, and the terminal device can continue to send the second data to the access network device through the process of sending the first data; and when the transmission indication information does not include a correct response for the first data, the terminal device is in the The second data is sent in the process of the first data. At this time, the second data sent is the same as the first data, the information bits are the same, the valid information is the same, or the second data is a redundant version of the first data, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission. sex.
  • the access network device may also send a correct response response of the first data to the terminal device through RRC signaling or MAC CE.
  • the terminal device when the transmission indication information includes the PDSCH scheduling information, the terminal device receives third data sent by the access network device according to the transmission indication information, including: the terminal device The PDSCH scheduled by the transmission indication information is determined according to the PDSCH scheduling information; the terminal device receives the third data on the PDSCH scheduled by the transmission indication information.
  • the access network device sends PDSCH scheduling information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the third data on the scheduled PDSCH, so that the terminal device can receive the downlink data sent by the access network device in the RRC inactive state.
  • Downstream packet data or non-packet data transmission is a subcarrier scheduling information.
  • the transmission indication information further includes: a feedback power control indication, where the feedback power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the transmit power of the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH, and the feedback power control indication The indication is carried in the eighth field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the eighth field is different, the feedback power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
  • the terminal device can determine the transmission power of the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH sent by the terminal device according to the feedback power control indication, and use the transmission power to send the PDSCH corresponding to the access network device. feedback information to improve the transmission performance of the feedback information.
  • the terminal device receives the transmission indication information from the access network device Afterwards, the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, radio resource control RRC signaling sent by the access network device, where the RRC signaling includes a configuration instructing the terminal device to use the feedback power control indication as a power control indication information; the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, which includes: the terminal device determines, according to the value of the eighth field in the transmission indication information, the Feedback the transmission power indicated by the power control indication; the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission power indicated by the feedback power control indication.
  • RRC signaling includes a configuration instructing the terminal device to use the feedback power control indication as a power control indication information
  • the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, which includes: the terminal device determines, according to the value of the eighth field in the transmission indication information, the Feedback the transmission power indicated by the power control indication; the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device
  • the access network device can instruct the terminal device to use the feedback power control instruction as the power control instruction through RRC signaling, and the terminal device can
  • the feedback power control indication determines the transmission power and uses the transmission power to send the second data to the access network device, and the overhead of transmitting indication information is saved by multiplexing the feedback power control indication and the power control indication.
  • the RRC signaling includes a correct response response of the first data; or after the terminal device receives the transmission indication information from the access network device, the terminal device further includes: the terminal device A medium access control MAC control element CE sent by the access network device is received, where the MAC CE includes a correct response response of the first data.
  • the terminal device can also receive the correct response response of the first data sent by the access network device through RRC signaling or MAC CE.
  • the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information; when the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information, the terminal device according to the transmission indication information, Sending the second data to the access network device includes: the terminal device sending the second data to the access network device on the PUSCH scheduled by the retransmission PUSCH scheduling information, wherein the first The second data is the same as the first data, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the valid information of the second data and the first data is the same, or the second data is a redundant version of the first data; when the PUSCH scheduling information is newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, the terminal device sends second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, including: The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device on the PUSCH scheduled by the PUSCH scheduling newly transmitted information.
  • the PUSCH scheduling information may be retransmitted PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, and the terminal device may determine, according to the PUSCH scheduling information, to retransmit the first data or the first data on the scheduled PUSCH.
  • the second data is sent on the scheduled PUSCH to realize uplink small packet data transmission and improve the accuracy of data transmission.
  • the timing advance adjustment indication is carried in the ninth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the ninth field of the transmission indication information of the time adjustment indication occupation may be the same as the second field or the third field of the transmission mode switching indication occupation.
  • the method before the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device or receives the third data sent by the access network device according to the transmission indication information, the method further includes: The terminal device determines a target timing advance according to the timing advance adjustment instruction, and adjusts the timing advance of the terminal device according to the target timing advance.
  • the timing advance adjustment instruction may include the target timing advance or the relative timing advance.
  • the transmission instruction information may also include a timing advance adjustment instruction, and the terminal device can adjust the timing advance according to the timing advance adjustment instruction to maintain uplink synchronization with the access network equipment.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives the TA adjustment instruction and performs TA adjustment according to the TA adjustment instruction, it can restart the TA validity timer. If the TA validity timer does not expire, the TA of the terminal device is valid, otherwise, the TA of the terminal device is invalid.
  • the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is carried in the tenth field of the transmission indication information, and the tenth field takes the value of When the values are different, the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is used to indicate different modulation and coding strategies.
  • the method before the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device or receives the third data sent by the access network device according to the transmission indication information, the method further includes: The terminal device adjusts the modulation and coding strategy of the terminal device according to the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction.
  • the transmission indication information may also include modulation and coding strategy adjustment instructions, and the terminal device can adjust the modulation and coding strategy according to the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instructions to adjust the data transmission block size.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, which can be applied to an access network device or a chip in an access network device.
  • the method applied to an access network device includes: The access network device receives the first data sent by the terminal device in the RRC inactive state through the preconfigured authorization resource; then the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information is used for Instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or continue data transmission; the access network device receives the second data sent by the terminal device, or sends third data to the terminal device.
  • the access network device after receiving the first data sent by the terminal device in the RRC inactive state through the preconfigured authorized resources, the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or Continue data transmission, realize flexible data transmission, avoid resource waste caused by terminal equipment blindly trying to switch data transmission modes, and improve data transmission efficiency.
  • the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: power control indication, transmission mode switching indication, correct response to the first data, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH scheduling information, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduling information, timing advance adjustment instruction, modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction; wherein, the power control instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to send the transmission power of the second data; the transmission mode switching instruction is used to indicate the The terminal device switches the data transmission mode; the correct response response of the first data is used to indicate that the access network device receives the first data; the PUSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device to send on the scheduled PUSCH the second data; the PDSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal equipment to receive the third data on the scheduled PDSCH; the timing advance adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal equipment to adjust the timing advance; the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction is used for It is used to instruct the terminal equipment to adjust the modulation and coding strategy.
  • the transmission indication information may include power control indication, transmission mode switching indication, correct response to the first data, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH scheduling information, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduling information, timing advance adjustment indication, At least one of the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instructions, the access network device may instruct the terminal device to adjust the transmission power, timing advance, modulation and coding strategy, etc. during data transmission by sending transmission indication information to the terminal device, and may also indicate The terminal equipment switches the data transmission mode and instructs the terminal equipment PUSCH or PDSCH scheduling information, so that the terminal equipment can flexibly perform data transmission.
  • the transmission indication information includes the power control indication
  • the power control indication is carried in the first field of the transmission indication information; wherein the value of the first field is different Meanwhile, the power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
  • the access network device when the transmission indication information includes a power control indication, the access network device indicates to the terminal device the target transmit power of the second data to be sent by the terminal device through the power control indication, so as to realize closed-loop power control in the data transmission process and avoid excessive power consumption.
  • High transmit power wastes energy consumption, increases interference, and avoids poor reception performance due to too low transmit power.
  • the transmission mode switching instruction when the transmission instruction information includes the transmission mode switching instruction, includes: an identifier of a target data transmission mode and/or a power threshold; wherein, the target transmission mode The identifier is carried in the second field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the second field is different, the target transmission mode is used to indicate different data transmission modes; the power threshold is the received power threshold of the reference signal, The power threshold is carried in the third field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the third field is different, the value of the power threshold is different.
  • the receiving, by the access network device, the second data sent by the terminal device includes: the access network device receiving the terminal device through a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process The second data sent by the process; or the access network device receives the second data sent by the terminal device after the terminal device recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the two-step random access process or the four-step random access process. .
  • the access network device can indicate the target data mode to the terminal device through the transmission mode switching instruction, so as to avoid unnecessary resource overhead caused by the terminal device blindly trying other data transmission modes.
  • the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to instruct the terminal device to perform random access in the two steps procedure or the resources used in the four-step random access procedure.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: a random access preamble index value, a synchronization signal block index value, and a physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, so The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate the uplink shared channel used in the two-step random access process, The PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
  • the transmission indication information can also include a contention-free random access resource indication, and the access network device can indicate to the terminal device the contention-free random access used by the terminal device during the random access process or random access data transmission. into resources.
  • the access network device when the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data, receives the second data sent by the terminal device, including: the access network device The device receives the second data sent by the terminal device through the process of sending the first data; when the transmission indication information does not include a correct response for the first data, the access network device receives
  • the second data sent by the terminal device includes: receiving, by the access network device, second data sent by the terminal device through the process of sending the first data; wherein the second data is the same as the first data.
  • the data are the same, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the valid information of the second data and the first data are the same, or the second data is the same as the first data. Redundant version.
  • the access network device determines that the first data is correctly received, it sends a correct response response of the first data to the terminal device by transmitting the indication information, and when it is determined that the first data is not correctly received, transmits the indication information.
  • the correct response response of the first data is not included, so that the terminal device is instructed to resend the first data, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission.
  • the access network device when the transmission indication information includes the PDSCH scheduling information, the access network device sends third data to the terminal device, including: the access network device schedules the PDSCH in the PDSCH schedule.
  • the third data is sent to the terminal device on the PDSCH of the information scheduling.
  • the access network device sends PDSCH scheduling information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the third data on the scheduled PDSCH, so that the terminal device can receive the downlink data sent by the access network device in the RRC inactive state.
  • Downstream packet data or non-packet data transmission is a subcarrier scheduling information.
  • the transmission indication information further includes a feedback power control indication, where the feedback power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the transmit power of the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH; the feedback power control indication It is carried in the eighth field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the eighth field is different, the feedback power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
  • the access network device can instruct the terminal device to send the transmission power of the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH to the terminal device through the feedback power control indication, so that the terminal device can use the transmission power to send the transmission power to the access network.
  • the network access device sends the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH to improve the data transmission performance.
  • the access network device when the transmission indication information does not include the correct response response of the first data and the power control indication, after the access network device sends the transmission indication information to the terminal device , and further comprising: the access network device sends radio resource control RRC signaling to the terminal device, where the RRC signaling includes configuration information instructing the terminal device to use the feedback power control indication as a power control indication.
  • the access network device can instruct the terminal device to use the feedback power control instruction as the power control instruction through RRC signaling, and the terminal device can
  • the feedback power control indication determines the transmission power and uses the transmission power to send the second data to the access network device, and the overhead of transmitting indication information is saved by multiplexing the feedback power control indication and the power control indication.
  • the RRC signaling includes a correct response response of the first data; or after the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, further includes: the access network device The network device sends a medium access control MAC control element CE to the terminal device, where the MAC CE includes a correct response response corresponding to the first data.
  • the access network device can respond correctly to the first data sent by the terminal device through RRC signaling or MAC CE.
  • the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information; when the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information, the access network device receives the terminal device
  • the sent second data includes: the access network device receives second data sent by the terminal device on the PUSCH scheduled by the retransmitted PUSCH scheduling information, wherein the second data is the same as the first data
  • the data are the same, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the valid information of the second data and the first data are the same, or the second data is the same as the first data.
  • the access network device receives the second data sent by the terminal device, including: the access network device schedules the retransmission PUSCH On the PUSCH scheduled by the information, the second data sent by the terminal device is received.
  • the PUSCH scheduling information can be retransmission PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, and the access network device can send the retransmission PUSCH scheduling information to the terminal device through the transmission indication information to Instruct the terminal device to resend the first data on the scheduled PUSCH, or send the new PUSCH scheduling information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to send the second data on the scheduled PUSCH, realize uplink small packet data transmission, and improve the accuracy of data transmission sex.
  • the timing advance adjustment indication is carried in the ninth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the ninth field of the transmission indication information of the time adjustment indication occupation may be the same as the second field or the third field of the transmission mode switching indication occupation.
  • the access network device can send a timing advance adjustment instruction to the terminal device by transmitting the instruction information, so that the terminal device adjusts the timing advance and maintains uplink synchronization between the terminal device and the access network device.
  • the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is carried in the tenth field of the transmission indication information, and the tenth field
  • the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is used to indicate different modulation and coding strategies.
  • the access network device can send the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction to the terminal device through the transmission instruction information, so as to instruct the terminal device to adjust the modulation and coding strategy, and then adjust the data transmission rate.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a second data transmission method, which can be applied to a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device.
  • the method includes: During the active state, the terminal device sends a random access request to the access network device; then the terminal device receives the transmission indication information from the access network device, and the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform data transmission. manner and/or resource; the terminal device performs data transmission according to the transmission indication information.
  • the terminal equipment can receive the transmission indication information sent by the access network equipment in the process of RRC inactive state, and the terminal equipment can determine the data transmission mode and/or resources according to the transmission indication information, without the need for the terminal equipment from the RRC After the inactive state is restored to the RRC connected state, the reconfigured resources are obtained and the data transmission mode is switched, which saves resource overhead and improves the flexibility of data transmission.
  • the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication, and a beam indication; wherein the transmission mode switching indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or After the random access data transmission is completed, switch to the authorization-free scheduling data transmission; the resource indication is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform pre-configured authorization resources when the authorization-free scheduling data transmission is performed; the beam indication is used to indicate the synchronization signal block The corresponding relationship with the preconfigured authorization resource.
  • the transmission indication information may include at least one of a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication and a beam indication, thereby instructing the terminal device to flexibly transmit data.
  • the transmission indication information when the transmission indication information includes the transmission mode switching indication, the transmission indication information is carried in the first field of the transmission indication information; the terminal device indicates according to the target
  • the data transmission of the information includes: after the terminal device determines that the random access process or the random access data transmission ends, using preconfigured authorized resources to perform authorization-free scheduling data transmission; wherein, the random access data transmission is a two-step random access data transmission. Access data transmission or four-step random access data transmission, and the random access process is a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process.
  • the transmission instruction information may include a transmission mode switching instruction, and the terminal device can determine whether to perform authorization-free scheduling data transmission after the random access process or the random access data transmission according to the transmission mode switching instruction, without requiring the terminal After the device recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, it obtains the reconfigured resources and switches the data transmission mode to save resource overhead.
  • the transmission indication information when the transmission indication information includes the resource indication, the resource indication is carried in a second field of the transmission indication information, wherein the second field has different values, and the The resource indication is used to indicate activation of different preconfigured authorized resources.
  • the transmission indication information can include a resource indication, and the terminal device can determine the preconfigured authorized resource activated by the resource indication according to the resource indication, so as to be used when the terminal device performs authorization-free scheduling data transmission.
  • the beam indication when the transmission indication information includes the beam indication, the beam indication is carried in a third field of the transmission indication information, wherein when the values of the third field are different, the The beam indication is used to indicate the correspondence between different synchronization signal blocks and the preconfigured grant resources.
  • the transmission indication information can include beam indication, and the terminal device can determine the correspondence between different synchronization signal blocks and the preconfigured authorized resources according to the beam indication, so that the terminal device can determine the preconfigured authorized resources when using the preconfigured authorized resources.
  • the terminal device receiving the transmission indication information from the access network device includes: the terminal device receiving downlink control information sent by the access network device, where the downlink control information includes the transmission indication information.
  • the transmission indication information is carried in a reserved field in the downlink control information.
  • the transmission indication information can be included in the downlink control information, thereby saving resource overhead.
  • the terminal device receiving the transmission indication information from the access network device includes: the terminal device receiving the downlink control information sent by the access network device, and performing the downlink control information in the downlink control information.
  • the transmission indication information is received on the scheduled physical downlink shared channel PDSCH; or the terminal device receives random access response information sent by the access network device, where the random access response information includes the transmission indication information, The random access response information is carried on the PDSCH; or the terminal device receives conflict resolution information sent by the access network device, the conflict resolution information includes the transmission indication information, and the conflict resolution information carried on the PDSCH; or the terminal device receives the radio resource control RRC signaling sent by the access network device, the RRC signaling includes the transmission indication information, and the RRC signaling is carried in the on PDSCH.
  • the medium access control MAC control element CE is carried on the PDSCH.
  • the transmission indication information is carried on a logical channel not defined in the MAC CE.
  • the transmission indication information can be carried in the PDSCH scheduled by the downlink control information, or the transmission indication information can be included in the random access response information, conflict resolution information or RRC signaling, providing a variety of transmission methods for the transmission indication information.
  • the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or random access Resources used in data transfer.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: a random access preamble index value, a synchronization signal block index value, and a physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, so The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate a two-step random access process or a two-step random access data transmission
  • the uplink shared channel used by the terminal device, and the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
  • the transmission indication information may also include a contention-free random access resource indication, and the terminal device can determine the contention-free random access resource used in the random access process or random access data transmission according to the contention-free random access resource indication. resource.
  • the method further includes: sending, by the terminal device, feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information to the access network device, the The feedback information is used to feed back whether the terminal device accepts the transmission indication of the transmission indication information.
  • the terminal device after receiving the transmission indication information, the terminal device can feed back to the access network device whether to accept the transmission indication of the transmission indication information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a second data transmission method, which can be applied to an access network device or a chip in an access network device.
  • the method applied to an access network device includes: : The access network device receives a random access request from the terminal device in the RRC inactive state process; the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform data The method and/or resource of the transmission.
  • the access network device when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, after the access network device receives the random access request sent by the terminal device, the access network device can send transmission indication information to the terminal device, so that the random access request of the terminal device can be sent to the terminal device. Instruct the terminal device to perform data transmission mode and/or resources during the access process, without requiring the terminal device to obtain reconfigured resources and switch the data transmission mode after recovering from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, saving resource overhead and improving data Transmission flexibility.
  • the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication, and a beam indication;
  • the transmission mode switching indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or random access After the incoming data transmission is completed, switch to the authorization-free scheduling data transmission;
  • the resource indication is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform pre-configured authorization resources when the authorization-free scheduling data transmission is performed;
  • the beam indication is used to indicate that the synchronization signal block and all The corresponding relationship of the pre-configured authorization resources is described.
  • the transmission indication information may include at least one of a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication and a beam indication, thereby instructing the terminal device to flexibly transmit data.
  • the transmission indication information when the transmission indication information includes a transmission mode switching indication, the transmission indication information is carried in the first field of the transmission indication information; wherein, the random access data transmission is two One-step random access data transmission or four-step random access data transmission, and the random access process is a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process.
  • the transmission instruction information can include a transmission mode switching instruction, and the access network device can instruct the terminal equipment to switch to the authorization-free scheduling data transmission through the transmission instruction information when the terminal equipment is in the RRC inactive state, without the need for the terminal equipment.
  • the RRC inactive state is restored to the RRC connected state, the reconfigured resources are obtained and the data transmission mode is switched to save resource overhead.
  • the transmission indication information when the transmission indication information includes the resource indication, the resource indication is carried in a second field of the transmission indication information, wherein the second field has different values, and the The resource indication is used to indicate activation of different preconfigured authorized resources.
  • the transmission indication information may include a resource indication
  • the access network device may indicate the activated preconfigured authorized resource to the terminal device through the resource indication to be used when the terminal device performs authorization-free scheduling data transmission.
  • the beam indication when the transmission indication information includes the beam indication, the beam indication is carried in a third field of the transmission indication information, wherein when the values of the third field are different, the The beam indication is used to indicate the correspondence between different synchronization signal blocks and the preconfigured grant resources.
  • the transmission indication information may include a beam indication
  • the access network device may send the corresponding relationship between the synchronization signal block and the preconfigured authorized resource to the terminal device through the beam indication, so that the terminal device can use the preconfigured authorized resource on the is determined, the synchronization signal block corresponding to the pre-configured authorization resource is determined, and the signal quality during data transmission is improved.
  • the access network device sending transmission indication information to the terminal device includes: the access network device sending downlink control information to the terminal device, where the downlink control information includes the Transmission instructions.
  • the transmission indication information is carried in a reserved field in the downlink control information.
  • the transmission indication information can be included in the downlink control information, thereby saving resource overhead.
  • sending, by the access network device to the terminal device, transmission indication information includes: the access network device sending downlink control information to the terminal device, and when the downlink control information schedules The transmission indication information is sent on the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH; or the access network device sends random access response information to the terminal device, where the random access response information includes the transmission indication information, and the random access response information includes the transmission indication information.
  • the access response information is carried on the PDSCH; or the access network device sends conflict resolution information to the terminal device, the conflict resolution information includes the transmission indication information, and the conflict resolution information is carried on the On the PDSCH; or the access network device sends radio resource control RRC signaling to the terminal device, the RRC signaling includes the transmission indication information, and the RRC signaling is carried on the PDSCH.
  • the medium access control MAC control element CE is carried on the PDSCH.
  • the transmission indication information is carried on a logical channel not defined in the MAC CE.
  • the transmission indication information can be carried in the PDSCH scheduled by the downlink control information, or the transmission indication information can be included in the random access response information, conflict resolution information or RRC signaling, providing a variety of transmission methods for the transmission indication information.
  • the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or random access Resources used in data transfer.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: random access preamble index value, synchronization signal block index value, physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value, or The range of RO resource index values; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, the The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate a two-step random access process or a two-step random access data transmission
  • the uplink shared channel used by the terminal device, and the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
  • the transmission indication information can also include a contention-free random access resource indication, and the access network device can indicate to the terminal device through the transmission indication information the non-contention used by the terminal device in the random access process or random access data transmission. Contention for random resources.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the access network device, feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information from the terminal device, The feedback information is used to feed back whether the terminal device accepts the transmission indication of the transmission indication information.
  • the access network device can learn whether the terminal device accepts the transmission instruction of the transmission instruction information through the feedback information corresponding to the transmission instruction information sent by the terminal device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication apparatus, including a unit for performing each step in any of the above aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication apparatus, the communication apparatus includes a processor, a memory, and a communication interface, where the memory is used for storing instructions and data, and the communication interface is used for communicating the apparatus with other devices
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module or other types of communication interfaces.
  • the communication device When the communication device is applied to a terminal device, the other device may be an access network device.
  • the communication apparatus is applied to an access network device, the other device may be a terminal device.
  • the processor When the communication apparatus is applied to a terminal device, the processor is configured to implement the method described in the first aspect or the third aspect, and when the communication apparatus is applied to an access network device, the processor is configured to implement the above-mentioned first aspect The method described in the second aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including a terminal device and an access network device, wherein the terminal device has a function of executing the method provided in the first aspect or the third aspect of the present application, and the connection The network access device has the function of executing the method provided by the second aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program, which, when the computer program runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method provided in any one of the foregoing aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer is made to execute any one of the above methods provided.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, where the chip is configured to read a computer program stored in a memory, and execute the method provided in any of the foregoing aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor for supporting a computer device to implement the method provided in any one of the foregoing aspects.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing necessary programs and data of the computer device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2 is an example diagram of terminal equipment performing RRC state transition
  • Fig. 3 is a flow chart of a small packet data transmission method based on a two-step random access process
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a small packet data transmission method based on a four-step random access process
  • Fig. 5 is the flow chart of the preconfigured authorization packet transmission method based on authorization-free scheduling
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a data transmission method when a terminal device performs CG-SDT according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 7 is the flow chart of the data transmission method that this application example 1 provides;
  • Fig. 8 is the flow chart of the data transmission method that this application example 2 provides;
  • Example 11 is a flowchart of a data transmission method provided by Example 5 of this application.
  • Example 12 is a flowchart of a data transmission method provided by Example 6 of this application.
  • Example 13 is a flowchart of a data transmission method provided by Example 7 of this application.
  • Example 14 is a flowchart of the data transmission method provided by Example 8 of this application.
  • Example 9 is a flowchart of a data transmission method provided by Example 9 of this application.
  • 16 is a flowchart of a data transmission mode when a terminal device performs RA-SDT according to an embodiment of the present application
  • 17 is a schematic diagram of the correspondence between a first field value and its corresponding SSB index value and a CG resource according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a correspondence between an SSB index value and a CG resource according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart of a data transmission method when a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application performs 4-step RA-SDT;
  • 20 is a flowchart of a data transmission method when a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application performs 2-step RA-SDT;
  • 21 is a flowchart of a data transmission method when a random access process provided by an embodiment of the present application ends and the terminal device has not switched from an RRC inactive state to an RRC connected state;
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a 5G system or a future mobile communication system.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system architecture, where the communication system includes at least one terminal device and a network device, and the network device may include an access network device (RAN equipment) and core network equipment in the core network.
  • the network device may include an access network device (RAN equipment) and core network equipment in the core network.
  • the terminal equipment in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 may also be called user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., and is a part of the user side.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • An entity for receiving or transmitting signals, for sending uplink signals to network equipment, or receiving downlink signals from network equipment. Includes devices that provide voice and/or data connectivity to users.
  • the terminal device may be a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal equipment may communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • the terminal equipment may include user equipment, V2X terminal equipment, wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device (D2D) terminal equipment, machine-to-machine/machine-type communication (machine-to-machine/ machine-type communications, M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station) ), access point (AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user device (user device), available Wearable devices, in-vehicle devices, etc.
  • IoT Internet of things
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. Wait.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the various terminal devices described above if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be considered as on-board terminal equipment, and the on-board terminal equipment can also be called on-board unit (on-board unit, OBU). ).
  • OBU on-board unit
  • the core network equipment in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 is a network element located in the core network and is used to implement the functions of the core network, for example, it is responsible for sending the terminal equipment to the terminal according to the call request or service request sent by the terminal equipment through the access network.
  • the device is connected to different data networks, as well as services such as billing, mobility management, and session management.
  • the core network may include multiple core network devices.
  • the core network includes core network devices responsible for terminal device access and mobility management service functions, core network devices responsible for session management, and the like.
  • a 5G mobile communication system may include: an access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) network element, a session management function (session management function, SMF) network element, a user plane function ( core network equipment such as user plane function, UPF) network elements.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • the AMF network element may be responsible for terminal access management and mobility management
  • the SMF network element may be responsible for session management, such as user session establishment, etc.
  • the UPF network element may be a user plane functional entity, mainly responsible for connecting to external networks.
  • network elements may also be referred to as entities or functional entities, for example, AMF network elements may also be referred to as AMF entities or AMF functional entities, and, for example, SMF network elements may also be referred to as SMF entities or SMF functions entity etc.
  • the access network device in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 may be, for example, a base station (base station, BS), and the BS may be a device deployed in a wireless access network and capable of wirelessly communicating with terminal devices.
  • the base station may have various forms, such as a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay station, and an access point.
  • the base station involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a base station in a 5G mobile communication system or a base station in an LTE mobile communication system, where the base station in the 5G mobile communication system may also be referred to as a transmission reception point (transmission reception point). , TRP) or gNB.
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • gNB transmission reception point
  • the device for implementing the function of the network device may be a network device; it may also be a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed on the network in the device.
  • wireless communication may also be referred to as "communication” for short, and the term “communication” may also be described as "data transmission”, “information transmission” or “transmission”.
  • data transmission in the embodiments of this application may be small data packet (small data, SD) transmission, or may be data transmission with unlimited data size.
  • data transmission in the embodiments of this application “Data transfer” means small packet transfer.
  • the small data packet can be a data packet with a size of 100-300Byte; or, a small data packet is a data packet that can be sent in one time slot, taking 5M bandwidth resources and a time slot of 30kHz SCS as an example, if a positive If quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) is used for modulation, about 500 bytes can be transmitted in one time slot; or the user plane data packets and/or control plane sent when the RRC state of the terminal device is RRC inactive Data packets can be considered as small data packets.
  • QPSK quadrature phase shift keying
  • the small data packet may also be referred to as small packet data or small packet
  • the small data packet transmission may also be referred to as small packet data transmission.
  • the terminal device is within the coverage of an access network device, and the terminal device can communicate with the access network device after accessing the access network device. Specifically, the terminal device communicates with the access network device. The device sends an uplink signal, and/or receives a downlink signal sent by the access network device. The terminal device can achieve synchronization with the access network device and obtain system messages by receiving a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal and PBCH block, SSB). Among them, a primary synchronization signal (primary synchronisation signal, PSS), a secondary synchronization signal (secondary synchronisation signal, SSS) and a physical broadcast channel (physical broadcast channel, PBCH) together constitute an SSB.
  • a primary synchronization signal primary synchronisation signal
  • PSS secondary synchronization signal
  • SSS secondary synchronisation signal
  • PBCH physical broadcast channel
  • An SSB cycle sent by the access network device includes multiple SSBs, each SSB corresponds to a beam, and the terminal device can select the SSB with the best or better signal quality according to the beam scanning signal.
  • multiple SSBs may correspond to the same beam or respectively correspond to different beams.
  • the terminal device can perform a radio resource control (RRC) establishment process with the access network device.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the RRC state of the terminal device is the RRC connected state, and then the RRC state of the terminal device can be converted in the following states: RRC idle (RRC_IDLE) state, RRC connected (RRC_CONNECTED) state and RRC inactive (RRC_INACTIVE) state )state.
  • the three RRC states of the terminal device are further introduced below:
  • the scheduler (grant-free, GF) communicates with the access network equipment.
  • the terminal device may send specific data of the terminal device or unicast data of the terminal device to the access network device through an uplink data channel, such as a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), and/or,
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the terminal device may receive specific data of the terminal device or unicast data of the terminal device from the access network device through a downlink data channel, such as a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH).
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • the terminal device When the RRC state of the terminal device is in the idle state, the RRC connection between the terminal device and the access network device is released, and the connection between the terminal device and the core network device is released, and the terminal device can receive broadcast messages from the access network device. , paging messages, system messages, etc., but the terminal equipment cannot perform unicast data transmission with the access network equipment. For example, the terminal equipment cannot receive the downlink data sent by the access network equipment through the specific PDSCH of the terminal equipment, and the terminal equipment cannot pass The terminal device-specific PUSCH sends uplink data to the access network device.
  • the terminal device can receive broadcast messages, paging messages, system messages, etc. from the access network device, and can also perform limited unicast data transmission with the access network device. For example, the terminal device can send unicast small packet data to the access network device. , and/or, receive unicast packet data sent by the access network device.
  • FIG. 1 is an example diagram of the terminal equipment transitioning in the above-mentioned three RRC states.
  • the RRC state transition includes the following transition processes:
  • the access network equipment can send an RRC release (RRC rlease) message to the terminal equipment, so that the terminal equipment releases the RRC connection with the access network equipment, and releases the connection with the core network equipment, so that the terminal equipment releases the RRC connection with the access network equipment. Transition from RRC connected state to RRC idle state.
  • RRC release RRC rlease
  • the access network device may send an RRC suspend (RRC suspend) message or an RRC release (RRC rlease) to the terminal device, so that the terminal device releases the RRC connection with the access network device, but keeps the connection with the core network device.
  • RRC suspend RRC suspend
  • RRC release RRC rlease
  • the terminal equipment may establish an RRC connection with the access network equipment and establish a connection with the core network equipment through the RRC establishment process, so that the terminal equipment is converted from the RRC idle state to the RRC connected state.
  • the RRC establishment process may be triggered by the upper layer of the terminal device. For example, when the terminal device needs to send uplink data, the RRC establishment process is triggered by the higher layer of the terminal device.
  • the RRC establishment process may also be triggered by the access network device. For example, when the terminal device is in the RRC idle state, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal device, where the paging message includes the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device triggers the RRC establishment process.
  • the RRC establishment process may include: the terminal device sends an RRC establishment request (RRC Connection Request) message to the access network device.
  • RRC Connection Request RRC connection request
  • the access network device receives the request message
  • the access network device sends an RRC connection setup (RRC Connection setup) message to the terminal device, it means that the access network device agrees to the terminal device to access, then the terminal device's The RRC state may transition to the RRC connected state.
  • RRC Connection reject RRC connection reject
  • the scenarios in which the high layer of the terminal device triggers the terminal device to initiate the RRC establishment process include but are not limited to: the terminal device needs to send uplink data to the access network device.
  • the service data adaptation protocol service data adaptation protocol, SDAP
  • the packet data convergence protocol packet data convergence protocol, PDCP
  • the radio link control radio link control, RLC
  • the RRC layer of the terminal device triggers the media access control (media access control, MAC) layer of the terminal device and the access network device to perform the access process, thereby
  • the RRC establishment process is performed with the access network device.
  • the RRC connection between the terminal device and the access network device can be established or restored through the RRC establishment or RRC recovery process, so that the RRC state of the terminal device is converted to the RRC connected state.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, after the terminal device receives a paging message from the access network device, or after being triggered by the upper layer of the terminal device, the terminal device can initiate an RRC recovery process to try to recover the communication with the access network device. RRC connected to enter the RRC connected state.
  • the RRC recovery process between the terminal device and the access network device includes: the terminal device sends an RRC Resume Request (RRC Resume Request) message to the access network device, and after receiving the request, the access network device sends an RRC message to the terminal device A setup (RRC Setup) message or an RRC resume (RRC Resume) message, so that the state of the terminal device can be converted to the RRC connected state; or, the access network device sends an RRC Release (RRC Release) message to the terminal device, so that the state of the terminal device From the RRC inactive state to the RRC idle state; or, the access network device sends an RRC reject (RRC Reject) message to the terminal device, so that the terminal device continues to stay in the RRC inactive state.
  • RRC Resume Request RRC Resume Request
  • RRC Resume Request RRC Resume Request
  • the connection between the terminal device and the core network device may be released through the RRC release process, so that the terminal device is converted from the RRC inactive state to the RRC idle state.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the terminal device can receive broadcast messages, paging messages, system messages, etc. from the access network device, and can also perform limited unicast data transmission with the access network device.
  • the access network equipment retains the registration information of the terminal equipment, but the terminal equipment suspends most of the air interface behaviors with the access network equipment, such as suspending monitoring scheduling information, that is, suspending receiving the information sent by the access network equipment for scheduling the
  • the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) of the terminal equipment for unicast transmission suspension of sending scheduling information, suspension of RRM (radio resource management, radio resource management) measurement, suspension of beam maintenance and other air interface behaviors.
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • the RRC inactive state is a state that saves the power of the terminal device, and compared with the RRC idle state, the terminal device can quickly switch to the RRC connected state in the RRC inactive state, which significantly reduces the power consumption. Delay and signaling overhead of switching to RRC connected state.
  • terminal equipment in the RRC inactive state did not support unicast data transmission, that is, the terminal equipment needed to restore the RRC connection and enter the RRC connected state before unicast data transmission.
  • small data packets such as smartphone-related services, which may be instant messages in instant messaging applications, heartbeat packets or push messages of applications; for example, non-smartphone-related services , such as periodic data from wearable devices (such as heartbeat packets), periodic readings sent by industrial wireless sensor networks, data transmission from smart meters, and more.
  • the signaling required for the terminal device to enter the RRC connected state from the RRC inactive state may be larger than the data packets to be transmitted, resulting in unnecessary power consumption and signaling overhead. Therefore, when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, unicast small data transmission (SDT) can solve the communication requirements in these scenarios, while reducing signaling overhead and power consumption.
  • SDT unicast small data transmission
  • the small packet data transmission can be performed in the following two ways:
  • the random access process means that the terminal device establishes a wireless link with the access network device through the random access process to obtain or restore uplink synchronization.
  • the small packet data transmission based on the random access process means that the terminal device sends uplink data to the access network device or receives the downlink data sent by the access network device during the random access process.
  • the small packet data transmission method includes two steps of MsgA and MsgB:
  • MsgA The terminal device sends a random access preamble (Preamble) to the access network device on the physical random access channel (PRACH), and the terminal device transmits the random access preamble (Preamble) on the corresponding physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH) to send uplink small packet data to the access network device.
  • Preamble a random access preamble
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • Preamble the terminal device transmits the random access preamble (Preamble) on the corresponding physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH) to send uplink small packet data to the access network device.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the Preamble is used to determine the timing advance (TA) of the terminal device according to the Preamble after the access network device receives the Preamble, and notify the TA to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can adjust the uplink synchronization.
  • TA timing advance
  • the access network device sends a random access response (RAR) to the terminal device, and the RAR may include the feedback information of MsgA to notify the terminal device whether the access network device successfully receives the uplink small packet data.
  • RAR random access response
  • PRACH resources, Preamble resources, PUSCH resources (including demodulation reference signal (DMRS) resources in PUSCH), and resources for terminal equipment to receive RAR are all configured by the access network equipment to the terminal equipment Specifically, it may be a resource dedicated to the terminal device configured by the access network device when the terminal device is in the RRC connection state, or it may be a resource that the access network device broadcasts for competition in the system message.
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • the small packet data transmission based on the four-step random access process can also be called an early data transmission (EDT) scheme, which is different from the data transmission performed by the terminal device after entering the RRC connection state through the four-step random access process.
  • EDT early data transmission
  • the terminal device sends a Preamble to the access network device on a physical random access channel opportunity (PRACH occasion, RO).
  • PRACH occasion RO
  • the access network device sends an RAR to the terminal device, where the RAR includes the uplink scheduling information of Msg3.
  • the terminal device sends uplink small packet data to the access network device on the resource scheduled by the RAR.
  • the uplink small packet data may include the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the access network device sends feedback information to the terminal device, so as to notify the terminal device of whether the access network device successfully receives the uplink small packet data.
  • PRACH resources, Preamble resources, PUSCH resources (including DMRS resources in PUSCH), and resources for the terminal equipment to receive RAR are all configured by the access network equipment to the terminal equipment.
  • the access network equipment may be in the terminal equipment.
  • the resources allocated to the terminal equipment in the RRC connection state may also be resources that the access network equipment broadcasts and competes for in the system message.
  • CG-SDT Pre-configured grant-small data transmission
  • GF grant-free scheduling
  • CG-SDT refers to the PUSCH resources and corresponding transmission parameters pre-configured by the access network equipment for the terminal equipment for uplink data transmission in a semi-static manner, so that the terminal equipment can directly use the uplink data when there is uplink data to transmit.
  • the preconfigured PUSCH resources and corresponding transmission parameters send uplink data to the access network device without receiving the dynamic uplink grant (dynamic UL grant) of the access network device, and do not need to send the Preamble to the access network device to enable The terminal equipment adjusts the uplink synchronization.
  • the preconfigured authorization transmission includes two types of preconfigured authorization methods (Type 1CG and Type 2CG).
  • the data transmission based on Type 1CG is that the access network equipment configures the terminal equipment with pre-configured grant (CG) resources and transmission parameters through RRC signaling.
  • the access network equipment configures the following information or resources for the terminal equipment.
  • the access network device adopts a two-step resource configuration method: first, the access network device issues authorization configuration information through RRC signaling.
  • the authorization configuration information is used to configure CG resources and transmission parameters, which may include Period of time domain resources, related parameters of open-loop power control, waveform, redundancy version sequence, number of repetitions, frequency hopping mode, resource allocation type, number of HARQ processes, DMRS related parameters, MCS table, RBG group size, etc.
  • the access network device sends downlink control information (DCI) scrambled using the configured scheduling radio network temporary identifier (CS-RNTI) to the terminal device to activate Type 2CG-based PUSCH transmission , and configure other transmission resources and transmission parameters including time domain resources, frequency domain resources, DMRS sequence indication, MCS, etc. at the same time.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • CS-RNTI scheduling radio network temporary identifier
  • FIG. 5 shows a CG-SDT method, including the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends the uplink small packet data to the access network device by using the CG resource; optionally, the uplink small packet data may include the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the access network device sends feedback information to the terminal device, where the feedback information is used to notify the terminal device whether the access network device successfully receives the uplink small packet data.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, it can send small packets of data through RA-SDT or CG-SDT, but the terminal device needs to determine whether the CG resource is valid before using the CG resource for CG-SDT. For example , when the terminal device determines that the TA is valid, and the terminal device determines that the measured reference signal received power (RSRP) of the SSB is within a preset threshold range, it determines that the CG resource is valid. When the terminal device determines that all conditions for valid CG resources cannot be met, the terminal device cannot perform CG-SDT, but needs to perform RA-SDT, or perform data transmission after returning to the RRC connection state through the random access procedure.
  • RSRP reference signal received power
  • the terminal equipment needs to switch to CG-SDT when performing RA-SDT, the terminal equipment needs to enter the RRC connection state through the random access process, obtain the CG resources reconfigured by the access network equipment, and switch to the CG-SDT After the RRC is inactive, the CG-SDT can be continued, which takes a long time and costs a lot. It can be seen that the current small packet data transmission method is not flexible enough.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method for an access network device to instruct the terminal device to continue data transmission during the small packet data transmission process of the terminal device, so as to improve the flexibility of small packet data transmission.
  • FIG. 6 shows a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application, including the following steps:
  • S601 When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the terminal device sends the first data to the access network device by using preconfigured authorization resources.
  • the access network device receives the first data sent by the terminal device in the RRC inactive state through the preconfigured authorization resource.
  • the preconfigured grant (CG) resource may be a resource preconfigured by the access network device for the terminal device to perform uplink data transmission in a semi-static manner when the terminal device is in the RRC connection state, such as using PUSCH resources for uplink data transmission and corresponding transmission parameters.
  • the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or continue data transmission.
  • the access network device sends downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) to the terminal device, and the DCI includes transmission indication information.
  • the DCI may be a DCI scrambled by a radio network temporary indicator (RNTI) dedicated to the inactive CG-SDT configured to the terminal device by the access network device, and the access network device is configured to the terminal device.
  • RNTI radio network temporary indicator
  • the RNTI dedicated to CG-SDT can be either SDT-RNTI or CG-RNTI.
  • the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or continue the data transmission.
  • the transmission indication information may include at least one of a power control indication, a transmission mode switching indication, a correct response response to the first data, a timing advance adjustment indication, PUSCH scheduling information, PDSCH scheduling information, and modulation and coding adjustment indications .
  • the power control instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to send the transmission power of the second data
  • the transmission mode switching instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode
  • the correct response of the first data is used to instruct the access network device to successfully receive the first data.
  • the timing advance adjustment indication is also called the TA adjustment indication
  • the TA adjustment indication is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the TA
  • the PUSCH scheduling information is used to indicate the scheduled PUSCH.
  • the PDSCH scheduling information is used to indicate the scheduled PDSCH, and the terminal device can receive the downlink data sent by the access network device on the scheduled PDSCH.
  • the modulation and coding adjustment instruction is also called the MCS adjustment instruction, and the MCS adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the MCS.
  • the Format0_0 of DCI is used to implement the transmission mode switching indication, the correct acknowledgement response of the first data, and the PUSCH scheduling information in the transmission indication information.
  • the value of the frequency domain resource allocation (FDRA) field in the DCI of Format0_0 is "all 1"
  • the transmission instruction information includes the transmission mode switching instruction and/or the correct response response of the first data
  • the value of the FDRA field in the DCI of Format0_0 is not "all 1”
  • the indication of the PDSCH scheduling information in the transmission indication information is implemented using the DCI of Format1_0 of the DCI.
  • the value of the FDRA field in the DCI of Format0_0 when the value of the FDRA field in the DCI of Format0_0 is different, it can be used to indicate different transmission indication information. For example, when the value of the FDRA field in Format0_0 is "all 1", as shown in Table 1, 1 bit in the transmission indication information can be occupied to distinguish the transmission mode switching indication or the correct response response of the first data:
  • 2 bits in the transmission indication information can be occupied to distinguish the transmission mode switching indication or the correct response response of the first data:
  • the DCI of Format 0_0 may be used to implement the indication power control indication, the TA adjustment indication and the MCS adjustment indication included in the transmission indication information.
  • the indication content included when the DCI of Format0_0 is used to send the transmission indication information and the number of bits occupied are shown in Table 3:
  • the power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to send the second data transmission power.
  • the terminal device can continue the current CG-SDT for the terminal device and send the second data on the next CG resource, such as the terminal device.
  • the device sends the second data through PUSCH; or the second data sent by the terminal device may be that after the terminal device switches to RACH or RA-SDT, the second data is sent on the random access resource, for example, the terminal device sends the second data through PRACH or PUSCH
  • the power control indication may be a PUSCH power control indication and/or a PRACH power control indication.
  • the power control indication may be carried in the first field of the transmission indication information, and different values of the first field are used to indicate different transmit powers.
  • the power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the power when sending the second data
  • the first field occupies N bits of the transmission indication information, and different values of the first field indicate different transmit powers. value.
  • the power control indication is used to indicate the power offset of the transmit power when the terminal device sends the second data relative to the transmit power when the terminal device sends the first data, then the terminal device receives After the indication information is transmitted, the transmit power used for transmitting the second data may be determined according to the power control indication in the transmission indication information and the transmit power for transmitting the first data.
  • the first field occupies 2 bits in the transmission indication information, and different values of the first field are used to indicate the power of the transmit power when the terminal device sends the second data relative to the transmit power when the terminal device sends the first data Offset.
  • Table 4 shows a different value of the first field and its corresponding power offset.
  • the first field (2bits) Power offset (dB) 00 -1 01 0 10 1 11 3
  • the transmission mode switching instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the current CG-SDT to the target data transmission mode, and to continue data transmission through the target data transmission mode.
  • the transmission mode switching instruction includes an identifier and/or a power threshold of the target data transmission mode, wherein the identifier of the target data transmission mode is used to indicate the type of the target data transmission mode, and the target data transmission mode is carried in the In the second field of the transmission indication information, different values of the second field are used to indicate different data transmission modes; the power threshold is the RSRP threshold, and the power threshold is carried in the third field of the transmission indication information.
  • the terminal device may determine the target data transmission mode to switch to according to the identification and/or power threshold of the target data transmission mode.
  • the second field occupies 2 bits in the transmission indication information, and different values of the second field represent identifiers of different target data transmission modes.
  • Table 5 shows a different value of the second field and the identifier of the corresponding target data transmission mode.
  • 2-step RACH is the identifier corresponding to the two-step random access process, which is used to instruct the terminal device to recover from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the two-step random access process
  • 4-step RACH is a four-step The identifier corresponding to the random access process is used to instruct the terminal equipment to recover from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the four-step random access process
  • 2-step RA-SDT is the identifier corresponding to the two-step random access data transmission, which is used It is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit small packet data through the two-step random access process
  • 4-step RA-SDT is the identifier corresponding to the four-step random access data transmission, which is used to instruct the terminal device to perform small packet data transmission through the four-step random access process.
  • the second field occupies 1 bit in the transmission indication information, and different values of the second field represent identifiers of different target data transmission modes.
  • the second field is used to indicate whether the terminal device performs data transmission through the random access process.
  • Table 6 shows the value of the second field and the identifier of the corresponding target data transmission mode.
  • RACH is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, which is used to instruct the terminal equipment to recover from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the random access process
  • RA-SDT is the identifier corresponding to the random access data transmission, which is used It is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform small packet data transmission through the random access procedure.
  • the power threshold in the handover instruction is carried in a third field in the transmission instruction information, and the third field occupies X bits in the transmission instruction information, where X is a positive integer greater than 0.
  • the terminal device may specifically perform the following operations: the terminal device determines the RSRP, and compares the RSRP with the power threshold: if the RSRP is greater than the power threshold, the terminal device determines A two-step random access procedure is adopted, otherwise, the terminal device determines to adopt a four-step random access procedure.
  • the identifier of the target data transmission mode in the transmission mode switching instruction can be used to indicate whether the terminal device performs small-packet data transmission through the random access process and whether to use the two-step random access process or the four-step random access process, and also It can be used to indicate whether the terminal device performs small packet data transmission through the random access process, and the two-step random access process or the four-step random access process can be selected by the terminal device, or the terminal device can compare the RSRP with the switching instruction.
  • the power threshold is determined. Specifically, when the transmission mode switching instruction includes the identification of the target data transmission mode, the terminal device continues data transmission according to the identification of the target data transmission mode.
  • the terminal device determines that the terminal device adopts the two-step random access according to the power threshold. The process is still a four-step random access process. If the transmission mode switching instruction does not include a power threshold, the terminal device can choose to use a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process.
  • the transmission indication information may also include a contention-free random access resource indication, and a contention-free random access (CFRA) resource is used by the terminal device in the process of performing non-contention-based random access.
  • CFRA contention-free random access
  • the contention-free random access resource indication may include a random access preamble index value (Preamble Index), a synchronization signal block index value (SSB Index), a physical random access channel opportunity (PRACH opportunity). , RO) at least one of a resource index value or a range of RO resource index values.
  • Preamble Index a random access preamble index value
  • SSB Index a synchronization signal block index value
  • PRACH opportunity a physical random access channel opportunity
  • RO at least one of a resource index value or a range of RO resource index values.
  • the Preamble Index can be carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information to indicate the Preamble used by the terminal equipment in the random access process;
  • the SSB Index can be carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, used to indicate and RO Associated SSB;
  • RO resource index value or RO resource index value range can be indicated by PRACH MASK Index,
  • PRACH MASK Index can be carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information, and different sixth field values can be used to indicate different ROs Resource index value or RO resource index value range.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication may also include a physical uplink shared channel opportunity (PUSCH occasion, PO) indication
  • the PO indication may be a PO index value (PO Index)
  • PO Index is used to indicate the terminal equipment.
  • the PUSCH and PO Index used in the two-step random access process can be carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
  • the number of bits occupied by the seventh field can be determined according to the number of candidate POs. For example, when there are 4 When there are two candidate POs, the seventh field may occupy 2 bits, and different values of the seventh field are used to indicate different candidate POs.
  • Table 7 shows a contention-free random access resource indication and the PO indication occupying the number of bits of transmission indication information.
  • a correct acknowledgement response (acknowledge character, ACK) of the first data indicates that the access network device determines that it has received the first data sent by the terminal device.
  • the access network device may also send the correct response response of the first data to the terminal device in the following manner: the access network device sends RRC signaling to the terminal device, and the RRC signaling includes the correct response response of the first data; or The access network device sends a media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) to the terminal device, and the MAC CE includes a correct response response of the first data.
  • the access network device sends RRC signaling to the terminal device, and the RRC signaling includes the correct response response of the first data; or
  • the access network device sends a media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) to the terminal device, and the MAC CE includes a correct response response of the first data.
  • media access control media access control
  • CE control element
  • the TA adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to perform TA adjustment.
  • the TA adjustment indication may be carried in the eighth field of the transmission indication information, and different values of the eighth field are used to identify different TA values.
  • the access network device after the access network device measures the TA, it sends the measured target TA to the terminal device through a TA adjustment instruction, and the terminal device can adjust the TA currently used by the terminal device to the target TA, thereby completing the TA. Adjustment.
  • the access network device after the access network device measures the TA, it sends the measured TA offset of the target TA relative to the TA last indicated to the terminal device by the access network device through TA adjustment to the The terminal equipment, after receiving the transmission indication information including the TA adjustment indication, determines the target TA value according to the TA offset in the transmission indication information and the TA value currently used by the terminal equipment, and adjusts the TA used by the terminal equipment to target TA. It should be noted that the TA indicated to the terminal device by the access network device last time is the same as the TA currently used by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives the TA adjustment instruction and performs TA adjustment according to the TA adjustment instruction, it can restart the TA validity timer. If the TA validity timer does not expire, the TA of the terminal device is valid, otherwise, the TA of the terminal device is invalid.
  • the terminal device switches from the current CG-SDT to the random access process, because the terminal device can obtain TA from the access network device through the random access process and perform TA. adjustment, the terminal equipment does not need to be instructed by the access network equipment to perform TA adjustment when switching to the random access procedure.
  • the eighth field occupied by the TA adjustment indication can be the same as the second field or the third field occupied by the transmission mode switching indication, and in the implementation, the transmission mode switching indication or TA adjustment indication in different scenarios can be realized by multiplexing the same field, For example, when the transmission instruction information includes a transmission mode switching instruction, the second field of the occupied transmission instruction information carries the identifier of the target data transmission mode; when the transmission instruction information does not include the transmission mode instruction, the second field of the occupied transmission instruction information carries TA adjustment instructions.
  • the PUSCH scheduling information is used to indicate the PUSCH scheduled by the access network device for the terminal device to send uplink data, and the terminal device can send the second data to the access network device on the PUSCH.
  • the PUSCH scheduling information may be retransmitted PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, wherein the retransmitted PUSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device to resend the first data on the scheduled PUSCH, and the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling indication information It is used to instruct the terminal device to send the second data on the scheduled PUSCH.
  • the PUSCH scheduling information may include at least one of the following: a frequency domain resource allocation (FDRA) indication required for PUSCH scheduling, a time domain resource allocation (TDRA) indication, MCS index value, HARQ process number (HARQ process number) related to PUSCH scheduling, and new data indicator (NDI).
  • FDRA frequency domain resource allocation
  • TDRA time domain resource allocation
  • MCS index value MCS index value
  • HARQ process number HARQ process number
  • NDI new data indicator
  • the HARQ process number and the new data indication in the PUSCH scheduling information can be used to indicate whether the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information.
  • the HARQ process number is an unused HRAQ process number, or when the HARQ process number is a used HARQ process number and the new data indication is "rollover", determine that the PUSCH scheduling information is the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information.
  • the HARQ process ID is the used HARQ process ID and the new data indication is "no rollover"
  • determine that the PUSCH scheduling information is the retransmission PUSCH scheduling information.
  • the HARQ process number is an unused HARQ process number, it means that data has not been transmitted on the process corresponding to the HARQ process number, and if the HARQ process number is a used HARQ process number, it means that the process corresponding to the HARQ process number has been transmitted.
  • the HARQ process number corresponding to the process in which the terminal device sends the first data is the used HARQ process number.
  • the PDSCH scheduling information is used to indicate the PDSCH scheduled by the access network device and used for sending downlink data to the terminal device, and the terminal device may receive third data sent by the access network device on the PDSCH.
  • the third data may be downlink data sent by the access network device or higher layer feedback information (such as feedback information sent through RRC signaling or MAC CE).
  • higher layer feedback information such as feedback information sent through RRC signaling or MAC CE.
  • the terminal device may send feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH to the access network device to notify the access network device whether the terminal device has received the third data.
  • the transmission indication information may further include a feedback power control indication, where the feedback power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the transmit power of the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH.
  • the feedback power control indication is carried in the eighth field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the eighth field is different, the feedback power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
  • the eighth field occupies 2 bits of the transmission indication information, and the different values of the eighth field are used to indicate that the transmit power when the terminal device sends the feedback information is relative to the transmit power when the terminal device sent uplink data last time. power offset.
  • the eighth field occupies 2 bits of the transmission indication information, and the different values of the eighth field are used to indicate that the transmit power when the terminal device sends the feedback information is relative to the transmit power when the terminal device sent uplink data last time. power offset.
  • the MCS adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal equipment to adjust the modulation and coding strategy.
  • the MCS adjustment indication may be carried in the tenth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the MCS adjustment indication can be used to indicate the MCS index value.
  • the MCS index value corresponds to a row of MCS configuration information in the MCS table. terminal equipment.
  • Each row of MCS configuration information in the MCS table includes at least one of channel coding code rate, quadrature amplitude modulation (quadrature amplitude modulation, QAM) order, and spectral efficiency.
  • the tenth field occupies X bits of the transmission indication information
  • the MCS index value is determined according to the value of the tenth field
  • the MCS index value corresponds to a row of MCS configuration information in the MCS table of 2 X rows, for example, the first row of MCS configuration information.
  • the tenth field occupies 5 bits of the transmission indication information
  • the MCS index value can be determined according to the value of the tenth field
  • the MCS index value corresponds to a row of MCS configuration information in the MCS table of 32 rows.
  • the offset of the MCS index value is determined to be -2 , determine that the target MCS index value corresponding to the MCS adjustment indication is 8, which corresponds to the MCS configuration information in the 8th row in the MCS table (the MCS index value starts from 1), or corresponds to the MCS configuration information in the 9th row in the MCS table (MCS configuration information The index value starts from 0).
  • MCS is used to indicate the modulation method and transport block size
  • the channel coding rate and the QAM order affect the transport block size (transmit block size, TBS).
  • TBS transport block size
  • the terminal device After receiving the transmission indication information, the terminal device executes S603 and/or S604:
  • the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, and the access network device receives the second data sent by the terminal device.
  • the access network device sends third data to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the third data sent by the access network device according to the transmission indication information.
  • the terminal device determines the operation performed by the terminal device when it continues to perform data transmission according to the transmission indication information.
  • the transmission indication information includes a power control indication.
  • the terminal device determines that the transmission indication information includes a power control indication
  • the terminal device determines the target transmission power indicated by the power control information according to the value of the first field in the transmission indication information, and the terminal device sends the first transmission power to the access network device according to the target transmission power.
  • the terminal device determines the power offset according to the power control indication.
  • the target transmission power is determined according to the transmission power and the power offset when the terminal device sends the first data, and the target transmission power is used to send the first data to the access network device on the next CG resource of the CG resource for sending the first data. Send second data.
  • the transmission instruction information includes a handover instruction.
  • the terminal device determines that the transmission instruction information includes a switching instruction, it determines the target data transmission mode corresponding to the switching instruction information, and sends the second data to the access network device after switching to the target transmission mode.
  • the handover instruction includes the identifier of the target data transmission mode
  • the target data transmission mode may be two-step random access data transmission, two-step random access process, four-step random access data transmission, four-step random access data transmission random access procedure. It includes the following four situations:
  • the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target transmission mode is an identifier corresponding to the two-step random access data transmission, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the two-step random access process.
  • the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the two-step random access process, after the terminal device recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the two-step random access process, it sends a message to the access network device. Second data.
  • the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the four-step random access data transmission, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the four-step random access process.
  • the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the four-step random access process, the terminal device sends a message to the access network device after recovering from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the four-step random access process.
  • Second data Second data.
  • the handover indication includes a power threshold
  • the terminal device determines the power threshold according to the value of the third field in the transmission indication information.
  • the access network device can configure multiple power thresholds to the terminal device through RRC signaling or system messages, and then pass the third bit in the transmission indication information. field instructs the terminal device to select one of multiple power thresholds. Then, after receiving the transmission indication information, the terminal device determines the power threshold indicated by the handover instruction according to the value of the third field and multiple power thresholds configured by the access network device.
  • the specific implementation includes the following two situations:
  • the terminal device determines that the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the two-step random access process, or the terminal device recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC inactive state through the two-step random access process In the RRC connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device.
  • the terminal device determines that the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the four-step random access process, or the terminal device changes from the RRC inactive state through the four-step random access process After returning to the RRC connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device.
  • the target data transmission mode includes the random access procedure and the random access data transmission.
  • the terminal device determines the power threshold according to the value of the third field in the transmission indication information.
  • the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access data transmission, and the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through a two-step random access process .
  • the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, and the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the terminal device recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the two-step random access process Then, the second data is sent to the access network device.
  • the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access data transmission, and the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, the terminal device sends the first random access process to the access network device through the four-step random access process. Two data.
  • the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, and the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, the terminal device recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC through the four-step random access process After the connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device.
  • the terminal device performs a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process on the resource indicated by the contention-free random access resource, such as , determine the corresponding random access preamble Preamble1 according to the random access preamble index value included in the contention-free random access resource indication, determine the SSB1 used in the random access process according to the synchronization signal block index value, and determine the SSB1 used in the random access process according to the RO resource index The value determines the RO resource 1 corresponding to the random access procedure. Then, the terminal device uses SSB1 to send Preamble1 to the access network device on RO resource 1 to trigger a two-step random access request or a four-step random access request.
  • a contention-free random access resource indication such as , determine the corresponding random access preamble Preamble1 according to the random access preamble index value included in the contention-free random access resource indication, determine the SSB1 used in the random access process according to the synchronization signal block index value, and determine the SS
  • the terminal device may perform the small packet data transmission based on the two-step random access process shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the terminal device may perform the small packet data transmission based on the four-step random access process shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the transmission indication information includes the correct response response of the first data.
  • the terminal device determines that the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data
  • the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the process of sending the first data.
  • the terminal device determines that the transmission instruction information does not include a correct response response for the first data
  • the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the process of sending the first data; wherein the second data is the same as the first data.
  • the first data is the same, or the second data and the first data have the same information bits, or the second data and the first data have the same valid information, or the second data information is a redundant version of the first data information. That is to say, when the terminal device determines that the transmission indication information does not include a correct response response of the first data, the process of sending the first data may be used to retransmit the first data.
  • the transmission indication information includes PDSCH scheduling information.
  • the terminal device determines that the PDSCH scheduling information is included in the transmission indication information, the terminal device determines the PDSCH scheduled by the transmission indication information according to the PDSCH scheduling information, and receives third data on the PDSCH scheduled by the transmission indication information.
  • the third data may be downlink data sent by the access network device, or high-level feedback information sent by the access network device (such as feedback information sent through RRC signaling or MAC CE).
  • the terminal device determines the transmit power indicated by the feedback power control indication according to the value of the eighth field occupied by the feedback power control indication, and according to the feedback power control indication With the indicated transmission power, feedback information corresponding to the third data is sent to the access network device, so as to notify the access network device whether the device successfully receives the third data when the terminal is in use.
  • the terminal equipment when the transmission instruction information does not include the correct response response and power control instruction of the first data, if the terminal equipment receives the information sent by the access network equipment through RRC signaling, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment to use the feedback power control instruction as the power control instruction. configuration information of the control instruction, the terminal device can determine the transmit power indicated by the feedback power control instruction according to the value of the eighth field, and send the second data to the access network device according to the transmit power indicated by the feedback power control.
  • the transmission indication information includes a scheduling retransmission indication.
  • the terminal device determines that the transmission indication information includes a scheduling retransmission indication, it determines the scheduling retransmission resource indicated by the scheduling retransmission indication, and sends second data on the scheduling retransmission resource, where the second data is the same as the first data, Either the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the valid information of the second data and the first data are the same, or the second data information is a redundant version of the first data information.
  • the terminal device in the process of RRC inactive state, after sending the first data to the access network device through the CG resource, the terminal device can receive the transmission indication information sent by the access network device, and the terminal device can perform data transmission according to the transmission indication information Mode switching or continuing the current data transmission, flexible data transmission, avoiding resource waste caused by terminal equipment blindly trying to switch data transmission modes, and improving data transmission efficiency.
  • FIG 7 shows the data transmission method provided by Example 1, which specifically includes the following steps:
  • S701 In the process of the RRC inactive state of the terminal device, the terminal device sends the first data to the access network device through the preconfigured authorization resource.
  • the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data and a power control indication.
  • the terminal device determines the power offset according to the value of the first field occupied by the power control indication in the transmission indication information.
  • the terminal device determines the target transmit power according to the power offset and the transmit power when the terminal device transmits the first data
  • the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device by using the target transmission power through the process of sending the first data.
  • the access network device can send the correct response response of the first data and the power control instruction to the terminal device through the transmission instruction information, and the terminal device can send the second data to the access network device according to the power control instruction, so that the terminal device can send the second data to the access network device.
  • Closed-loop power control of data transmission with access network equipment so that the terminal equipment can adjust the transmit power in time according to the power control instruction, avoid excessive transmission power waste energy consumption and increase interference, and avoid too low transmission power resulting in poor reception performance .
  • FIG 8 shows the data transmission method provided by Example 2, which specifically includes the following steps:
  • the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information includes a transmission mode switching indication and a contention-free random access resource indication.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the identifier of the target data transmission mode in the transmission mode switching instruction, that the target data transmission mode is four-step random access data transmission.
  • S804 The terminal device determines resources used in the four-step random access process according to the contention-free random access resource indication.
  • S805 The terminal device sends a Preamble to the access network device on the determined PRACH used in the four-step random access process.
  • S806 The access network device sends the RAR to the terminal device.
  • S807 The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device on the resource scheduled by the RAR.
  • the access network device sends feedback information to the terminal device, so as to notify the terminal device of whether the access network device successfully receives the uplink small packet data.
  • the access network device sends the handover indication and the contention-free random access resource indication through the transmission indication information, and the terminal device can switch to the target data transmission mode according to the handover indication, and use the contention-free random access resource indication resources for data transmission, so that the terminal device can accurately determine the target data mode and switch, and avoid unnecessary resource overhead caused by the terminal device blindly trying other data transmission modes.
  • FIG 9 shows the data transmission method provided by Example 3, which specifically includes the following steps:
  • the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information includes PDSCH scheduling information and feedback power control indication.
  • the terminal device receives third data on the PDSCH scheduled by the PDSCH scheduling information.
  • the terminal device sends feedback information corresponding to the third data to the access network device according to the transmission power indicated by the feedback power control.
  • the access network device sends PDSCH scheduling information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the third data on the scheduled PDSCH, so that the terminal device can receive downlink data sent by the access network device in the RRC inactive state, Realize the transmission of downlink small packet data or non-small packet data.
  • FIG 10 shows the data transmission method provided by Example 4, which specifically includes the following steps:
  • the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information includes PUSCH scheduling information.
  • the terminal device determines that the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information according to the HARQ process number and the new data indication in the PUSCH scheduling information.
  • the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device on the PUSCH resource scheduled by the PUSCH scheduling information.
  • the second data is the same as the first data, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the valid information of the second data and the first data is the same, or the second data information is a kind of the first data information Redundant version.
  • the access network device sends the PUSCH scheduling information to the terminal device through the transmission indication information, and when the terminal device determines that the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information according to the HARQ process number and the new data indication in the PUSCH scheduling information, it means If the access network device fails to receive the first data successfully, the terminal device retransmits the first data to the access network device, thereby improving the accuracy of data transmission.
  • FIG 11 shows the data transmission method provided by Example 5, which specifically includes the following steps:
  • the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information includes PUSCH scheduling information.
  • the terminal device determines that the PUSCH scheduling information is newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information according to the HARQ process number and the new data indication in the PUSCH scheduling information.
  • the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device on the PUSCH resource indicated by the PUSCH scheduling information.
  • the access network device sends the PUSCH scheduling information to the terminal device through the transmission indication information, and when the terminal device determines that the PUSCH scheduling information is newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information according to the HARQ process number and the new data indication in the PUSCH scheduling information, the terminal The device may send the second data to the access network device on the PUSCH scheduled by the PUSCH scheduling information.
  • FIG 12 shows the data transmission method provided by Example 6, which specifically includes the following steps:
  • the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data, a power control indication, and PDSCH scheduling information.
  • the terminal device determines the power offset according to the value of the first field occupied by the power control indication in the transmission indication information.
  • the terminal device determines the target transmit power according to the power offset and the transmit power when the terminal device transmits the first data.
  • S1205 The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device by using the target transmission power through the process of sending the first data.
  • the terminal device receives third data on the PDSCH scheduled by the PDSCH scheduling information.
  • S1203 to S1205 may be executed first and then S1206 may be executed, or S1206 may be executed first and then S1203 to S1205 may be executed.
  • the access network device can send the correct response response of the first data, the power control indication and the PDSCH scheduling information through the transmission indication information, and the terminal device can continue to send the second data according to the power control information, and can send the second data in the PDSCH scheduling information
  • the third data is received on the scheduled PDSCH to flexibly implement data transmission of the terminal equipment in the RRC inactive state process.
  • FIG 13 shows the data transmission method provided by Example 7, which specifically includes the following steps:
  • the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information includes a transmission mode switching indication and a power control indication.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the transmission mode switching instruction in the transmission instruction information, that the target transmission mode is an identifier of four-step random access data transmission.
  • the terminal device determines the target transmission power according to the power control indication in the transmission indication information.
  • S1305 The terminal device sends a Preamble to the access network device on one RO according to the target transmit power.
  • S1306 The access network device sends the RAR to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device on the resource scheduled by the RAR.
  • the access network device sends feedback information to the terminal device, so as to notify the terminal device of whether the access network device successfully receives the uplink small packet data.
  • the access network device may send transmission instruction information including a transmission mode switching instruction and a power control instruction to the terminal device, and the terminal device may switch to the target data transmission mode according to the transmission mode switching instruction, and switch to the target data transmission mode according to the power control instruction.
  • the target transmit power of the target data transmission method is used for data transmission.
  • FIG 14 shows the data transmission method provided by Example 8, which specifically includes the following steps:
  • the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data and a TA adjustment indication.
  • the terminal device determines the target TA according to the TA adjustment instruction, and adjusts the TA of the terminal device as the target TA.
  • S1404 The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the process of sending the first data.
  • the access network device sends the correct response response of the first data and the TA adjustment instruction to the terminal device through the transmission instruction information, and the terminal device can adjust the TA according to the TA adjustment instruction, so as to maintain the validity of the TA, and then complete the uplink data transmission.
  • FIG. 15 shows the data transmission method provided by Example 9, which specifically includes the following steps:
  • the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data and an MCS adjustment indication.
  • the terminal device determines the MCS index value according to the value of the tenth field of the MCS adjustment indication occupation in the transmission indication information.
  • the terminal device determines a row of MCS configuration information in the MCS table corresponding to the MCS index value according to the preconfigured MCS table and the MCS index value.
  • S1505 The terminal device adjusts the MCS according to the MCS configuration information.
  • S1506 The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the process of sending the first data.
  • FIG. 16 shows a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application, including the following steps:
  • the terminal device In the process of the RRC inactive state, the terminal device sends a random access request to the access network device, and the access network device receives the random access request from the terminal device in the RRC inactive state process.
  • the terminal device sends a Preamble to the access network device on one RO, where the Preamble and the RO can be dedicated resources indicated by the access network device to the terminal device, for example, the access network device randomly accesses resources without contention Indicates dedicated resources indicated to terminal devices. Or the access network device indicates the public resource, and the terminal device selects the Preamble and RO used in the random access process of the terminal device from the public resources indicated by the access network device.
  • Preamble and RO can also be used to distinguish data transmission types.
  • the terminal device triggers a random access request through different Preamble and RO to notify the access network device of the data transmission type.
  • the data transmission type may include a two-step random access procedure, a four-step random access procedure, a two-step random access data transmission, and a four-step random access data transmission.
  • the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform data transmission methods and/or resources, and the terminal device receives the transmission indication information from the access network device.
  • the transmission indication information may include at least one of a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication, and a beam indication.
  • the transmission mode switching instruction is used to instruct the terminal equipment to switch to the authorization-free scheduling data transmission after the random access process or the random access data transmission ends;
  • the resource indication is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform free The pre-configured grant resource when the authorization is scheduled for data transmission;
  • the beam indication is used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the synchronization signal block and the pre-configured grant resource.
  • the transmission mode switching instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to use the pre-configured authorized resources to perform CG-SDT after the current random access process or random access data transmission ends.
  • the transmission mode switching indication may be carried in the first field of the transmission indication information.
  • the first field occupies 1 bit of the transmission indication information.
  • the bit value of this bit is 1, it indicates that the terminal equipment is instructing the current After the RACH or RA-SDT ends, use the pre-configured authorized resources to perform CG-SDT.
  • the bit value of this bit is 0, it indicates that the terminal device is instructed not to perform CG-SDT after the current RACH or RA-SDT ends. .
  • the resource indication is used to indicate the CG resource when the terminal device performs authorization-free scheduling data transmission.
  • the resource indication may be carried in the second field of the transmission indication information, wherein the second field has different values, so the The resource indication is used to indicate activation of different preconfigured authorized resources.
  • the CG resource is a resource pre-configured by the access network device for the terminal device for performing CG-SDT, and may specifically include a PUSCH resource used for uplink data transmission and corresponding transmission parameters.
  • the access network device may pre-configure one or more CG resources, and the access network device may activate one or more CG resources for the terminal device to perform by sending a resource indication to the terminal device. Used when CG-SDT.
  • the second field may be a bitmap (bitmap), the bitmap includes one or more bits, each bit corresponds to a CG resource, and the bits of the bits corresponding to each CG resource are used.
  • a value of 0 or 1 indicates whether the CG resource is activated, and a bitmap including N bits is used to indicate that one or more CG resources among the N CG resources are activated. For example, a bit value of 1 indicates that the CG resource corresponding to this bit is activated, and a bit value of 0 indicates that the CG resource corresponding to this bit is not activated.
  • the bitmap corresponding to the five CG resources in the resource indication is 00101, which means that CG3 and CG5 are activated and can be used for terminal equipment to perform CG-SDT, and other CG resources are not activated.
  • the beam indication is used to indicate the correspondence between SSB and CG resources.
  • one SSB cycle may include multiple SSBs, each SSB has a corresponding number, and the beams corresponding to the multiple SSBs may be the same or different.
  • the terminal device when the beam scanning signal corresponding to the SSB covers the terminal device, the terminal device has the opportunity to send the Preamble. Therefore, the terminal device can select the beam with the best signal quality as the optimal beam according to the beam scanning signal, determine the optimal SSB corresponding to the optimal beam, and perform random access on the RO corresponding to the optimal SSB, then the access network
  • the device may determine the SSB information (eg, the index value of the optimal SSB) according to the RO used by the terminal device.
  • the access network device can use the corresponding relationship between the SSB index value and the CG resource as the beam indication. After receiving the beam indication in the transmission indication information, the terminal device can use the beam indication to make some or all of the The CG resources are accessed using the timing corresponding to the optimal SSB index value, which improves the signal quality of the terminal equipment when performing CG-SDT.
  • the beam indication may be carried in the first field of the transmission indication information, occupying two bits in the transmission indication information, and different values of the first field are used to indicate the correspondence between different SSB index values and CG resources.
  • the corresponding relationship between the value of the first field and its corresponding SSB index value and the CG resource is shown in FIG. 17 .
  • the access network device may also notify the terminal device of the correspondence between the SSB index value and the CG resource through high-layer signaling. The correspondence is sent to the terminal device.
  • the transmission indication information may also include a contention-free random access resource indication, and a contention-free random access (CFRA) resource is the terminal device performing non-contention-based random access. resources used in the import process.
  • CFRA contention-free random access
  • the contention-free random access resource indication may include at least one of a random access preamble index value (Preamble Index), a synchronization signal block index value (SSB Index), an RO resource index value, or a range of RO resource index values.
  • Preamble Index can be carried in the second field of the transmission indication information, which is used to indicate the Preamble used by the terminal device in the random access process
  • SSB Index can be carried in the third field of the transmission indication information, and is used to indicate the association with the Preamble.
  • the SSB; the RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range can be indicated by PRACH MASK Index, the PRACH MASK Index can be carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information, and different values of the fourth field can be used to indicate different RO resources Index value or range of RO resource index values.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication may also include a PO indication.
  • the PO indication may be a PO Index.
  • the PO Index is used to indicate the PUSCH used by the terminal device in the two-step random access process.
  • the PO Index may be It is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the number of bits occupied by the fifth field may be determined according to the number of candidate POs. For example, when there are 4 candidate POs, the fifth field may occupy 2 bits, and different POs may occupy 2 bits. The value of the five fields is used to indicate different candidate POs.
  • the transmission indication information includes the contention-free random access resource indication
  • the access network device After receiving the Preamble sent by the terminal device, the access network device sends DCI to the terminal device, and sends downlink information on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI, for example, sends the random access response RAR and conflict resolution information to the terminal device through the PDSCH. Wait for downlink information.
  • the access network device can send transmission indication information to the terminal device in the following ways:
  • Mode 1 The access network device sends DCI to the terminal device, and the DCI includes transmission indication information.
  • the transmission indication information can be carried on the reserved field of the DCI scrambled by the wireless network temporary identifier (radio network temporary indicator, RNTI), and the reserved field of the DCI scrambled by the RNTI can be: Unoccupied fields in the DCI specified by the existing protocol.
  • RNTI radio network temporary indicator
  • Reserved bits represents the reserved field in DCI, for example, the reserved field of 16 bits shown in Table 9, then the transmission indication information can be carried on the reserved field of 16 bits.
  • the DCI scrambled by the RNTI does not include the reserved field
  • the DCI scrambled by the temporary cell radio network temporary indicator (TC-RNTI) does not include the reserved field
  • other fields in the DCI can be reused to carry the transmission indication information, such as reusing the VRB-to-PRB mapping and redundancy version fields in the DCI to carry the transmission indication information, where the VRB-to-PRB mapping field is a virtual resource block.
  • the access network device sends DCI to the terminal device, and sends transmission indication information on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI.
  • the mode 1 and the mode 2 may be that the access network device sends the DCI to the terminal device during the random access process, and the DCI includes the transmission indication information or sends the transmission indication information on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI, for example, in the fourth step In Msg2 or Msg4 in the random access process and MsgB in the two-step random access process, the access network device sends DCI to the terminal device, and the DCI includes transmission indication information or transmits transmission indication information on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI.
  • Manner 1 and Manner 2 may also be that after the random access process ends, when the terminal device has not switched from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the access network device sends DCI to the terminal device, and the DCI includes transmission indication information or Transmission indication information is sent on the PDSCH scheduled by DCI.
  • the access network device sends the RAR to the terminal device, the RAR includes transmission indication information, and the RAR is carried on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI.
  • the access network device after receiving the Preamble sent by the terminal device, the access network device sends a RAR to the terminal device, and the RAR may include transmission indication information.
  • the access network device sends conflict resolution information to the terminal device, the conflict resolution information includes transmission indication information, and the conflict resolution information is carried on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI.
  • the conflict resolution information may include the identity of the terminal equipment that has successfully accessed, and the feedback information corresponding to the uplink small packet data sent by the terminal equipment (used to indicate the access network). whether the device receives uplink small packet data), and transmission indication information.
  • the access network device sends RRC signaling to the terminal device, the RRC signaling includes transmission indication information, and the RRC signaling is carried on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI.
  • the transmission indication information may be carried on the logical channel not defined in the MAC CE carried on the PDSCH.
  • the transmission indication information can be carried on the logical channels with logical channel numbers 35-46 in the MAC CE.
  • S1603 The terminal device performs data transmission according to the transmission indication information.
  • the terminal equipment performs data transmission in different ways according to the transmission instruction information.
  • the following describes the data transmission performed by the terminal equipment when the transmission instruction information includes different instruction contents.
  • the transmission method is introduced:
  • the transmission instruction information includes a transmission mode switching instruction.
  • the terminal device uses the preconfigured authorized resources to perform CG-SDT after the current random access procedure or random access packet transmission ends.
  • the transmission indication information includes a transmission mode switching indication and a resource indication.
  • the terminal device determines the target pre-configured authorized resource corresponding to the resource indication according to the value of the second field, and the terminal device performs the random access process or the random access packet transmission after the end of the current random access process. , and perform CG-SDT using the target preconfigured authorized resource corresponding to the resource indication.
  • the transmission indication information includes transmission mode switching indication, resource indication and beam indication.
  • the terminal device determines the target preconfigured authorized resource corresponding to the resource indication according to the value of the second field, and then the terminal device determines the corresponding target preconfigured authorized resource according to the beam indication After the current RACH or RA-SDT ends, the terminal device uses the target pre-configured authorization resource to send uplink small packet data to the access network device at the timing corresponding to the SSB index value.
  • the terminal device may also send feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information to the access network device, and the feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information is used to feedback whether the terminal device accepts or not.
  • Transmission indication of transmission indication information may be sent.
  • the terminal device may send feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information to the access network device through a physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH).
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • the access network equipment when the terminal equipment is in the RRC inactive state, after the access network equipment receives the random access request sent by the terminal equipment, the access network equipment can send transmission indication information to the terminal equipment, so that the random access network equipment of the terminal equipment can send transmission indication information to the terminal equipment. Instruct the terminal device to perform data transmission mode and/or resources during the access process, without requiring the terminal device to obtain reconfigured resources and switch the data transmission mode after recovering from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, saving resource overhead and improving data Transmission flexibility.
  • Figure 19 shows a data transmission method when a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application performs 4-step RA-SDT, including the following steps:
  • Msg1 The terminal device sends a Preamble to the access network device on one RO.
  • the access network device sends the DCI scrambled by the RA-RNTI to the terminal device, and sends the RAR on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI scrambled by the RA-RNTI.
  • the DCI or RAR scrambled by the RA-RNTI includes transmission indication information.
  • transmission indication information For the specific indication method, refer to the introduction of step S1302 in FIG. 13 , and the repeated description will not be repeated.
  • the terminal device sends the uplink small packet data and/or the identifier of the terminal device to the access network device on the PUSCH scheduled by the RAR.
  • the access network device sends the DCI scrambled by the TC-RNTI to the terminal device, and sends conflict resolution information on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI scrambled by the TC-RNTI.
  • the conflict resolution information may carry feedback information corresponding to the uplink small packet data and/or the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the DCI or conflict resolution information scrambled by the TC-RNTI may include transmission indication information, or the PDSCH may also carry transmission indication information.
  • the terminal device may also perform the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends the ACK/NACK of Msg4 and the feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information to the access network device.
  • the terminal device can send the ACK/NACK of Msg4 and the feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information to the access network device through the PUCCH.
  • the PUCCH carries two bits of information through the sequence, one of which is used to indicate the ACK/NACK of Msg4. , and another bit is used to indicate the feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information.
  • Figure 20 shows a data transmission method when a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application performs 2-step RA-SDT, including the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends the Preamble to the access network device on one RO, and the terminal device sends the uplink small packet data and/or the identifier of the terminal device on one PO.
  • the access network device sends the DCI scrambled by the MsgB-RNTI to the terminal device, and sends conflict resolution information on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI scrambled by the MsgB-RNTI.
  • the conflict resolution information may carry feedback information corresponding to the uplink small packet data and/or the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the DCI or conflict resolution information scrambled by the MsgB-RNTI may include transmission indication information, or the PDSCH may also carry transmission indication information.
  • the terminal device may also perform the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends the ACK/NACK of Msg4 and the feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information to the access network device.
  • the terminal device can send the ACK/NACK of MsgB and the feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information to the access network device through the PUCCH.
  • the PUCCH carries two bits of information through the sequence, and one bit is used to indicate the ACK/NACK of Msg4. , and another bit is used to indicate the feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information.
  • FIG. 21 shows a data transmission method when the random access process provided by the embodiment of the present application ends and the terminal device has not switched from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state.
  • the random access process is a two-step random access process. Taking the entry process as an example, the method includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends the Preamble to the access network device on one RO, and the terminal device sends the uplink small packet data and/or the identifier of the terminal device on one PO.
  • the access network device sends the DCI scrambled by the MsgB-RNTI to the terminal device, and sends conflict resolution information on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI scrambled by the MsgB-RNTI.
  • the access network device Before the terminal device switches from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the access network device sends DCI to the terminal device, and sends transmission indication information on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI, where the transmission indication information includes resource indication and transmission mode switching instruct.
  • the DCI may also include transmission indication information.
  • the terminal device sends the uplink small packet data to the access network device by using the preconfigured authorized resource corresponding to the resource indication.
  • the present application also provides a communication device 2200 , the structure of which is shown in FIG. 22 , including a communication unit 2201 and a processing unit 2202 .
  • the communication apparatus 2200 can be applied to the terminal equipment or access network equipment in the communication apparatus shown in FIG. 1 , and can implement the data transmission methods shown in FIGS. 6-15 or 16, 19-21. The functions of each unit in the apparatus 2200 will be introduced below.
  • the communication unit 2201 is used for receiving and sending data.
  • the communication unit 2201 may also be called a transceiver, which may be implemented by a mobile communication module and/or a wireless communication module.
  • the mobile communication module can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the terminal device.
  • the mobile communication module may include at least one antenna, at least one filter, a switch, a power amplifier, a low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like.
  • the terminal device can access the mobile communication network through the mobile communication module, and then access the certificate management architecture through the mobile communication network.
  • the wireless communication module can provide applications on terminal devices including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite systems ( global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC) and other wireless communication solutions.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • Bluetooth blue, BT
  • global navigation satellite systems global navigation satellite system, GNSS
  • frequency modulation frequency modulation, FM
  • NFC near field communication technology
  • the wireless communication module 160 may include at least one antenna, one or more components of at least one communication processing module.
  • the terminal device can access the wireless communication network through the wireless communication module, and then access the certificate management architecture through the wireless communication network.
  • the communication unit 2201 may also be referred to as a physical interface, a communication module, a communication interface, and an input/output interface.
  • the access network device can connect a network cable or cable through the communication unit, and then establish a physical connection with other devices.
  • the following describes the functions of the processing unit 2202 when the communication apparatus 2200 is applied to a terminal device.
  • the communication apparatus 2200 is applied to the terminal device in the first data transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication apparatus 2200 can realize the data shown in FIG. 6 to FIG. 15 of the present application.
  • the functions of the terminal device in the transmission method, the functions of the processing unit 2202 are introduced as follows:
  • the processing unit 2202 is configured to send the first data to the access network device through the communication unit 2201 through the pre-configured authorization resource when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state;
  • the transmission indication information of the access network device is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or continue the data transmission; according to the transmission indication information to which it belongs, the communication unit 2201 sends it to the access network device second data, or receive third data sent by the access network device.
  • the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a power control indication, a transmission mode switching indication, a correct response to the first data, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH scheduling information, and physical downlink shared channel PDSCH Scheduling information, timing advance adjustment instructions, modulation and coding strategy adjustment instructions;
  • the power control instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to send the transmission power of the second data; the transmission mode switching instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode; the correct response of the first data The response is used to indicate that the access network device has received the first data; the PUSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the second data on the scheduled PUSCH; the PDSCH scheduling information is used to indicate that the terminal device is scheduling The third data is received on the PDSCH of the device; the timing advance adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the timing advance; the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the modulation and coding strategy.
  • the power control indication is carried in a first field of the transmission indication information; wherein the value of the first field is different Meanwhile, the power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers;
  • the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: determine the target transmission power indicated by the power control instruction according to the value of the first field in the transmission indication information; send the power according to the target indicated by the power control instruction power, and the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication unit 2201.
  • the transmission mode switching instruction when the transmission instruction information includes the transmission mode switching instruction, includes: an identifier of a target data transmission mode and/or a power threshold; wherein the target transmission mode The identifier of the target transmission mode is carried in the second field of the transmission indication information.
  • the identifier of the target transmission mode is used to indicate the identifier of different data transmission modes;
  • the power threshold is the reference signal
  • the received power threshold value of the power threshold value is carried in the third field of the transmission indication information.
  • the value of the third field is different, the value of the power threshold value is different.
  • the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: when determining that the identifier of the target transmission mode is two-step random access When the identifier corresponding to the data transmission is transmitted, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication unit 2201 through a two-step random access process; or when the identifier of the target transmission mode is determined to be two-step random access.
  • the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication unit 2201; or when it is determined that the When the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the four-step random access data transmission, the communication unit 2201 sends the second data to the access network device through the four-step random access process; or when it is determined When the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the four-step random access process, after the four-step random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the communication unit 2201 sends the information to the access network through the communication unit 2201. The device sends the second data.
  • the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: when the transmission mode switching indication includes the power threshold, determine the power threshold according to the value of the third field in the transmission indication information ; When it is determined that the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication unit 2201 through a two-step random access process, or the second data is sent from the two-step random access process to the access network device.
  • the communication unit 2201 sends the second data to the access network device; or when it is determined that the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, the four-step random access is performed process, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication unit 2201, or after the four-step random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the communication unit 2201 sends the second data to the RRC connected state through the communication unit 2201. The access network device sends the second data.
  • the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: when the transmission mode switching instruction includes the identifier of the target data transmission mode and the power threshold, according to the third field in the transmission instruction information value, and determine the power threshold; when it is determined that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to random access data transmission, and the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, a two-step random access process is used to pass
  • the communication unit 2201 sends the second data to the access network device; or when it is determined that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, and the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the After the two-step random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication unit 2201; or when the identifier of the target data transmission mode is determined to be random access.
  • the communication unit 2201 sends the second data to the access network device through the four-step random access procedure; or when it is determined
  • the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, and when the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, after recovering from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the four-step random access process, Send the second data to the access network device through the communication unit 2201 .
  • the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to instruct the terminal device to perform random access in the two steps procedure or the resources used in the four-step random access procedure.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: a random access preamble index value, a synchronization signal block index value, and a physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, so The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate the resource used by the terminal device in the two-step random access process For the uplink shared channel, the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
  • the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: if the transmission indication information includes a correct response of the first data; through the process of sending the first data, through the communication unit 2201 Send the second data to the access network device;
  • the communication unit 2201 sends the second data to the access network device through the process of sending the first data; wherein , the second data is the same as the first data, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the valid information of the second data and the first data are the same, or the The second data is a redundant version of the first data.
  • the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: when the transmission indication information includes the PDSCH scheduling information, determine the PDSCH scheduled by the transmission indication information according to the PDSCH scheduling information; The unit 2201 receives the third data on the PDSCH scheduled by the transmission indication information.
  • the transmission indication information further includes: a feedback power control indication, where the feedback power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the transmit power of the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH, and the feedback power control indication The indication is carried in the eighth field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the eighth field is different, the feedback power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
  • the processing unit 2202 is further configured to: receive through the communication unit 2201 if the transmission indication information does not include the correct response response of the first data and the power control indication
  • the radio resource control RRC signaling sent by the access network device, the RRC signaling includes configuration information instructing the terminal device to use the feedback power control indication as a power control indication;
  • the transmission power indicated by the feedback power control indication is determined; according to the transmission power indicated by the feedback power control indication, the communication unit 2201 sends the transmission power to the access network device through the communication unit 2201. Second data.
  • the RRC signaling includes a correct response response of the first data; or the processing unit 2202 is further configured to: receive a response from the access network device through the communication unit 2201 After the indication information is transmitted, the medium access control MAC control element CE sent by the access network device is received, and the MAC CE includes the correct response response of the first data.
  • the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information
  • the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: when the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information, on the PUSCH scheduled by the retransmission PUSCH scheduling instruction, send the communication unit 2201 to the access network device through the communication unit 2201. Sending the second data, wherein the second data is the same as the first data, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the second data and the first data are the same The valid information of the data is the same, or the second data is a redundant version of the first data; when the PUSCH scheduling information is the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, on the PUSCH scheduled by the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, Send the second data to the access network device through the communication unit 2201 .
  • the timing advance adjustment indication is carried in the ninth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the ninth field of the transmission indication information of the time adjustment indication occupation may be the same as the second field or the third field of the transmission mode switching indication occupation.
  • the processing unit 2202 is further configured to: send the second data to the access network device through the communication unit 2201 according to the transmission indication information, or receive the access network device Before the third data sent by the device, determine a target timing advance according to the timing advance adjustment instruction, and adjust the timing advance of the terminal device according to the target timing advance.
  • the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is carried in the tenth field of the transmission indication information, and the tenth field takes the value of When the values are different, the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is used to indicate different modulation and coding strategies.
  • the processing unit 2202 is further configured to: send the second data to the access network device through the communication unit 2201 according to the transmission indication information, or receive the access network device Before the third data sent by the device, the modulation and coding strategy of the terminal device is adjusted according to the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction.
  • the communication apparatus 2200 is applied to the terminal device in the second data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application, and the communication apparatus 2200 may implement FIG. 16 , FIG. 19 to FIG. 21 of the present application
  • the functions of the terminal device in the data transmission method shown, the functions of the processing unit 2202 are introduced as follows:
  • the processing unit 2202 is configured to send a random access request to the access network device through the communication unit 2201 when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state; and receive data from the access network through the communication unit 2201 Transmission indication information of the device, the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform data transmission methods and/or resources; according to the transmission indication information, the communication unit 2201 performs data transmission.
  • the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication, and a beam indication; wherein the transmission mode switching indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or a beam indication.
  • the transmission mode switching indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or a beam indication.
  • the resource indication is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform pre-configured authorization resources when the authorization-free scheduling data transmission is performed
  • the beam indication is used to indicate the synchronization signal block The corresponding relationship with the preconfigured authorization resource.
  • the transmission indication information when the transmission indication information includes the transmission mode switching indication, the transmission indication information is carried in the first field of the transmission indication information;
  • the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: after it is determined that the random access process or the random access data transmission ends, use the preconfigured authorized resources to perform authorization-free scheduling data transmission through the communication unit 2201;
  • the incoming data transmission is a two-step random access data transmission or a four-step random access data transmission, and the random access process is a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process.
  • the resource indication is carried in a second field of the transmission indication information, wherein the value of the second field is different, and the The resource indication is used to indicate activation of different preconfigured authorized resources.
  • the beam indication when the transmission indication information includes the beam indication, the beam indication is carried in a third field of the transmission indication information, wherein when the values of the third field are different, the The beam indication is used to indicate the correspondence between different synchronization signal blocks and the preconfigured grant resources.
  • the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: receive, through the communication unit 2201, downlink control information sent by the access network device, where the downlink control information includes the transmission indication information.
  • the transmission indication information is carried in a reserved field in the downlink control information.
  • the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: receive the downlink control information sent by the access network device through the communication unit 2201, and use the downlink control information to schedule the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH or receive the random access response information sent by the access network device through the communication unit 2201, where the random access response information includes the transmission indication information, the random access response information
  • the response information is carried on the PDSCH; or the conflict resolution information sent by the access network device is received by the communication unit 2201, the conflict resolution information includes the transmission indication information, and the conflict resolution information is carried in the or receive the radio resource control RRC signaling sent by the access network device through the communication unit 2201, the RRC signaling includes the transmission indication information, and the RRC signaling is carried on the PDSCH superior.
  • the medium access control MAC control element CE is carried on the PDSCH.
  • the transmission indication information is carried on a logical channel not defined in the MAC CE.
  • the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or random access Resources used in data transfer.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: a random access preamble index value, a synchronization signal block index value, and a physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, so The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate a two-step random access process or a two-step random access data transmission
  • the uplink shared channel used by the terminal device, and the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
  • the processing unit 2202 is further configured to: after receiving the transmission indication information from the access network device through the communication unit 2201, send the transmission indication information corresponding to the access network device to the access network device Feedback information, where the feedback information is used to feed back whether the terminal device accepts the transmission indication of the transmission indication information.
  • the following describes the functions of the processing unit 2202 when the communication apparatus 2200 is applied to an access network device.
  • the communication apparatus 2200 is applied to the access network device in the first data transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication apparatus 2200 can implement the communication shown in FIG. 6 to FIG. 15 of the present application.
  • the functions of the access network equipment in the data transmission method described above, the functions of the processing unit 2202 are introduced as follows:
  • the processing unit 2202 is configured to receive, through the communication unit 2201, the first data sent by the terminal device in the RRC inactive state through the preconfigured authorized resources; send a transmission instruction to the terminal device through the communication unit 2201
  • the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or continue data transmission; receive the second data sent by the terminal device through the communication unit 2201, or send the third data to the terminal device .
  • the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a power control indication, a transmission mode switching indication, a correct response to the first data, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH scheduling information, and physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduling information, timing advance adjustment instruction, modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction; wherein, the power control instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to send the transmission power of the second data; the transmission mode switching instruction is used to indicate the The terminal device switches the data transmission mode; the correct response response of the first data is used to indicate that the access network device receives the first data; the PUSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device to send on the scheduled PUSCH the second data; the PDSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal equipment to receive the third data on the scheduled PDSCH; the timing advance adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal equipment to adjust the timing advance; the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction is used for It is used to instruct the terminal equipment to adjust the modulation and coding strategy.
  • the power control instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to send the transmission power of
  • the power control indication is carried in a first field of the transmission indication information; wherein the value of the first field is different Meanwhile, the power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
  • the transmission mode switching instruction when the transmission instruction information includes the transmission mode switching instruction, includes: an identifier of a target data transmission mode and/or a power threshold; The identifier is carried in the second field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the second field is different, the target transmission mode is used to indicate different data transmission modes; the power threshold is the received power threshold of the reference signal, The power threshold is carried in the third field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the third field is different, the value of the power threshold is different.
  • the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: receive, through the communication unit 2201, the second data sent by the terminal device through a two-step random access procedure or a four-step random access procedure; or The communication unit 2201 receives the second data sent by the terminal device after the terminal equipment recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through a two-step random access procedure or a four-step random access procedure.
  • the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to instruct the terminal device to perform random access in the two steps procedure or the resources used in the four-step random access procedure.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: a random access preamble index value, a synchronization signal block index value, and a physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, so The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate an uplink shared channel used in the two-step random access process, The PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
  • the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: when the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data, receive, through the communication unit 2201, the terminal device by sending the the second data sent by the process of the first data; when the transmission indication information does not include the correct response of the first data, the communication unit 2201 receives the terminal device by sending the first data Second data sent by a process of data; wherein the second data is the same as the first data, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the second data and all The valid information of the first data is the same, or the second data is a redundant version of the first data.
  • the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: when the transmission indication information includes the PDSCH scheduling information, send the communication unit 2201 to the PDSCH scheduled by the PDSCH scheduling information through the communication unit 2201 The terminal device sends the third data.
  • the transmission indication information further includes a feedback power control indication, where the feedback power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the transmit power of the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH; the feedback power control indication It is carried in the eighth field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the eighth field is different, the feedback power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
  • the processing unit 2202 is further configured to: when the transmission indication information does not include the correct response response of the first data and the power control indication, send the communication unit 2201 to the The terminal device sends radio resource control RRC signaling, where the RRC signaling includes configuration information instructing the terminal device to use the feedback power control indication as a power control indication.
  • the RRC signaling includes a correct response response of the first data; or the processing unit 2202 is further configured to: send a transmission indication to the terminal device through the communication unit 2201 After the information, the communication unit 2201 sends a medium access control MAC control element CE to the terminal device, where the MAC CE includes a correct response response corresponding to the first data.
  • the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information; the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: when the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information, pass The communication unit 2201 receives, on the PUSCH scheduled by the retransmitted PUSCH scheduling information, second data sent by the terminal device, where the second data is the same as the first data, or the second data is the same as the information bits of the first data, or the valid information of the second data and the first data is the same, or the second data is a redundant version of the first data; when the PUSCH scheduling When the information is the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, the communication unit 2201 receives the second data sent by the terminal device on the PUSCH scheduled by the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information.
  • the timing advance adjustment indication is carried in the ninth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is carried in the tenth field of the transmission indication information, and the tenth field
  • the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is used to indicate different modulation and coding strategies.
  • the communication apparatus 2200 is applied to the access network equipment in the second data transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication apparatus 2200 may implement the implementation of FIG. 16 and FIG. 19-
  • the functions of the access network device in the data transmission method shown in FIG. 21, the functions of the processing unit 2202 are introduced as follows:
  • the processing unit 2202 is configured to receive, through the communication unit 2201, a random access request from a terminal device in an RRC inactive state; send transmission indication information to the terminal device through the communication unit 2201, and the transmission
  • the indication information includes resource indication, where the resource indication is used to instruct the terminal device to perform data transmission mode and/or resource.
  • the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication, and a beam indication;
  • the transmission mode switching indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or random access After the incoming data transmission is completed, switch to the authorization-free scheduling data transmission;
  • the resource indication is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform pre-configured authorization resources when the authorization-free scheduling data transmission is performed;
  • the beam indication is used to indicate that the synchronization signal block and all The corresponding relationship of the pre-configured authorization resources is described.
  • the transmission indication information when the transmission indication information includes a transmission mode switching indication, the transmission indication information is carried in the first field of the transmission indication information; wherein, the random access data transmission is two One-step random access data transmission or four-step random access data transmission, and the random access process is a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process.
  • the resource indication is carried in a second field of the transmission indication information, wherein the value of the second field is different, and the The resource indication is used to indicate activation of different preconfigured authorized resources.
  • the beam indication when the transmission indication information includes the beam indication, the beam indication is carried in a third field of the transmission indication information, wherein when the values of the third fields are different, the The beam indication is used to indicate the correspondence between different synchronization signal blocks and the preconfigured grant resources.
  • the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: send downlink control information to the terminal device through the communication unit 2201, where the downlink control information includes the transmission indication information.
  • the transmission indication information is carried in a reserved field in the downlink control information.
  • the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: send downlink control information to the terminal device through the communication unit 2201, and send the downlink control information on the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by the downlink control information. or send random access response information to the terminal device through the communication unit 2201, where the random access response information includes the transmission indication information, and the random access response information is carried in the on the PDSCH; or send conflict resolution information to the terminal device through the communication unit 2201, where the conflict resolution information includes the transmission indication information, and the conflict resolution information is carried on the PDSCH; or through the communication Unit 2201 sends radio resource control RRC signaling to the terminal device, where the RRC signaling includes the transmission indication information, and the RRC signaling is carried on the PDSCH.
  • the medium access control MAC control element CE is carried on the PDSCH.
  • the transmission indication information is carried on a logical channel not defined in the MAC CE.
  • the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or random access Resources used in data transfer.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: random access preamble index value, synchronization signal block index value, physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value, or The range of RO resource index values; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, the The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate a two-step random access process or a two-step random access data transmission
  • the uplink shared channel used by the terminal device, and the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
  • the processing unit 2202 is further configured to: after the access network device sends the transmission indication information to the terminal device, receive the transmission indication from the terminal device through the communication unit 2201 Feedback information corresponding to the information, where the feedback information is used to feed back whether the terminal device accepts the transmission indication of the transmission indication information.
  • the present application also provides a communication device 2300 .
  • the communication apparatus 2300 may be used to implement the functions of the terminal device or the access network device in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the communication device 2300 includes: a communication interface 2301 , a processor 2302 and a memory 2303 .
  • the communication interface 2301, the processor 2302 and the memory 2303 are connected to each other.
  • the communication interface 2301 , the processor 2302 and the memory 2303 are connected to each other through a bus 2304 .
  • the bus 2304 may be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus or the like.
  • PCI peripheral component interconnect
  • EISA extended industry standard architecture
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 23, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the communication interface 2301 is used for receiving and sending data to realize communication interaction with other devices.
  • the communication interface 2301 may be a transceiver, circuit, bus, module or other type of communication interface.
  • the communication apparatus 2300 can implement the functions of the terminal device in the data transmission method shown in FIGS. 6-15 of the present application.
  • the functions of the processor 2302 are described as follows:
  • the processor 2302 is configured to send the first data to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 through the pre-configured authorization resource when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state; Transmission indication information of the access network device, the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or continue data transmission; according to the transmission indication information to which it belongs, it is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 second data, or receive third data sent by the access network device.
  • the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a power control indication, a transmission mode switching indication, a correct response to the first data, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH scheduling information, and physical downlink shared channel PDSCH Scheduling information, timing advance adjustment instructions, modulation and coding strategy adjustment instructions;
  • the power control instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to send the transmission power of the second data; the transmission mode switching instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode; the correct response of the first data The response is used to indicate that the access network device has received the first data; the PUSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the second data on the scheduled PUSCH; the PDSCH scheduling information is used to indicate that the terminal device is scheduling The third data is received on the PDSCH of the device; the timing advance adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the timing advance; the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the modulation and coding strategy.
  • the power control indication is carried in a first field of the transmission indication information; wherein the value of the first field is different Meanwhile, the power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers;
  • the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: determine the target transmission power indicated by the power control instruction according to the value of the first field in the transmission indication information; send the power according to the target indicated by the power control instruction power, and the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301.
  • the transmission mode switching instruction when the transmission instruction information includes the transmission mode switching instruction, includes: an identifier of a target data transmission mode and/or a power threshold; wherein the target transmission mode The identifier of the target transmission mode is carried in the second field of the transmission indication information.
  • the identifier of the target transmission mode is used to indicate the identifier of different data transmission modes;
  • the power threshold is the reference signal
  • the received power threshold value of the power threshold value is carried in the third field of the transmission indication information.
  • the value of the third field is different, the value of the power threshold value is different.
  • the processor 2302 when the transmission mode switching instruction includes the identifier of the target data transmission mode, the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: when determining that the identifier of the target transmission mode is two-step random access When the identifier corresponding to the data transmission is sent, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 through a two-step random access process; or when the identifier of the target transmission mode is determined to be two-step random access.
  • the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301; or when it is determined that the When the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the four-step random access data transmission, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 through the four-step random access process; or when it is determined When the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the four-step random access process, after the four-step random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the access network is sent to the access network through the communication interface 2301. The device sends the second data.
  • the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: when the transmission mode switching indication includes the power threshold, determine the power threshold according to the value of the third field in the transmission indication information When it is determined that the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 through the two-step random access process, or the second data is sent from the two-step random access process to the access network device through the communication interface 2301.
  • the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301; or when it is determined that the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, the four-step random access is performed process, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301, or after the four-step random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301. The access network device sends the second data.
  • the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: when the transmission mode switching instruction includes the identifier of the target data transmission mode and the power threshold, according to the third field in the transmission instruction information value, and determine the power threshold; when it is determined that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to random access data transmission, and the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, a two-step random access process is used to pass
  • the communication interface 2301 sends the second data to the access network device; or when it is determined that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, and the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the After the two-step random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301; or when it is determined that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is random access.
  • the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 through the four-step random access procedure; or when it is determined
  • the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, and when the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, after recovering from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the four-step random access process, The second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 .
  • the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to instruct the terminal device to perform random access in the two steps procedure or the resources used in the four-step random access procedure.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: a random access preamble index value, a synchronization signal block index value, and a physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, so The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate the resource used by the terminal device in the two-step random access process For the uplink shared channel, the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
  • the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: if the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data; through the process of sending the first data, through the communication interface 2301 Send the second data to the access network device;
  • the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 through the process of sending the first data; wherein , the second data is the same as the first data, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the valid information of the second data and the first data are the same, or the The second data is a redundant version of the first data.
  • the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: when the transmission indication information includes the PDSCH scheduling information, determine the PDSCH scheduled by the transmission indication information according to the PDSCH scheduling information; The interface 2301 receives the third data on the PDSCH scheduled by the transmission indication information.
  • the transmission indication information further includes: a feedback power control indication, where the feedback power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the transmit power of the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH, and the feedback power control indication The indication is carried in the eighth field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the eighth field is different, the feedback power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
  • the processor 2302 is further configured to: receive through the communication interface 2301 if the transmission indication information does not include the correct response response of the first data and the power control indication
  • the radio resource control RRC signaling sent by the access network device, the RRC signaling includes configuration information instructing the terminal device to use the feedback power control indication as a power control indication;
  • the transmission power indicated by the feedback power control indication is determined; according to the transmission power indicated by the feedback power control indication, the communication interface 2301 sends the transmission power to the access network device.
  • Second data Second data.
  • the RRC signaling includes a correct response response of the first data; or the processor 2302 is further configured to: receive a response from the access network device through the communication interface 2301 After the indication information is transmitted, the medium access control MAC control element CE sent by the access network device is received, and the MAC CE includes the correct response response of the first data.
  • the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information
  • the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: when the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information, on the PUSCH scheduled by the retransmission PUSCH scheduling information, send the communication interface 2301 to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 Sending the second data, wherein the second data is the same as the first data, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the second data and the first data are the same. The valid information of the data is the same, or the second data is a redundant version of the first data; when the PUSCH scheduling information is the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, on the PUSCH scheduled by the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, The second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 .
  • the timing advance adjustment indication is carried in the ninth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the ninth field of the transmission indication information of the time adjustment indication occupation may be the same as the second field or the third field of the transmission mode switching indication occupation.
  • the processor 2302 is further configured to: send the second data to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 according to the transmission indication information, or receive the access network device Before the third data sent by the device, determine a target timing advance according to the timing advance adjustment instruction, and adjust the timing advance of the terminal device according to the target timing advance.
  • the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is carried in the tenth field of the transmission indication information, and the tenth field takes the value of When the values are different, the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is used to indicate different modulation and coding strategies.
  • the processor 2302 is further configured to: send the second data to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 according to the transmission indication information, or receive the access network device Before the third data sent by the device, the modulation and coding strategy of the terminal device is adjusted according to the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction.
  • the communication apparatus 2300 may implement the functions of the terminal device in the data transmission methods shown in FIG. 16 and FIG. 19 to FIG. 21 of the present application.
  • the functions of the processor 2302 are described as follows:
  • the processor 2302 is configured to send a random access request to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state; and receive data from the access network through the communication interface 2301.
  • Transmission indication information of the device the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform data transmission methods and/or resources; data transmission is performed through the communication interface 2301 according to the transmission indication information.
  • the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication, and a beam indication; wherein the transmission mode switching indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or a beam indication.
  • the transmission mode switching indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or a beam indication.
  • the resource indication is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform pre-configured authorization resources when the authorization-free scheduling data transmission is performed
  • the beam indication is used to indicate the synchronization signal block The corresponding relationship with the preconfigured authorization resource.
  • the transmission indication information when the transmission indication information includes the transmission mode switching indication, the transmission indication information is carried in the first field of the transmission indication information;
  • the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: use the preconfigured authorized resources to perform authorization-free scheduling data transmission through the communication interface 2301 after it is determined that the random access process or the random access data transmission ends; wherein the random access
  • the incoming data transmission is a two-step random access data transmission or a four-step random access data transmission
  • the random access process is a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process.
  • the resource indication is carried in a second field of the transmission indication information, wherein the value of the second field is different, and the The resource indication is used to indicate activation of different preconfigured authorized resources.
  • the beam indication when the transmission indication information includes the beam indication, the beam indication is carried in a third field of the transmission indication information, wherein when the values of the third field are different, the The beam indication is used to indicate the correspondence between different synchronization signal blocks and the preconfigured grant resources.
  • the processor 2302 is specifically configured to receive, through the communication interface 2301, downlink control information sent by the access network device, where the downlink control information includes the transmission indication information.
  • the transmission indication information is carried in a reserved field in the downlink control information.
  • the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: receive the downlink control information sent by the access network device through the communication interface 2301, and use the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by the downlink control information receive the transmission indication information through the communication interface 2301; or receive the random access response information sent by the access network device through the communication interface 2301, where the random access response information includes the transmission indication information, the random access response information
  • the response information is carried on the PDSCH; or the conflict resolution information sent by the access network device is received through the communication interface 2301, the conflict resolution information includes the transmission indication information, and the conflict resolution information is carried on the or receive the radio resource control RRC signaling sent by the access network device through the communication interface 2301, the RRC signaling includes the transmission indication information, and the RRC signaling is carried on the PDSCH superior.
  • the medium access control MAC control element CE is carried on the PDSCH.
  • the transmission indication information is carried on a logical channel not defined in the MAC CE.
  • the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or random access Resources used in data transfer.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: a random access preamble index value, a synchronization signal block index value, and a physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, so The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate a two-step random access process or a two-step random access data transmission
  • the uplink shared channel used by the terminal device, and the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
  • the processor 2302 is further configured to: after receiving the transmission indication information from the access network device through the communication interface 2301, send the transmission indication information corresponding to the access network device to the access network device Feedback information, where the feedback information is used to feed back whether the terminal device accepts the transmission indication of the transmission indication information.
  • the communication apparatus 2300 can implement the functions of the access network equipment in the data transmission methods shown in FIGS. 6-15 of the present application, and the functions of the processor 2302 are introduced as follows:
  • the processor 2302 is configured to receive, through the communication interface 2301, the first data sent by the terminal device in the RRC inactive state through the preconfigured authorized resources; send a transmission instruction to the terminal device through the communication interface 2301
  • the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or continue data transmission; to receive the second data sent by the terminal device through the communication interface 2301, or to send the third data to the terminal device .
  • the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a power control indication, a transmission mode switching indication, a correct response to the first data, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH scheduling information, and physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduling information, timing advance adjustment instruction, modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction; wherein, the power control instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to send the transmission power of the second data; the transmission mode switching instruction is used to indicate the The terminal device switches the data transmission mode; the correct response response of the first data is used to indicate that the access network device receives the first data; the PUSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device to send on the scheduled PUSCH the second data; the PDSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal equipment to receive the third data on the scheduled PDSCH; the timing advance adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal equipment to adjust the timing advance; the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction is used for It is used to instruct the terminal equipment to adjust the modulation and coding strategy.
  • the power control instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to send the transmission power of
  • the power control indication is carried in a first field of the transmission indication information; wherein the value of the first field is different Meanwhile, the power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
  • the transmission mode switching instruction when the transmission instruction information includes the transmission mode switching instruction, includes: an identifier of a target data transmission mode and/or a power threshold; The identifier is carried in the second field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the second field is different, the target transmission mode is used to indicate different data transmission modes; the power threshold is the received power threshold of the reference signal, The power threshold is carried in the third field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the third field is different, the value of the power threshold is different.
  • the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: receive, through the communication interface 2301, the second data sent by the terminal device through a two-step random access procedure or a four-step random access procedure; or The communication interface 2301 receives the second data sent by the terminal device after the terminal device recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through a two-step random access procedure or a four-step random access procedure.
  • the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to instruct the terminal device to perform random access in the two steps procedure or the resources used in the four-step random access procedure.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: a random access preamble index value, a synchronization signal block index value, and a physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, so The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate an uplink shared channel used in the two-step random access process, The PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
  • the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: when the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data, receive, through the communication interface 2301, the terminal device by sending the the second data sent by the process of the first data; when the transmission indication information does not include the correct response of the first data, the terminal device receives the first data through the communication interface 2301 by sending the first data.
  • the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: when the transmission indication information includes the PDSCH scheduling information, send the communication interface 2301 to the PDSCH scheduled by the PDSCH scheduling information through the communication interface 2301 The terminal device sends the third data.
  • the transmission indication information further includes a feedback power control indication, where the feedback power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the transmit power of the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH; the feedback power control indication It is carried in the eighth field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the eighth field is different, the feedback power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
  • the processor 2302 is further configured to: when the transmission indication information does not include the correct response response of the first data and the power control indication, send the communication interface 2301 to the The terminal device sends radio resource control RRC signaling, where the RRC signaling includes configuration information instructing the terminal device to use the feedback power control indication as a power control indication.
  • the RRC signaling includes a correct response response of the first data; or the processor 2302 is further configured to: send a transmission indication to the terminal device through the communication interface 2301 After the information, the medium access control MAC control element CE is sent to the terminal device through the communication interface 2301, and the MAC CE includes the correct response response corresponding to the first data.
  • the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information; the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: when the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information, pass The communication interface 2301 receives second data sent by the terminal device on the PUSCH scheduled by the retransmitted PUSCH scheduling information, where the second data is the same as the first data, or the second data is the same as the first data.
  • the second data sent by the terminal device is received on the PUSCH scheduled by the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information through the communication interface 2301 .
  • the timing advance adjustment indication is carried in the ninth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is carried in the tenth field of the transmission indication information, and the tenth field
  • the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is used to indicate different modulation and coding strategies.
  • the communication apparatus 2300 may implement the functions of the access network equipment in the data transmission methods shown in FIG. 16 and FIG. 19-FIG. 21 of the present application.
  • the functions of the processor 2302 are described as follows:
  • the processor 2302 is configured to receive, through the communication interface 2301, a random access request from a terminal device in an RRC inactive state; send transmission indication information to the terminal device through the communication interface 2301, and the transmission
  • the indication information includes resource indication, where the resource indication is used to instruct the terminal device to perform data transmission mode and/or resource.
  • the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication, and a beam indication;
  • the transmission mode switching indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or random access After the incoming data transmission is completed, switch to the authorization-free scheduling data transmission;
  • the resource indication is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform pre-configured authorization resources when the authorization-free scheduling data transmission is performed;
  • the beam indication is used to indicate that the synchronization signal block and all The corresponding relationship of the pre-configured authorization resources is described.
  • the transmission indication information when the transmission indication information includes a transmission mode switching indication, the transmission indication information is carried in the first field of the transmission indication information; wherein, the random access data transmission is two One-step random access data transmission or four-step random access data transmission, and the random access process is a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process.
  • the resource indication is carried in a second field of the transmission indication information, wherein the value of the second field is different, and the The resource indication is used to indicate activation of different preconfigured authorized resources.
  • the beam indication when the transmission indication information includes the beam indication, the beam indication is carried in a third field of the transmission indication information, wherein when the values of the third fields are different, the The beam indication is used to indicate the correspondence between different synchronization signal blocks and the preconfigured grant resources.
  • the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: send downlink control information to the terminal device through the communication interface 2301, where the downlink control information includes the transmission indication information.
  • the transmission indication information is carried in a reserved field in the downlink control information.
  • the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: send downlink control information to the terminal device through the communication interface 2301, and send the downlink control information on the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by the downlink control information. or send random access response information to the terminal device through the communication interface 2301, where the random access response information includes the transmission indication information, and the random access response information is carried in the on the PDSCH; or send conflict resolution information to the terminal device through the communication interface 2301, where the conflict resolution information includes the transmission indication information, and the conflict resolution information is carried on the PDSCH; or through the communication
  • the interface 2301 sends radio resource control RRC signaling to the terminal device, where the RRC signaling includes the transmission indication information, and the RRC signaling is carried on the PDSCH.
  • the medium access control MAC control element CE is carried on the PDSCH.
  • the transmission indication information is carried on a logical channel not defined in the MAC CE.
  • the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or random access Resources used in data transfer.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: random access preamble index value, synchronization signal block index value, physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value, or The range of RO resource index values; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, the The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
  • the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate a two-step random access process or a two-step random access data transmission
  • the uplink shared channel used by the terminal device, and the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
  • the processor 2302 is further configured to: after the access network device sends the transmission indication information to the terminal device, receive the transmission indication from the terminal device through the communication interface 2301 Feedback information corresponding to the information, where the feedback information is used to feed back whether the terminal device accepts the transmission indication of the transmission indication information.
  • the memory 2303 is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the program instructions may include program code, and the program code includes computer operation instructions.
  • the memory 2303 may include random access memory (RAM), and may also include non-volatile memory (non-volatile memory), such as at least one disk storage.
  • the processor 2302 executes the program instructions stored in the memory 2303, and uses the data stored in the memory 2303 to implement the above functions, thereby implementing the data transmission method provided by the above embodiments.
  • the memory in FIG. 23 of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), an electrically programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM). Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory may be Random Access Memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache.
  • RAM Static RAM
  • DRAM Dynamic RAM
  • SDRAM Synchronous DRAM
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced SDRAM ESDRAM
  • synchronous link dynamic random access memory Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM
  • Direct Rambus RAM Direct Rambus RAM
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program, when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer is made to execute the programs shown in FIGS. 6-15 or 16 and 19-21.
  • the data transmission method provided by the embodiment provided by the embodiment.
  • the embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer executes FIG. 6-FIG. 15 or The data transmission methods provided by the embodiments shown in FIG. 16 and FIG. 19 to FIG. 21 .
  • the storage medium may be any available medium that the computer can access.
  • computer readable media may include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or be capable of carrying or storing instructions or data structures in the form of desired program code and any other medium that can be accessed by a computer.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, including a terminal device and an access network device, wherein the terminal device and the access network device can implement FIG. 6-FIG. 15 or FIG. 16, FIG. 19- The data transmission method provided by the embodiment shown in FIG. 21 .
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, which is used to read a computer program stored in a memory, and implement the embodiments shown in FIGS. 6-15 or 16 and 19-21 Provided data transfer method.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor for supporting a computer device to implement the terminal in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 6 to 15 or 16 and 19 to 21 .
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing necessary programs and data of the computer device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be provided as a method, a system, or a computer program product. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including, but not limited to, disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) having computer-usable program code embodied therein.
  • computer-usable storage media including, but not limited to, disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • These computer program instructions may also be stored in a computer-readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to function in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory result in an article of manufacture comprising instruction means, the instructions
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in the flow or flow of the flowcharts and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a data transmission method and apparatus. In the method, a terminal device sends first data to an access network device by means of a pre-configured grant resource during the RRC inactive state; then transmission instruction information is received from the access network device, the transmission instruction information being used for instructing the terminal device to switch a data transmission mode or continue data transmission; the terminal device sends second data to the access network device according to the transmission instruction information, or receives third data sent by the access network device. In this solution, during the RRC inactive state, the terminal device can receive the transmission instruction information sent by the access network device, and the terminal device can perform data transmission according to the transmission instruction information or continue data transmission, avoiding resource waste caused by blindly attempting to switch the data transmission mode by the terminal device, and improving data transmission efficiency.

Description

一种数据传输方法及装置A data transmission method and device 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,具体涉及一种数据传输方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method and apparatus.
背景技术Background technique
通信系统中,终端设备接入接入网设备后,与接入网设备建立无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接。为了节省终端功耗,RRC连接可以包含三种状态:RRC连接态、RRC空闲态,和RRC非激活态。终端设备与接入网设备存在通信需求时,终端设备进入RRC连接态,终端设备与接入网设备不存在通信需求时,终端设备进入RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态。In a communication system, after a terminal device is connected to an access network device, a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) connection is established with the access network device. In order to save the power consumption of the terminal, the RRC connection can include three states: RRC connected state, RRC idle state, and RRC inactive state. When there is a communication requirement between the terminal device and the access network device, the terminal device enters the RRC connected state, and when the terminal device and the access network device do not need to communicate, the terminal device enters the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
终端设备在处于RRC非激活态时,可以进行基于免授权调度(grant-free,GF)的预配置授权小包传输(configured grant-small data transmission,CG-SDT),CG-SDT是指接入网设备为终端设备预配置用于以半静态的方式进行上行数据传输的物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH),当终端设备有上行数据需要发送给接入网设备时,终端设备可以直接使用预配置的PUSCH资源和参数向接入网设备发送数据,而不需要再接收接入网设备的动态调度(dynamic grant,DG),也不需要向接入网设备发送随机接入前导码。When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, it can perform pre-configured grant-small data transmission (CG-SDT) based on grant-free scheduling (GF). CG-SDT refers to the access network. The device pre-configures the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) for the terminal device for uplink data transmission in a semi-static manner. When the terminal device has uplink data to send to the access network device, the terminal device can directly Using the preconfigured PUSCH resources and parameters to send data to the access network device, there is no need to receive the dynamic grant (DG) of the access network device, nor to send a random access preamble to the access network device.
终端设备在处于RRC非激活态时,还可以进行基于随机接入过程的小包传输(random access-small data transmission,RA-SDT),如终端设备在四步随机接入过程中的Msg3向接入网设备发送上行小包数据(small data,SD)。When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, it can also perform random access-small data transmission (RA-SDT) based on the random access process. The network device sends uplink small data (small data, SD).
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供一种数据传输方法及装置,用以提高小包数据传输的灵活性。The present application provides a data transmission method and device to improve the flexibility of small packet data transmission.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种数据传输方法,该方法可以应用于终端设备或者终端设备中的芯片,以该方法应用于终端设备为例,该方法包括:终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,通过预配置授权资源向接入网设备发送第一数据;然后接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息,所述传输指示信息用于指示所述终端设备切换数据传输方式或继续数据传输;所述终端设备根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,或接收所述接入网设备发送的第三数据。In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, and the method can be applied to a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device. Taking the method applied to a terminal device as an example, the method includes: the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state. During the state process, the first data is sent to the access network device through the preconfigured authorization resource; and then the transmission indication information from the access network device is received, and the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or Continue the data transmission; the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, or receives the third data sent by the access network device.
在以上方法中,终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,通过CG资源向接入网设备发送第一数据后,可以接收接入网设备发送的传输指示信息,终端设备可以根据传输指示信息进行数据传输方式的切换或继续当前的数据传输,实现灵活的数据传输,避免终端设备盲目尝试切换数据传输方式而导致的资源浪费,提高数据传输效率。In the above method, after the terminal device sends the first data to the access network device through the CG resource during the RRC inactive state, it can receive the transmission indication information sent by the access network device, and the terminal device can perform data processing according to the transmission indication information. Switching the transmission mode or continuing the current data transmission, realizing flexible data transmission, avoiding the waste of resources caused by the terminal device blindly trying to switch the data transmission mode, and improving the data transmission efficiency.
可选的,接入网设备向终端设备发送下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息中包括传输指示信息。其中,该传输指示信息可以为使用接入网设备配置给终端设备的专用于非激活态CG-SDT的无线网络临时标识加扰的下行控制信息,例如,接入网设备配置给终端设备的专用于CG-SDT的无线网络临时标识可以为SDT-RNTI或CG-RNTI。Optionally, the access network device sends downlink control information to the terminal device, where the downlink control information includes transmission indication information. Wherein, the transmission indication information may be downlink control information scrambled by the wireless network temporary identifier dedicated to the inactive CG-SDT configured by the access network device to the terminal device, for example, the access network device configured to the terminal device. The wireless network temporary identifier for CG-SDT may be SDT-RNTI or CG-RNTI.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息包括以下至少一项:功率控制指示、传输方式切换指示、所述第一数据的正确应答响应、物理上行共享信道PUSCH调度信息、物理下行共享信道PDSCH调度信息、时间提前量调整指示、调制与编码策略调整指示;其中,所述功率控制指示用于指示所述终端设备发送所述第二数据的发送功率;所述传输方式切换指示用于指示所述终端设备切换数据传输方式;所述第一数据的正确应答响应用于指示所述接入网设备接收到所述第一数据;所述PUSCH调度信息用于指示终端设备在调度的PUSCH上发送第二数据;所述PDSCH调度信息用于指示终端设备在调度的PDSCH上接收第三数据;所述时间提前量调整指示用于指示终端设备调整时间提前量;所述调制与编码策略调整指示用于指示终端设备调整调制与编码策略。In a possible design, the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: power control indication, transmission mode switching indication, correct response to the first data, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH scheduling information, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduling information, timing advance adjustment instruction, modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction; wherein, the power control instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to send the transmission power of the second data; the transmission mode switching instruction is used to indicate the The terminal device switches the data transmission mode; the correct response response of the first data is used to indicate that the access network device receives the first data; the PUSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device to send on the scheduled PUSCH the second data; the PDSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal equipment to receive the third data on the scheduled PDSCH; the timing advance adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal equipment to adjust the timing advance; the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction is used for It is used to instruct the terminal equipment to adjust the modulation and coding strategy.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息可以包括功率控制指示、传输方式切换指示、所述第一数据的正确应答响应、物理上行共享信道PUSCH调度信息、物理下行共享信道PDSCH调度信息、时间提前量调整指示、调制与编码策略调整指示中的至少一个,则终端设备可以通过根据传输指示信息调整数据传输过程中的发送功率、时间提前量、调制与编码策略等,还可以切换数据传输方式,以及接收PUSCH或PDSCH调度信息,从而终端设备能够灵活地进行数据传输。Through the above design, the transmission indication information may include power control indication, transmission mode switching indication, correct response to the first data, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH scheduling information, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduling information, timing advance adjustment indication, At least one of the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instructions, the terminal device can adjust the transmission power, timing advance, modulation and coding strategy, etc. during the data transmission process according to the transmission indication information, and can also switch the data transmission mode, and receive PUSCH or PUSCH or PDSCH scheduling information, so that the terminal device can flexibly perform data transmission.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述传输指示信息中包括所述功率控制指示时,所述功率控制指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第一字段中;其中,所述第一字段取值不同时,所述功率控制指示用于指示不同的发送功率;所述终端设备根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,包括:所述终端设备根据所述传输指示信息中所述第一字段的取值,确定所述功率控制指示所指示的目标发送功率;所述终端设备根据所述功率控制指示所指示的目标发送功率,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据。In a possible design, when the transmission indication information includes the power control indication, the power control indication is carried in the first field of the transmission indication information; wherein the value of the first field is different At the same time, the power control indication is used to indicate different transmission powers; the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, including: the terminal device according to the transmission indication information The value of the first field in the power control instruction determines the target transmit power indicated by the power control instruction; the terminal device sends the access network equipment according to the target transmit power indicated by the power control instruction. Second data.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息中包括功率控制指示时,终端设备可以根据功率控制指示确定向接入网设备发送第二数据的目标发送功率,从而在数据传输过程中实现闭环功率控制,避免过高发送功率浪费能耗、增加干扰,以及避免过低发送功率导致接收性能不佳。Through the above design, when the transmission indication information includes a power control indication, the terminal device can determine the target transmission power for sending the second data to the access network device according to the power control indication, so as to implement closed-loop power control during data transmission and avoid excessively high power. Transmit power wastes energy consumption, increases interference, and avoids poor reception performance due to too low transmit power.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述传输指示信息中包括所述传输方式切换指示时,所述传输方式切换指示包括:目标数据传输方式的标识和/或功率阈值;其中,所述目标传输方式的标识承载在所述传输指示信息的第二字段中,所述第二字段取值不同时,所述目标传输方式的标识用于指示不同的数据传输方式的标识;所述功率阈值为参考信号的接收功率阈值,所述功率阈值承载在所述传输指示信息的第三字段,所述第三字段取值不同时,所述功率阈值的取值不同。In a possible design, when the transmission instruction information includes the transmission mode switching instruction, the transmission mode switching instruction includes: an identifier of a target data transmission mode and/or a power threshold; wherein the target transmission mode The identifier of the target transmission mode is carried in the second field of the transmission indication information. When the value of the second field is different, the identifier of the target transmission mode is used to indicate the identifier of different data transmission modes; the power threshold is the reference signal The received power threshold value of the power threshold value is carried in the third field of the transmission indication information. When the value of the third field is different, the value of the power threshold value is different.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息中包括传输方式切换指示时,终端设备能够根据传输方式切换指示确定目标数据方式并切换,避免终端设备盲目尝试其他数据传输方式导致的不必要的资源开销。Through the above design, when the transmission instruction information includes the transmission mode switching instruction, the terminal device can determine the target data mode and switch according to the transmission mode switching instruction, so as to avoid unnecessary resource overhead caused by the terminal device blindly trying other data transmission modes.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述传输方式切换指示包括所述目标数据传输方式的标识时,所述终端设备根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据,包括:当所述终端设备确定所述目标传输方式的标识为两步随机接入数据传输对应的标识时,所述终端设备通过两步随机接入过程向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;或当所述终端设备确定所述目标传输方式的标识为两步随机接入过程对应的标识时,所述终端设备通过两步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;或当所述终端设备确定所述目标传输方式的标识为四步随机接入数据传输对应的标识时, 所述终端设备通过四步随机接入过程向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;或当所述终端设备确定所述目标传输方式的标识为四步随机接入过程对应的标识时,所述终端设备通过四步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据。In a possible design, when the transmission mode switching indication includes the identifier of the target data transmission mode, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, Including: when the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target transmission mode is an identifier corresponding to two-step random access data transmission, the terminal device sends the first step to the access network device through a two-step random access process. two data; or when the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target transmission mode is an identifier corresponding to the two-step random access process, the terminal device recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the two-step random access process After that, send the second data to the access network device; or when the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target transmission mode is an identifier corresponding to the four-step random access data transmission, the terminal device passes the four-step The random access process sends the second data to the access network device; or when the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the four-step random access process, the terminal device uses the four-step random access process. After the step-by-step random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述传输方式切换指示包括所述功率阈值时,所述终端设备根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据,包括:所述终端设备根据所述传输指示信息中第三字段的取值,确定所述功率阈值;所述终端设备确定参考信号接收功率大于所述功率阈值时,所述终端设备通过两步随机接入过程向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据,或所述终端设备通过两步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据;或者所述终端设备确定参考信号接收功率小于或等于所述功率阈值时,所述终端设备通过四步随机接入过程向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据,或所述终端设备通过四步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据。In a possible design, when the transmission mode switching indication includes the power threshold, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, including: the The terminal device determines the power threshold according to the value of the third field in the transmission indication information; when the terminal device determines that the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the terminal device sends a random access procedure to the two-step random access process. The access network device sends the second data, or the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device after recovering from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through a two-step random access process; or When the terminal device determines that the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through a four-step random access procedure, or the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through a four-step random access procedure. After the random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述传输方式切换指示包括所述目标数据传输方式的标识和所述功率阈值时,所述终端设备根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据,包括:所述终端设备根据所述传输指示信息中第三字段的取值,确定所述功率阈值;当所述终端设备确定所述目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入数据传输对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率大于所述功率阈值时,所述终端设备通过两步随机接入过程向所述接入网设备发送第二数据;或当所述终端设备确定所述目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入过程对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率大于所述功率阈值时,所述终端设备通过两步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据;或当所述终端设备确定所述目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入数据传输对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率小于或等于所述功率阈值时,所述终端设备通过四步随机接入过程向所述接入网设备发送第二数据;或当所述终端设备确定所述目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入过程对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率小于或等于所述功率阈值时,所述终端设备通过四步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据。In a possible design, when the transmission mode switching instruction includes the identifier of the target data transmission mode and the power threshold, the terminal device sends the information to the access network device according to the transmission instruction information. The second data includes: the terminal device determines the power threshold according to the value of the third field in the transmission indication information; when the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is random access data When the corresponding identifier is transmitted, and the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through a two-step random access procedure; or when the terminal device determines the target The identifier of the data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, and when the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, after the terminal equipment recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the two-step random access process, it sends the data to the RRC connection state. The access network device sends the second data; or when the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is an identifier corresponding to random access data transmission, and the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the four-step random access process; or when the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, and the reference signal When the received power is less than or equal to the power threshold, the terminal device sends second data to the access network device after recovering from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through a four-step random access process.
通过以上设计,传输方式切换指示中可以包括目标数据传输方式的标识和/或功率阈值,终端设备可以通过目标数据传输方式的标识和/或功率阈值确定传输方式切换指示对应的目标数据传输方式并切换,通过上述方式确定的目标数据传输方式可以为两步随机接入过程、四步随机接入过程、两步随机接入数据传输、四步随机接入数据传输,使得终端设备能够准确切换至目标数据传输方式,提升数据传输的灵活性。Through the above design, the transmission mode switching instruction may include the identification and/or power threshold of the target data transmission mode, and the terminal device may determine the corresponding target data transmission mode of the transmission mode switching instruction by using the identification and/or power threshold of the target data transmission mode. Handover, the target data transmission mode determined by the above method can be a two-step random access process, a four-step random access process, a two-step random access data transmission, and a four-step random access data transmission, so that the terminal device can accurately switch to The target data transmission method improves the flexibility of data transmission.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息中还包括:无争用随机接入资源指示;所述无争用随机接入资源指示用于指示所述终端设备在所述两步随机接入过程或所述四步随机接入过程中使用的资源。In a possible design, the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to instruct the terminal device to perform random access in the two steps procedure or the resources used in the four-step random access procedure.
在一个可能的设计中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示包括以下索引值中的至少一个:随机接入前导码索引值、同步信号块索引值、物理随机接入信道机会RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围;所述随机接入前导码索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第四字段中;所述同步信号块索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第五字段中,所述RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围承载在所述传输指示信息的第六字段中。In a possible design, the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: a random access preamble index value, a synchronization signal block index value, and a physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, so The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示还包括:物理上行共享信道机会 PO指示,所述PO指示用于指示所述两步随机接入过程中所述终端设备使用的上行共享信道,所述PO指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第七字段中。In a possible design, the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate the resource used by the terminal equipment in the two-step random access process For the uplink shared channel, the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息中还可以包括无争用随机接入资源指示,终端设备可以根据无争用随机接入资源指示确定切换至随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输时使用的无争用随机接入资源。Through the above design, the transmission indication information can also include a contention-free random access resource indication, and the terminal device can determine the contention-free random access resource indication used when switching to the random access process or random access data transmission according to the contention-free random access resource indication. Use random access resources.
在一个可能的设计中,若所述传输指示信息中包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应;所述终端设备根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,包括:所述终端设备通过发送所述第一数据的进程,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;若所述传输指示信息中不包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应,所述终端设备根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,包括:所述终端设备通过发送所述第一数据的进程,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;其中,所述第二数据与所述第一数据相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的信息位相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的有效信息相同,或所述第二数据是所述第一数据的冗余版本。In a possible design, if the transmission indication information includes a correct response response for the first data, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, including: The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the process of sending the first data; if the transmission indication information does not include a correct response for the first data, the terminal The device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, including: the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the process of sending the first data; Wherein, the second data is the same as the first data, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the valid information of the second data and the first data is the same, or The second data is a redundant version of the first data.
通过以上设计,终端设备可以根据传输指示信息中是否包括第一数据的正确应答响应确定是否需要重发第一数据,当传输指示信息中包括第一数据的正确应答响应时,终端设备确定接入网设备已正确接收第一数据,终端设备可以继续通过发送第一数据的进程向接入网设备发送第二数据;以及当传输指示信息中不包括第一数据的正确应答响应时,终端设备在第一数据的进程上发送第二数据,此时发送的第二数据与第一数据相同、信息位相同、有效信息相同或第二数据是第一数据的冗余版本,从而提高数据传输的可靠性。Through the above design, the terminal device can determine whether the first data needs to be retransmitted according to whether the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data, and when the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data, the terminal device determines the access The network device has correctly received the first data, and the terminal device can continue to send the second data to the access network device through the process of sending the first data; and when the transmission indication information does not include a correct response for the first data, the terminal device is in the The second data is sent in the process of the first data. At this time, the second data sent is the same as the first data, the information bits are the same, the valid information is the same, or the second data is a redundant version of the first data, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission. sex.
可选的,接入网设备还可以通过RRC信令或MAC CE向终端设备发送第一数据的正确应答响应。Optionally, the access network device may also send a correct response response of the first data to the terminal device through RRC signaling or MAC CE.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息包括所述PDSCH调度信息时,所述终端设备根据所述传输指示信息,接收所述接入网设备发送的第三数据,包括:所述终端设备根据所述PDSCH调度信息确定所述传输指示信息调度的PDSCH;所述终端设备在所述传输指示信息调度的PDSCH上接收所述第三数据。In a possible design, when the transmission indication information includes the PDSCH scheduling information, the terminal device receives third data sent by the access network device according to the transmission indication information, including: the terminal device The PDSCH scheduled by the transmission indication information is determined according to the PDSCH scheduling information; the terminal device receives the third data on the PDSCH scheduled by the transmission indication information.
通过以上设计,接入网设备向终端设备发送PDSCH调度信息,终端设备在调度的PDSCH上接收第三数据,从而使终端设备在RRC非激活态中能够接收接入网设备发送的下行数据,实现下行小包数据或非小包数据的传输。Through the above design, the access network device sends PDSCH scheduling information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the third data on the scheduled PDSCH, so that the terminal device can receive the downlink data sent by the access network device in the RRC inactive state. Downstream packet data or non-packet data transmission.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息还包括:反馈功率控制指示,所述反馈功率控制指示用于指示所述终端设备发送所述PDSCH对应的反馈信息的发送功率,所述反馈功率控制指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第八字段中,所述第八字段取值不同时,所述反馈功率控制指示用于指示不同的发送功率。In a possible design, the transmission indication information further includes: a feedback power control indication, where the feedback power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the transmit power of the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH, and the feedback power control indication The indication is carried in the eighth field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the eighth field is different, the feedback power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息中包括反馈功率控制指示时,终端设备可以根据反馈功率控制指示确定终端设备发送PDSCH对应的反馈信息的发送功率,并使用该发送功率向接入网设备发送PDSCH对应的反馈信息,提高反馈信息的传输性能。Through the above design, when the transmission indication information includes the feedback power control indication, the terminal device can determine the transmission power of the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH sent by the terminal device according to the feedback power control indication, and use the transmission power to send the PDSCH corresponding to the access network device. feedback information to improve the transmission performance of the feedback information.
在一个可能的设计中,若所述传输指示信息中不包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应和所述功率控制指示时,在所述终端设备接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息之后,还包括:所述终端设备接收所述接入网设备发送的无线资源控制RRC信令,所述RRC信令中包含指示所述终端设备将所述反馈功率控制指示作为功率控制指示的配置信息;所述终端设备根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,包括:所述终端设备根 据所述传输指示信息中所述第八字段的取值,确定所述反馈功率控制指示所指示的发送功率;所述终端设备根据所述反馈功率控制指示所指示的发送功率,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据。In a possible design, if the transmission indication information does not include the correct response response of the first data and the power control indication, the terminal device receives the transmission indication information from the access network device Afterwards, the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, radio resource control RRC signaling sent by the access network device, where the RRC signaling includes a configuration instructing the terminal device to use the feedback power control indication as a power control indication information; the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, which includes: the terminal device determines, according to the value of the eighth field in the transmission indication information, the Feedback the transmission power indicated by the power control indication; the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission power indicated by the feedback power control indication.
通过以上设计,当传输指示信息中不包括第一数据的正确应答响应和功率控制指示时,接入网设备可以通过RRC信令指示终端设备将反馈功率控制指示作为功率控制指示,终端设备可以根据反馈功率控制指示确定发送功率并使用该发送功率向接入网设备发送第二数据,通过复用反馈功率控制指示和功率控制指示以节省传输指示信息的开销。Through the above design, when the transmission instruction information does not include the correct response response of the first data and the power control instruction, the access network device can instruct the terminal device to use the feedback power control instruction as the power control instruction through RRC signaling, and the terminal device can The feedback power control indication determines the transmission power and uses the transmission power to send the second data to the access network device, and the overhead of transmitting indication information is saved by multiplexing the feedback power control indication and the power control indication.
在一个可能的设计中,所述RRC信令中包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应;或者所述终端设备接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息之后,还包括:所述终端设备接收所述接入网设备发送的媒体接入控制MAC控制元素CE,所述MAC CE包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应。In a possible design, the RRC signaling includes a correct response response of the first data; or after the terminal device receives the transmission indication information from the access network device, the terminal device further includes: the terminal device A medium access control MAC control element CE sent by the access network device is received, where the MAC CE includes a correct response response of the first data.
通过以上设计,终端设备还可以接收接入网设备通过RRC信令或MAC CE发送的第一数据的正确应答响应。Through the above design, the terminal device can also receive the correct response response of the first data sent by the access network device through RRC signaling or MAC CE.
在一个可能的设计中,所述PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息或新传PUSCH调度信息;当所述PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息时,所述终端设备根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,包括:所述终端设备在所述重传PUSCH调度信息调度的PUSCH上,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据,其中,所述第二数据与所述第一数据相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的信息位相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的有效信息相同,或所述第二数据是所述第一数据的冗余版本;当所述PUSCH调度信息为新传PUSCH调度信息时,所述终端设备根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,包括:所述终端设备在所述PUSCH调度新传信息调度的PUSCH上,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据。In a possible design, the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information; when the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information, the terminal device according to the transmission indication information, Sending the second data to the access network device includes: the terminal device sending the second data to the access network device on the PUSCH scheduled by the retransmission PUSCH scheduling information, wherein the first The second data is the same as the first data, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the valid information of the second data and the first data is the same, or the second data is a redundant version of the first data; when the PUSCH scheduling information is newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, the terminal device sends second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, including: The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device on the PUSCH scheduled by the PUSCH scheduling newly transmitted information.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息中包括PUSCH调度信息时,PUSCH调度信息可以为重传PUSCH调度信息或新传PUSCH调度信息,终端设备可以根据PUSCH调度信息确定在调度的PUSCH上重新发送第一数据或在调度的PUSCH上发送第二数据,实现上行小包数据传输,并提升数据传输的准确性。Through the above design, when the transmission indication information includes PUSCH scheduling information, the PUSCH scheduling information may be retransmitted PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, and the terminal device may determine, according to the PUSCH scheduling information, to retransmit the first data or the first data on the scheduled PUSCH. The second data is sent on the scheduled PUSCH to realize uplink small packet data transmission and improve the accuracy of data transmission.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息包括所述时间提前量调整指示时,所述时间提前量调整指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第九字段上。In a possible design, when the transmission indication information includes the timing advance adjustment indication, the timing advance adjustment indication is carried in the ninth field of the transmission indication information.
可选的,所述时间调整指示占用的传输指示信息的第九字段可以与传输方式切换指示占用的第二字段或第三字段相同。Optionally, the ninth field of the transmission indication information of the time adjustment indication occupation may be the same as the second field or the third field of the transmission mode switching indication occupation.
在一个可能的设计中,在所述终端设备根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,或接收所述接入网设备发送的第三数据之前,还包括:所述终端设备根据所述时间提前量调整指示确定目标时间提前量,并根据所述目标时间提前量调整所述终端设备的时间提前量。In a possible design, before the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device or receives the third data sent by the access network device according to the transmission indication information, the method further includes: The terminal device determines a target timing advance according to the timing advance adjustment instruction, and adjusts the timing advance of the terminal device according to the target timing advance.
可选的,所述时间提起量调整指示中可以包括所述目标时间提前量或相对时间提前量。Optionally, the timing advance adjustment instruction may include the target timing advance or the relative timing advance.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息中还可以包括时间提前量调整指示,终端设备能够根据时间提前量调整指示调整时间提前量,保持与接入网设备之间的上行同步。Through the above design, the transmission instruction information may also include a timing advance adjustment instruction, and the terminal device can adjust the timing advance according to the timing advance adjustment instruction to maintain uplink synchronization with the access network equipment.
可选的,当终端设备接收到TA调整指示,并根据TA调整指示进行TA调整后,可以重新启动TA有效性计时器。在TA有效性计时器未超时的情况下,终端设备的TA有效,否则,终端设备的TA失效。Optionally, when the terminal device receives the TA adjustment instruction and performs TA adjustment according to the TA adjustment instruction, it can restart the TA validity timer. If the TA validity timer does not expire, the TA of the terminal device is valid, otherwise, the TA of the terminal device is invalid.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息包括所述调制与编码策略调整指示时,所述调制与编码策略调整指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第十字段上,所述第十字段取值不同时,所述调制与编码策略调整指示用于指示不同的调制与编码策略。In a possible design, when the transmission indication information includes the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication, the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is carried in the tenth field of the transmission indication information, and the tenth field takes the value of When the values are different, the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is used to indicate different modulation and coding strategies.
在一个可能的设计中,在所述终端设备根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,或接收所述接入网设备发送的第三数据之前,还包括:所述终端设备根据所述调制与编码策略调整指示调整终端设备的调制与编码策略。In a possible design, before the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device or receives the third data sent by the access network device according to the transmission indication information, the method further includes: The terminal device adjusts the modulation and coding strategy of the terminal device according to the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息还可以包括调制与编码策略调整指示,终端设备可以根据调制与编码策略调整指示调整调制与编码策略,以调整数据传输块大小。Through the above design, the transmission indication information may also include modulation and coding strategy adjustment instructions, and the terminal device can adjust the modulation and coding strategy according to the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instructions to adjust the data transmission block size.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种数据传输方法,该方法可以应用于接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片,以该方法应用于接入网设备为例,该方法包括:接入网设备接收处于RRC非激活态过程中的终端设备通过预配置授权资源发送的第一数据;然后所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送传输指示信息,所述传输指示信息用于指示所述终端设备切换数据传输方式或继续数据传输;所述接入网设备接收所述终端设备发送的第二数据,或向所述终端设备发送第三数据。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, which can be applied to an access network device or a chip in an access network device. Taking the method applied to an access network device as an example, the method includes: The access network device receives the first data sent by the terminal device in the RRC inactive state through the preconfigured authorization resource; then the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information is used for Instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or continue data transmission; the access network device receives the second data sent by the terminal device, or sends third data to the terminal device.
通过以上方法,接入网设备接收处于RRC非激活态过程中的终端设备通过预配置授权资源发送的第一数据之后,向终端设备发送传输指示信息,以指示终端设备进行数据传输方式的切换或继续数据传输,实现灵活的数据传输,避免终端设备盲目尝试切换数据传输方式而导致的资源浪费,提高数据传输效率。Through the above method, after receiving the first data sent by the terminal device in the RRC inactive state through the preconfigured authorized resources, the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or Continue data transmission, realize flexible data transmission, avoid resource waste caused by terminal equipment blindly trying to switch data transmission modes, and improve data transmission efficiency.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息包括以下至少一项:功率控制指示、传输方式切换指示、所述第一数据的正确应答响应、物理上行共享信道PUSCH调度信息、物理下行共享信道PDSCH调度信息、时间提前量调整指示、调制与编码策略调整指示;其中,所述功率控制指示用于指示所述终端设备发送所述第二数据的发送功率;所述传输方式切换指示用于指示所述终端设备切换数据传输方式;所述第一数据的正确应答响应用于指示所述接入网设备接收到所述第一数据;所述PUSCH调度信息用于指示终端设备在调度的PUSCH上发送第二数据;所述PDSCH调度信息用于指示终端设备在调度的PDSCH上接收第三数据;所述时间提前量调整指示用于指示终端设备调整时间提前量;所述调制与编码策略调整指示用于指示终端设备调整调制与编码策略。In a possible design, the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: power control indication, transmission mode switching indication, correct response to the first data, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH scheduling information, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduling information, timing advance adjustment instruction, modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction; wherein, the power control instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to send the transmission power of the second data; the transmission mode switching instruction is used to indicate the The terminal device switches the data transmission mode; the correct response response of the first data is used to indicate that the access network device receives the first data; the PUSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device to send on the scheduled PUSCH the second data; the PDSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal equipment to receive the third data on the scheduled PDSCH; the timing advance adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal equipment to adjust the timing advance; the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction is used for It is used to instruct the terminal equipment to adjust the modulation and coding strategy.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息可以包括功率控制指示、传输方式切换指示、所述第一数据的正确应答响应、物理上行共享信道PUSCH调度信息、物理下行共享信道PDSCH调度信息、时间提前量调整指示、调制与编码策略调整指示中的至少一个,则接入网设备可以通过向终端设备发送传输指示信息指示终端设备调整数据传输过程中的发送功率、时间提前量、调制与编码策略等,还可以指示终端设备切换数据传输方式,以及指示终端设备PUSCH或PDSCH调度信息,从而使终端设备能够灵活地进行数据传输。Through the above design, the transmission indication information may include power control indication, transmission mode switching indication, correct response to the first data, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH scheduling information, physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduling information, timing advance adjustment indication, At least one of the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instructions, the access network device may instruct the terminal device to adjust the transmission power, timing advance, modulation and coding strategy, etc. during data transmission by sending transmission indication information to the terminal device, and may also indicate The terminal equipment switches the data transmission mode and instructs the terminal equipment PUSCH or PDSCH scheduling information, so that the terminal equipment can flexibly perform data transmission.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述传输指示信息中包括所述功率控制指示时,所述功率控制指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第一字段中;其中,所述第一字段取值不同时,所述功率控制指示用于指示不同的发送功率。In a possible design, when the transmission indication information includes the power control indication, the power control indication is carried in the first field of the transmission indication information; wherein the value of the first field is different Meanwhile, the power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息中包括功率控制指示时,接入网设备通过功率控制指示向终端设备指示终端设备发送第二数据的目标发送功率,从而在数据传输过程中实现闭环功率控制,避免过高发送功率浪费能耗、增加干扰,以及避免过低发送功率导致接收性能不佳。Through the above design, when the transmission indication information includes a power control indication, the access network device indicates to the terminal device the target transmit power of the second data to be sent by the terminal device through the power control indication, so as to realize closed-loop power control in the data transmission process and avoid excessive power consumption. High transmit power wastes energy consumption, increases interference, and avoids poor reception performance due to too low transmit power.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息中包括所述传输方式切换指示时,所述传输方式切换指示包括:目标数据传输方式的标识和/或功率阈值;其中,所述目标传输方式的标识承载在所述传输指示信息的第二字段中,所述第二字段取值不同时,所述目标传输方式用于指示不同的数据传输方式;所述功率阈值为参考信号的接收功率阈值,所述功率阈值承载在所述传输指示信息的第三字段,所述第三字段取值不同时,所述功率阈值的取值不同。In a possible design, when the transmission instruction information includes the transmission mode switching instruction, the transmission mode switching instruction includes: an identifier of a target data transmission mode and/or a power threshold; wherein, the target transmission mode The identifier is carried in the second field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the second field is different, the target transmission mode is used to indicate different data transmission modes; the power threshold is the received power threshold of the reference signal, The power threshold is carried in the third field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the third field is different, the value of the power threshold is different.
在一个可能的设计中,所述接入网设备接收所述终端设备发送的第二数据,包括:所述接入网设备接收所述终端设备通过两步随机接入过程或四步随机接入过程发送的第二数据;或所述接入网设备接收所述终端设备通过两步随机接入过程或四步随机接入过程,从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后发送的第二数据。In a possible design, the receiving, by the access network device, the second data sent by the terminal device includes: the access network device receiving the terminal device through a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process The second data sent by the process; or the access network device receives the second data sent by the terminal device after the terminal device recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the two-step random access process or the four-step random access process. .
通过以上设计,传输指示信息中包括传输方式切换指示时,接入网设备能够通过传输方式切换指示向终端设备指示目标数据方式,避免终端设备盲目尝试其他数据传输方式导致的不必要的资源开销。Through the above design, when the transmission instruction information includes a transmission mode switching instruction, the access network device can indicate the target data mode to the terminal device through the transmission mode switching instruction, so as to avoid unnecessary resource overhead caused by the terminal device blindly trying other data transmission modes.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息中还包括:无争用随机接入资源指示;所述无争用随机接入资源指示用于指示所述终端设备在所述两步随机接入过程或所述四步随机接入过程中使用的资源。In a possible design, the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to instruct the terminal device to perform random access in the two steps procedure or the resources used in the four-step random access procedure.
在一个可能的设计中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示包括以下索引值中的至少一个:随机接入前导码索引值、同步信号块索引值、物理随机接入信道机会RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围;所述随机接入前导码索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第四字段中;所述同步信号块索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第五字段中,所述RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围承载在所述传输指示信息的第六字段中。In a possible design, the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: a random access preamble index value, a synchronization signal block index value, and a physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, so The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示还包括:物理上行共享信道机会PO指示,所述PO指示用于指示所述两步随机接入过程中使用的上行共享信道,所述PO指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第七字段中。In a possible design, the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate the uplink shared channel used in the two-step random access process, The PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息中还可以包括无争用随机接入资源指示,接入网设备可以向终端设备指示终端设备在随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输时使用的无争用随机接入资源。Through the above design, the transmission indication information can also include a contention-free random access resource indication, and the access network device can indicate to the terminal device the contention-free random access used by the terminal device during the random access process or random access data transmission. into resources.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述传输指示信息中包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应时,所述接入网设备接收所述终端设备发送的第二数据,包括:所述接入网设备接收所述终端设备通过发送所述第一数据的进程发送的所述第二数据;当所述传输指示信息中不包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应时,所述接入网设备接收所述终端设备发送的第二数据,包括:所述接入网设备接收所述终端设备通过发送所述第一数据的进程发送的第二数据;其中,所述第二数据与所述第一数据相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的信息位相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的有效信息相同,或所述第二数据是所述第一数据的冗余版本。In a possible design, when the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data, the access network device receives the second data sent by the terminal device, including: the access network device The device receives the second data sent by the terminal device through the process of sending the first data; when the transmission indication information does not include a correct response for the first data, the access network device receives The second data sent by the terminal device includes: receiving, by the access network device, second data sent by the terminal device through the process of sending the first data; wherein the second data is the same as the first data. The data are the same, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the valid information of the second data and the first data are the same, or the second data is the same as the first data. Redundant version.
通过以上设计,接入网设备在确定正确接收到第一数据时,通过传输指示信息向终端设备发送第一数据的正确应答响应,并在确定没有正确接收到第一数据时,在传输指示信息中不包括第一数据的正确应答响应,从而指示终端设备重新发送第一数据,进而提高数据传输的可靠性。Through the above design, when the access network device determines that the first data is correctly received, it sends a correct response response of the first data to the terminal device by transmitting the indication information, and when it is determined that the first data is not correctly received, transmits the indication information. The correct response response of the first data is not included, so that the terminal device is instructed to resend the first data, thereby improving the reliability of data transmission.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述传输指示信息包括所述PDSCH调度信息时,所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送第三数据,包括:所述接入网设备在所述PDSCH调度信息调 度的PDSCH上向所述终端设备发送所述第三数据。In a possible design, when the transmission indication information includes the PDSCH scheduling information, the access network device sends third data to the terminal device, including: the access network device schedules the PDSCH in the PDSCH schedule. The third data is sent to the terminal device on the PDSCH of the information scheduling.
通过以上设计,接入网设备向终端设备发送PDSCH调度信息,终端设备在调度的PDSCH上接收第三数据,从而使终端设备在RRC非激活态中能够接收接入网设备发送的下行数据,实现下行小包数据或非小包数据的传输。Through the above design, the access network device sends PDSCH scheduling information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the third data on the scheduled PDSCH, so that the terminal device can receive the downlink data sent by the access network device in the RRC inactive state. Downstream packet data or non-packet data transmission.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息还包括反馈功率控制指示,所述反馈功率控制指示用于指示所述终端设备发送所述PDSCH对应的反馈信息的发送功率;所述反馈功率控制指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第八字段中,所述第八字段取值不同时,所述反馈功率控制指示用于指示不同的发送功率。In a possible design, the transmission indication information further includes a feedback power control indication, where the feedback power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the transmit power of the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH; the feedback power control indication It is carried in the eighth field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the eighth field is different, the feedback power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息中包括反馈功率控制指示时,接入网设备可以通过反馈功率控制指示向终端设备指示终端设备发送PDSCH对应的反馈信息的发送功率,使终端设备使用该发送功率向接入网设备发送PDSCH对应的反馈信息,提高数据传输性能。Through the above design, when the transmission indication information includes the feedback power control indication, the access network device can instruct the terminal device to send the transmission power of the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH to the terminal device through the feedback power control indication, so that the terminal device can use the transmission power to send the transmission power to the access network. The network access device sends the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH to improve the data transmission performance.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述传输指示信息中不包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应和所述功率控制指示时,在所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送传输指示信息之后,还包括:所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送无线资源控制RRC信令,所述RRC信令中包含指示所述终端设备将所述反馈功率控制指示作为功率控制指示的配置信息。In a possible design, when the transmission indication information does not include the correct response response of the first data and the power control indication, after the access network device sends the transmission indication information to the terminal device , and further comprising: the access network device sends radio resource control RRC signaling to the terminal device, where the RRC signaling includes configuration information instructing the terminal device to use the feedback power control indication as a power control indication.
通过以上设计,当传输指示信息中不包括第一数据的正确应答响应和功率控制指示时,接入网设备可以通过RRC信令指示终端设备将反馈功率控制指示作为功率控制指示,终端设备可以根据反馈功率控制指示确定发送功率并使用该发送功率向接入网设备发送第二数据,通过复用反馈功率控制指示和功率控制指示以节省传输指示信息的开销。Through the above design, when the transmission instruction information does not include the correct response response of the first data and the power control instruction, the access network device can instruct the terminal device to use the feedback power control instruction as the power control instruction through RRC signaling, and the terminal device can The feedback power control indication determines the transmission power and uses the transmission power to send the second data to the access network device, and the overhead of transmitting indication information is saved by multiplexing the feedback power control indication and the power control indication.
在一个可能的设计中,所述RRC信令中包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应;或者在所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送传输指示信息之后,还包括:所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送媒体接入控制MAC控制元素CE,所述MAC CE包括所述第一数据对应的正确应答响应。In a possible design, the RRC signaling includes a correct response response of the first data; or after the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, further includes: the access network device The network device sends a medium access control MAC control element CE to the terminal device, where the MAC CE includes a correct response response corresponding to the first data.
通过以上设计,接入网设备可以通过RRC信令或MAC CE向终端设备发送的第一数据的正确应答响应。Through the above design, the access network device can respond correctly to the first data sent by the terminal device through RRC signaling or MAC CE.
在一个可能的设计中,所述PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息或新传PUSCH调度信息;当所述PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息时,所述接入网设备接收所述终端设备发送的第二数据,包括:所述接入网设备在所述重传PUSCH调度信息调度的PUSCH上,接收所述终端设备发送的第二数据,其中,所述第二数据与所述第一数据相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的信息位相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的有效信息相同,或所述第二数据是所述第一数据的冗余版本;当所述PUSCH调度信息为新传PUSCH调度信息时,所述接入网设备接收所述终端设备发送的第二数据,包括:所述接入网设备在所述重传PUSCH调度信息调度的PUSCH上,接收所述终端设备发送的第二数据。In a possible design, the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information; when the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information, the access network device receives the terminal device The sent second data includes: the access network device receives second data sent by the terminal device on the PUSCH scheduled by the retransmitted PUSCH scheduling information, wherein the second data is the same as the first data The data are the same, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the valid information of the second data and the first data are the same, or the second data is the same as the first data. Redundancy version; when the PUSCH scheduling information is the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, the access network device receives the second data sent by the terminal device, including: the access network device schedules the retransmission PUSCH On the PUSCH scheduled by the information, the second data sent by the terminal device is received.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息中包括PUSCH调度信息时,PUSCH调度信息可以为重传PUSCH调度信息或新传PUSCH调度信息,接入网设备可以通过传输指示信息向终端设备发送重传PUSCH调度信息以指示终端设备在调度的PUSCH上重新发送第一数据,或向终端设备发送新传PUSCH调度信息以指示终端设备在调度的PUSCH上发送第二数据,实现上行小包数据传输,并提升数据传输的准确性。Through the above design, when the transmission indication information includes PUSCH scheduling information, the PUSCH scheduling information can be retransmission PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, and the access network device can send the retransmission PUSCH scheduling information to the terminal device through the transmission indication information to Instruct the terminal device to resend the first data on the scheduled PUSCH, or send the new PUSCH scheduling information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to send the second data on the scheduled PUSCH, realize uplink small packet data transmission, and improve the accuracy of data transmission sex.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息包括所述时间提前量调整指示时,所述时间提前量调整指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第九字段上。In a possible design, when the transmission indication information includes the timing advance adjustment indication, the timing advance adjustment indication is carried in the ninth field of the transmission indication information.
可选的,所述时间调整指示占用的传输指示信息的第九字段可以与传输方式切换指示占用的第二字段或第三字段相同。Optionally, the ninth field of the transmission indication information of the time adjustment indication occupation may be the same as the second field or the third field of the transmission mode switching indication occupation.
通过以上设计,接入网设备可以通过传输指示信息向终端设备发送时间提前量调整指示以使终端设备调整时间提前量,保持终端设备与接入网设备之间的上行同步。Through the above design, the access network device can send a timing advance adjustment instruction to the terminal device by transmitting the instruction information, so that the terminal device adjusts the timing advance and maintains uplink synchronization between the terminal device and the access network device.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述传输指示信息包括所述调制与编码策略调整指示时,所述调制与编码策略调整指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第十字段上,所述第十字段取值不同时,所述调制与编码策略调整指示用于指示不同的调制与编码策略。In a possible design, when the transmission indication information includes the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication, the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is carried in the tenth field of the transmission indication information, and the tenth field When the values are different, the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is used to indicate different modulation and coding strategies.
通过以上设计,接入网设备可以通过传输指示信息向终端设备发送调制与编码策略调整指示,以指示终端设备调整调制与编码策略,进而调整数据传输速率。Through the above design, the access network device can send the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction to the terminal device through the transmission instruction information, so as to instruct the terminal device to adjust the modulation and coding strategy, and then adjust the data transmission rate.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了第二种数据传输方法,该方法可以应用于终端设备或者终端设备中的芯片,以该方法应用于终端设备为例,该方法包括:终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,终端设备向接入网设备发送随机接入请求;然后所述终端设备接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息,所述传输指示信息用于指示终端设备进行数据传输的方式和/或资源;所述终端设备根据所述传输指示信息进行数据传输。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a second data transmission method, which can be applied to a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device. Taking the method applied to a terminal device as an example, the method includes: During the active state, the terminal device sends a random access request to the access network device; then the terminal device receives the transmission indication information from the access network device, and the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform data transmission. manner and/or resource; the terminal device performs data transmission according to the transmission indication information.
通过以上方法,终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,可以接收接入网设备发送的传输指示信息,终端设备可以根据传输指示信息确定数据传输的方式和/或资源,而不需要终端设备从RRC非激活态恢复至RRC连接态后获取重新配置的资源并切换数据传输方式,节省资源开销同时提升数据传输的灵活性。Through the above method, the terminal equipment can receive the transmission indication information sent by the access network equipment in the process of RRC inactive state, and the terminal equipment can determine the data transmission mode and/or resources according to the transmission indication information, without the need for the terminal equipment from the RRC After the inactive state is restored to the RRC connected state, the reconfigured resources are obtained and the data transmission mode is switched, which saves resource overhead and improves the flexibility of data transmission.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息包括以下至少一项:传输方式切换指示、资源指示、波束指示;其中,所述传输方式切换指示用于指示所述终端设备在随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输结束后,切换至免授权调度数据传输;所述资源指示用于指示所述终端设备进行免授权调度数据传输时的预配置授权资源;所述波束指示用于指示同步信号块与所述预配置授权资源的对应关系。In a possible design, the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication, and a beam indication; wherein the transmission mode switching indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or After the random access data transmission is completed, switch to the authorization-free scheduling data transmission; the resource indication is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform pre-configured authorization resources when the authorization-free scheduling data transmission is performed; the beam indication is used to indicate the synchronization signal block The corresponding relationship with the preconfigured authorization resource.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息可以包括传输方式切换指示、资源指示和波束指示中的至少一项,从而指示终端设备灵活地进行数据传输。Through the above design, the transmission indication information may include at least one of a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication and a beam indication, thereby instructing the terminal device to flexibly transmit data.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述传输指示信息中包括所述传输方式切换指示时,所述传输指示信息承载在所述传输指示信息的第一字段中;所述终端设备根据所述目标指示信息进行数据传输,包括:所述终端设备确定随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输结束后,使用预配置授权资源进行免授权调度数据传输;其中,所述随机接入数据传输为两步随机接入数据传输或四步随机接入数据传输,所述随机接入过程为两步随机接入过程或四步随机接入过程。In a possible design, when the transmission indication information includes the transmission mode switching indication, the transmission indication information is carried in the first field of the transmission indication information; the terminal device indicates according to the target The data transmission of the information includes: after the terminal device determines that the random access process or the random access data transmission ends, using preconfigured authorized resources to perform authorization-free scheduling data transmission; wherein, the random access data transmission is a two-step random access data transmission. Access data transmission or four-step random access data transmission, and the random access process is a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息中可以包括传输方式切换指示,终端设备可以根据传输方式切换指示确定在随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输结束后,是否进行免授权调度数据传输,而不需要终端设备从RRC非激活态恢复至RRC连接态后获取重新配置的资源并切换数据传输方式,节省资源开销。Through the above design, the transmission instruction information may include a transmission mode switching instruction, and the terminal device can determine whether to perform authorization-free scheduling data transmission after the random access process or the random access data transmission according to the transmission mode switching instruction, without requiring the terminal After the device recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, it obtains the reconfigured resources and switches the data transmission mode to save resource overhead.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述传输指示信息包括所述资源指示时,所述资源指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第二字段中,其中,所述第二字段取值不同,所述资源指示用于指示激活不同的预配置授权资源。In a possible design, when the transmission indication information includes the resource indication, the resource indication is carried in a second field of the transmission indication information, wherein the second field has different values, and the The resource indication is used to indicate activation of different preconfigured authorized resources.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息中可以包括资源指示,终端设备可以根据资源指示确定 资源指示激活的预配置授权资源,以在终端设备进行免授权调度数据传输时使用。Through the above design, the transmission indication information can include a resource indication, and the terminal device can determine the preconfigured authorized resource activated by the resource indication according to the resource indication, so as to be used when the terminal device performs authorization-free scheduling data transmission.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述传输指示信息包括所述波束指示,所述波束指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第三字段中,其中,所述第三字段取值不同时,所述波束指示用于指示不同的同步信号块与所述预配置授权资源的对应关系。In a possible design, when the transmission indication information includes the beam indication, the beam indication is carried in a third field of the transmission indication information, wherein when the values of the third field are different, the The beam indication is used to indicate the correspondence between different synchronization signal blocks and the preconfigured grant resources.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息可以包括波束指示,终端设备可以根据波束指示确定不同的同步信号块与所述预配置授权资源的对应关系,从而终端设备可以在使用预配置授权资源上时,确定预配置授权资源对应的同步信号块,提升数据传输时的信号质量。Through the above design, the transmission indication information can include beam indication, and the terminal device can determine the correspondence between different synchronization signal blocks and the preconfigured authorized resources according to the beam indication, so that the terminal device can determine the preconfigured authorized resources when using the preconfigured authorized resources. Configure synchronization signal blocks corresponding to authorized resources to improve signal quality during data transmission.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息,包括:所述终端设备接收所述接入网设备发送的下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息中包括所述传输指示信息。In a possible design, the terminal device receiving the transmission indication information from the access network device includes: the terminal device receiving downlink control information sent by the access network device, where the downlink control information includes the transmission indication information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息承载在所述下行控制信息中的预留字段上。In a possible design, the transmission indication information is carried in a reserved field in the downlink control information.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息可以包含在下行控制信息中,节省资源开销。Through the above design, the transmission indication information can be included in the downlink control information, thereby saving resource overhead.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息,包括:所述终端设备接收所述接入网设备发送的下行控制信息,并在所述下行控制信息调度的物理下行共享信道PDSCH上接收所述传输指示信息;或者所述终端设备接收所述接入网设备发送的随机接入响应信息,所述随机接入响应信息中包括所述传输指示信息,所述随机接入响应信息承载在所述PDSCH上;或者所述终端设备接收所述接入网设备发送的冲突解决信息,所述冲突解决信息中包括所述传输指示信息,所述冲突解决信息承载在所述PDSCH上;或者所述终端设备接收所述接入网设备发送的无线资源控制RRC信令,所述RRC信令中包括所述传输指示信息,所述RRC信令承载在所述PDSCH上。In a possible design, the terminal device receiving the transmission indication information from the access network device includes: the terminal device receiving the downlink control information sent by the access network device, and performing the downlink control information in the downlink control information. The transmission indication information is received on the scheduled physical downlink shared channel PDSCH; or the terminal device receives random access response information sent by the access network device, where the random access response information includes the transmission indication information, The random access response information is carried on the PDSCH; or the terminal device receives conflict resolution information sent by the access network device, the conflict resolution information includes the transmission indication information, and the conflict resolution information carried on the PDSCH; or the terminal device receives the radio resource control RRC signaling sent by the access network device, the RRC signaling includes the transmission indication information, and the RRC signaling is carried in the on PDSCH.
在一个可能的设计中,所述PDSCH上携带媒体接入控制MAC控制元素CE。In a possible design, the medium access control MAC control element CE is carried on the PDSCH.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息承载在所述MAC CE中未定义的逻辑信道上。In a possible design, the transmission indication information is carried on a logical channel not defined in the MAC CE.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息可以承载在下行控制信息调度的PDSCH,或传输指示信息可以包含在随机接入响应信息、冲突解决信息或RRC信令中,提供了多种传输指示信息的传输方式。Through the above design, the transmission indication information can be carried in the PDSCH scheduled by the downlink control information, or the transmission indication information can be included in the random access response information, conflict resolution information or RRC signaling, providing a variety of transmission methods for the transmission indication information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息还包括:无争用随机接入资源指示;所述无争用随机接入资源指示用于指示所述终端设备在随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输中使用的资源。In a possible design, the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or random access Resources used in data transfer.
在一个可能的设计中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示包括以下索引值中的至少一个:随机接入前导码索引值、同步信号块索引值、物理随机接入信道机会RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围;所述随机接入前导码索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第四字段中;所述同步信号块索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第五字段中,所述RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围承载在所述传输指示信息的第六字段中。In a possible design, the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: a random access preamble index value, a synchronization signal block index value, and a physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, so The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示还包括:物理上行共享信道机会PO指示,所述PO指示用于指示两步随机接入过程或两步随机接入数据传输中所述终端设备使用的上行共享信道,所述PO指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第七字段中。In a possible design, the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate a two-step random access process or a two-step random access data transmission The uplink shared channel used by the terminal device, and the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息中还可以包括无争用随机接入资源指示,终端设备可以根据无争用随机接入资源指示确定随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输中使用的无争用随机资源。Through the above design, the transmission indication information may also include a contention-free random access resource indication, and the terminal device can determine the contention-free random access resource used in the random access process or random access data transmission according to the contention-free random access resource indication. resource.
在一个可能的设计中,所述终端设备接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息之后, 还包括:所述终端设备向所述接入网设备发送传输指示信息对应的反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于反馈所述终端设备是否接受所述传输指示信息的传输指示。In a possible design, after the terminal device receives the transmission indication information from the access network device, the method further includes: sending, by the terminal device, feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information to the access network device, the The feedback information is used to feed back whether the terminal device accepts the transmission indication of the transmission indication information.
通过以上设计,终端设备可以在接收到传输指示信息后,向接入网设备反馈是否接受传输指示信息的传输指示。Through the above design, after receiving the transmission indication information, the terminal device can feed back to the access network device whether to accept the transmission indication of the transmission indication information.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了第二种数据传输方法,该方法可以应用于接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片,以该方法应用于接入网设备为例,该方法包括:接入网设备接收来自RRC非激活态过程中的终端设备的随机接入请求;所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送传输指示信息,所述传输指示信息用于指示终端设备进行数据传输的方式和/或资源。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a second data transmission method, which can be applied to an access network device or a chip in an access network device. Taking the method applied to an access network device as an example, the method includes: : The access network device receives a random access request from the terminal device in the RRC inactive state process; the access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform data The method and/or resource of the transmission.
通过该方法,终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,接入网设备在接收到终端设备发送的随机接入请求后,接入网设备可以向终端设备发送传输指示信息,从而在终端设备的随机接入过程中指示终端设备进行数据传输的方式和/或资源,而不需要终端设备从RRC非激活态恢复至RRC连接态后获取重新配置的资源并切换数据传输方式,节省资源开销同时提升数据传输的灵活性。Through this method, when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, after the access network device receives the random access request sent by the terminal device, the access network device can send transmission indication information to the terminal device, so that the random access request of the terminal device can be sent to the terminal device. Instruct the terminal device to perform data transmission mode and/or resources during the access process, without requiring the terminal device to obtain reconfigured resources and switch the data transmission mode after recovering from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, saving resource overhead and improving data Transmission flexibility.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息包括以下至少一项:传输方式切换指示、资源指示、波束指示;所述传输方式切换指示用于指示所述终端设备在随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输结束后,切换至免授权调度数据传输;所述资源指示用于指示所述终端设备进行免授权调度数据传输时的预配置授权资源;所述波束指示用于指示同步信号块与所述预配置授权资源的对应关系。In a possible design, the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication, and a beam indication; the transmission mode switching indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or random access After the incoming data transmission is completed, switch to the authorization-free scheduling data transmission; the resource indication is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform pre-configured authorization resources when the authorization-free scheduling data transmission is performed; the beam indication is used to indicate that the synchronization signal block and all The corresponding relationship of the pre-configured authorization resources is described.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息可以包括传输方式切换指示、资源指示和波束指示中的至少一项,从而指示终端设备灵活地进行数据传输。Through the above design, the transmission indication information may include at least one of a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication and a beam indication, thereby instructing the terminal device to flexibly transmit data.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述传输指示信息中包括传输方式切换指示时,所述传输指示信息承载在所述传输指示信息的第一字段中;其中,所述随机接入数据传输为两步随机接入数据传输或四步随机接入数据传输,所述随机接入过程为两步随机接入过程或四步随机接入过程。In a possible design, when the transmission indication information includes a transmission mode switching indication, the transmission indication information is carried in the first field of the transmission indication information; wherein, the random access data transmission is two One-step random access data transmission or four-step random access data transmission, and the random access process is a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息中可以包括传输方式切换指示,接入网设备可以在终端设备在RRC非激活态时,通过传输指示信息指示终端设备切换至免授权调度数据传输,而不需要终端设备从RRC非激活态恢复至RRC连接态后获取重新配置的资源并切换数据传输方式,节省资源开销。Through the above design, the transmission instruction information can include a transmission mode switching instruction, and the access network device can instruct the terminal equipment to switch to the authorization-free scheduling data transmission through the transmission instruction information when the terminal equipment is in the RRC inactive state, without the need for the terminal equipment. After the RRC inactive state is restored to the RRC connected state, the reconfigured resources are obtained and the data transmission mode is switched to save resource overhead.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述传输指示信息包括所述资源指示时,所述资源指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第二字段中,其中,所述第二字段取值不同,所述资源指示用于指示激活不同的预配置授权资源。In a possible design, when the transmission indication information includes the resource indication, the resource indication is carried in a second field of the transmission indication information, wherein the second field has different values, and the The resource indication is used to indicate activation of different preconfigured authorized resources.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息中可以包括资源指示,接入网设备可以通过资源指示向终端设备指示激活的预配置授权资源,以在终端设备进行免授权调度数据传输时使用。Through the above design, the transmission indication information may include a resource indication, and the access network device may indicate the activated preconfigured authorized resource to the terminal device through the resource indication to be used when the terminal device performs authorization-free scheduling data transmission.
在一个可能的设计中,当所述传输指示信息包括所述波束指示,所述波束指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第三字段中,其中,所述第三字段取值不同时,所述波束指示用于指示不同的同步信号块与所述预配置授权资源的对应关系。In a possible design, when the transmission indication information includes the beam indication, the beam indication is carried in a third field of the transmission indication information, wherein when the values of the third field are different, the The beam indication is used to indicate the correspondence between different synchronization signal blocks and the preconfigured grant resources.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息可以包括波束指示,接入网设备可以通过波束指示将同步信号块与所述预配置授权资源的对应关系发送给终端设备,以使终端设备在使用预配置授权资源上时,确定预配置授权资源对应的同步信号块,提升数据传输时的信号质量。Through the above design, the transmission indication information may include a beam indication, and the access network device may send the corresponding relationship between the synchronization signal block and the preconfigured authorized resource to the terminal device through the beam indication, so that the terminal device can use the preconfigured authorized resource on the is determined, the synchronization signal block corresponding to the pre-configured authorization resource is determined, and the signal quality during data transmission is improved.
在一个可能的设计中,所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送传输指示信息,包括:所 述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息中包括所述传输指示信息。In a possible design, the access network device sending transmission indication information to the terminal device includes: the access network device sending downlink control information to the terminal device, where the downlink control information includes the Transmission instructions.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息承载在所述下行控制信息中的预留字段上。In a possible design, the transmission indication information is carried in a reserved field in the downlink control information.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息可以包含在下行控制信息中,节省资源开销。Through the above design, the transmission indication information can be included in the downlink control information, thereby saving resource overhead.
在一个可能的设计中,所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送传输指示信息,包括:所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送下行控制信息,并在所述下行控制信息调度的物理下行共享信道PDSCH上发送所述传输指示信息;或者所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送随机接入响应信息,所述随机接入响应信息中包括所述传输指示信息,所述随机接入响应信息承载在所述PDSCH上;或者所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送冲突解决信息,所述冲突解决信息中包括所述传输指示信息,所述冲突解决信息承载在所述PDSCH上;或者所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送无线资源控制RRC信令,所述RRC信令中包括所述传输指示信息,所述RRC信令承载在所述PDSCH上。In a possible design, sending, by the access network device to the terminal device, transmission indication information includes: the access network device sending downlink control information to the terminal device, and when the downlink control information schedules The transmission indication information is sent on the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH; or the access network device sends random access response information to the terminal device, where the random access response information includes the transmission indication information, and the random access response information includes the transmission indication information. The access response information is carried on the PDSCH; or the access network device sends conflict resolution information to the terminal device, the conflict resolution information includes the transmission indication information, and the conflict resolution information is carried on the On the PDSCH; or the access network device sends radio resource control RRC signaling to the terminal device, the RRC signaling includes the transmission indication information, and the RRC signaling is carried on the PDSCH.
在一个可能的设计中,所述PDSCH上携带媒体接入控制MAC控制元素CE。In a possible design, the medium access control MAC control element CE is carried on the PDSCH.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息承载在所述MAC CE中未定义的逻辑信道上。In a possible design, the transmission indication information is carried on a logical channel not defined in the MAC CE.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息可以承载在下行控制信息调度的PDSCH,或传输指示信息可以包含在随机接入响应信息、冲突解决信息或RRC信令中,提供了多种传输指示信息的传输方式。Through the above design, the transmission indication information can be carried in the PDSCH scheduled by the downlink control information, or the transmission indication information can be included in the random access response information, conflict resolution information or RRC signaling, providing a variety of transmission methods for the transmission indication information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述传输指示信息还包括:无争用随机接入资源指示;所述无争用随机接入资源指示用于指示所述终端设备在随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输中使用的资源。In a possible design, the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or random access Resources used in data transfer.
在一个可能的设计中,所以无争用随机接入资源指示包括以下索引值中的至少一个:随机接入前导码索引值、同步信号块索引值、物理随机接入信道机会RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围;所述随机接入前导码索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第四字段中;所述同步信号块索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第五字段中,所述RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围承载在所述传输指示信息的第六字段中。In one possible design, the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: random access preamble index value, synchronization signal block index value, physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value, or The range of RO resource index values; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, the The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
在一个可能的设计中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示还包括:物理上行共享信道机会PO指示,所述PO指示用于指示两步随机接入过程或两步随机接入数据传输中所述终端设备使用的上行共享信道,所述PO指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第七字段中。In a possible design, the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate a two-step random access process or a two-step random access data transmission The uplink shared channel used by the terminal device, and the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
通过以上设计,传输指示信息中还可以包括无争用随机接入资源指示,接入网设备可以通过传输指示信息向终端设备指示终端设备在随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输中使用的无争用随机资源。Through the above design, the transmission indication information can also include a contention-free random access resource indication, and the access network device can indicate to the terminal device through the transmission indication information the non-contention used by the terminal device in the random access process or random access data transmission. Contention for random resources.
在一个可能的设计中,在所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送传输指示信息之后,还包括:所述接入网设备接收来自所述终端设备的传输指示信息对应的反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于反馈所述终端设备是否接受所述传输指示信息的传输指示。In a possible design, after the access network device sends the transmission indication information to the terminal device, the method further includes: receiving, by the access network device, feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information from the terminal device, The feedback information is used to feed back whether the terminal device accepts the transmission indication of the transmission indication information.
通过以上设计,接入网设备可以通过终端设备发送的传输指示信息对应的反馈信息,获知终端设备是否接受传输指示信息的传输指示。Through the above design, the access network device can learn whether the terminal device accepts the transmission instruction of the transmission instruction information through the feedback information corresponding to the transmission instruction information sent by the terminal device.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括用于执行以上任一方面中各个步骤的单元。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication apparatus, including a unit for performing each step in any of the above aspects.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,所述通信装置包括处理器、存储器和通信接口,所述存储器用于存储指令和数据,所述通信接口用于通信该装置与其它设备进 行通信,示例性的,通信接口可以是收发器、电路、总线、模块或其它类型的通信接口,当所述通信装置应用于终端设备时,所述其它设备可以为接入网设备,当所述通信装置应用与接入网设备时,所述其它设备可以为终端设备。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication apparatus, the communication apparatus includes a processor, a memory, and a communication interface, where the memory is used for storing instructions and data, and the communication interface is used for communicating the apparatus with other devices For communication, for example, the communication interface may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module or other types of communication interfaces. When the communication device is applied to a terminal device, the other device may be an access network device. When the communication apparatus is applied to an access network device, the other device may be a terminal device.
当所述通信装置应用于终端设备时,所述处理器用于实现上述第一方面或第三方面描述的方法,当所述通信装置应用于接入网设备时,所述处理器用于实现上述第二方面或第四方面描述的方法。When the communication apparatus is applied to a terminal device, the processor is configured to implement the method described in the first aspect or the third aspect, and when the communication apparatus is applied to an access network device, the processor is configured to implement the above-mentioned first aspect The method described in the second aspect or the fourth aspect.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,包括终端设备和接入网设备,其中,所述终端设备具有执行本申请第一方面或第三方面提供的方法的功能,所述接入网设备具有执行本申请第二方面或第四方面提供的方法的功能。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including a terminal device and an access network device, wherein the terminal device has a function of executing the method provided in the first aspect or the third aspect of the present application, and the connection The network access device has the function of executing the method provided by the second aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application.
第八方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述任一方面提供的方法。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program, which, when the computer program runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method provided in any one of the foregoing aspects.
第九方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得所述计算机执行上述任一方面提供的方法。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer is made to execute any one of the above methods provided.
第十方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片,所述芯片用于读取存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行上述任一方面提供的方法。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, where the chip is configured to read a computer program stored in a memory, and execute the method provided in any of the foregoing aspects.
第十一方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,用于支持计算机装置实现上述任一方面提供的方法。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器用于保存该计算机装置必要的程序和数据。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor for supporting a computer device to implement the method provided in any one of the foregoing aspects. In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory for storing necessary programs and data of the computer device. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为终端设备进行RRC状态转换的示例图;Fig. 2 is an example diagram of terminal equipment performing RRC state transition;
图3为基于两步随机接入过程的小包数据传输方法流程图;Fig. 3 is a flow chart of a small packet data transmission method based on a two-step random access process;
图4为基于四步随机接入过程的小包数据传输方法流程图;4 is a flowchart of a small packet data transmission method based on a four-step random access process;
图5为基于免授权调度的预配置授权小包传输方法流程图;Fig. 5 is the flow chart of the preconfigured authorization packet transmission method based on authorization-free scheduling;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备进行CG-SDT时的数据传输方法流程图;6 is a flowchart of a data transmission method when a terminal device performs CG-SDT according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实例1提供的数据传输方法流程图;Fig. 7 is the flow chart of the data transmission method that this application example 1 provides;
图8为本申请实例2提供的数据传输方法流程图;Fig. 8 is the flow chart of the data transmission method that this application example 2 provides;
图9为本申请实例3提供的数据传输方法流程图;9 is a flowchart of a data transmission method provided by Example 3 of this application;
图10为本申请实例4提供的数据传输方法流程图;10 is a flowchart of a data transmission method provided by Example 4 of this application;
图11为本申请实例5提供的数据传输方法流程图;11 is a flowchart of a data transmission method provided by Example 5 of this application;
图12为本申请实例6提供的数据传输方法流程图;12 is a flowchart of a data transmission method provided by Example 6 of this application;
图13为本申请实例7提供的数据传输方法流程图;13 is a flowchart of a data transmission method provided by Example 7 of this application;
图14为本申请实例8提供的数据传输方法流程图;14 is a flowchart of the data transmission method provided by Example 8 of this application;
图15为本申请实例9提供的数据传输方法流程图;15 is a flowchart of a data transmission method provided by Example 9 of this application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备进行RA-SDT时数据传输方式流程图;16 is a flowchart of a data transmission mode when a terminal device performs RA-SDT according to an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种第一字段取值及其对应的SSB索引值与CG资源的对应关系示意图;17 is a schematic diagram of the correspondence between a first field value and its corresponding SSB index value and a CG resource according to an embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的一种SSB索引值与CG资源的对应关系示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a correspondence between an SSB index value and a CG resource according to an embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备进行4-step RA-SDT时的数据传输方法流程图;19 is a flowchart of a data transmission method when a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application performs 4-step RA-SDT;
图20为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备进行2-step RA-SDT时的数据传输方法流程图;20 is a flowchart of a data transmission method when a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application performs 2-step RA-SDT;
图21为本申请实施例提供的一种随机接入过程结束后,且终端设备尚未从RRC非激活态切换至RRC连接态时的数据传输方法流程图;21 is a flowchart of a data transmission method when a random access process provided by an embodiment of the present application ends and the terminal device has not switched from an RRC inactive state to an RRC connected state;
图22为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图23为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请实施例可应用于5G系统或者将来的移动通信系统。The embodiments of the present application may be applied to a 5G system or a future mobile communication system.
下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。The embodiments of the present application will be described in further detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
如图1示意,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统架构,该通信系统包括至少一个终端设备和网络设备,网络设备可以包括无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的接入网设备(RAN设备)以及核心网中的核心网设备。As shown in FIG. 1 , an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system architecture, where the communication system includes at least one terminal device and a network device, and the network device may include an access network device ( RAN equipment) and core network equipment in the core network.
其中,图1所示的通信系统中的终端设备又可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,是用户侧的一种用于接收或发射信号的实体,用于向网络设备发送上行信号,或从网络设备接收下行信号。包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备。The terminal equipment in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 may also be called user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., and is a part of the user side. An entity for receiving or transmitting signals, for sending uplink signals to network equipment, or receiving downlink signals from network equipment. Includes devices that provide voice and/or data connectivity to users.
例如,终端设备可以为具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音和/或数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备、V2X终端设备、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、设备到设备通信(device-to-device,D2D)终端设备、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications,M2M/MTC)终端设备、物联网(internet of things,IoT)终端设备、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端(remote terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)、可穿戴设备、车载设备等。For example, the terminal device may be a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem. The terminal equipment may communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN. The terminal equipment may include user equipment, V2X terminal equipment, wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device (D2D) terminal equipment, machine-to-machine/machine-type communication (machine-to-machine/ machine-type communications, M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station) ), access point (AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user device (user device), available Wearable devices, in-vehicle devices, etc.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备或智能穿戴式设备等,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. Wait. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
而如上介绍的各种终端设备,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载终端设备,车载终端设备也可称为车载单元(on-board unit,OBU)。The various terminal devices described above, if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be considered as on-board terminal equipment, and the on-board terminal equipment can also be called on-board unit (on-board unit, OBU). ).
图1所示的通信系统中的核心网设备,为位于核心网中的网元,用于实现核心网的功 能,例如负责根据终端设备通过接入网发送的呼叫请求或业务请求将所述终端设备接续到不同的数据网络上,以及计费、移动性管理、会话管理等业务。核心网可以包括多个核心网设备,例如核心网包括负责终端设备的接入和移动性管理服务功能的核心网设备、负责会话管理的核心网设备等。The core network equipment in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 is a network element located in the core network and is used to implement the functions of the core network, for example, it is responsible for sending the terminal equipment to the terminal according to the call request or service request sent by the terminal equipment through the access network. The device is connected to different data networks, as well as services such as billing, mobility management, and session management. The core network may include multiple core network devices. For example, the core network includes core network devices responsible for terminal device access and mobility management service functions, core network devices responsible for session management, and the like.
示例性的,在5G移动通信系统中,可以包括:接入与移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元、用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元等核心网设备。其中,所述AMF网元可以负责终端的接入管理和移动性管理;所述SMF网元可以负责会话管理,如用户的会话建立等;所述UPF网元可以是用户面的功能实体,主要负责连接外部网络。需要说明的是,本申请中网元也可以称为实体或功能实体,例如,AMF网元也可以称为AMF实体或AMF功能实体,又例如,SMF网元也可以称为SMF实体或SMF功能实体等。Exemplarily, in a 5G mobile communication system, it may include: an access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) network element, a session management function (session management function, SMF) network element, a user plane function ( core network equipment such as user plane function, UPF) network elements. The AMF network element may be responsible for terminal access management and mobility management; the SMF network element may be responsible for session management, such as user session establishment, etc.; the UPF network element may be a user plane functional entity, mainly Responsible for connecting to external networks. It should be noted that in this application, network elements may also be referred to as entities or functional entities, for example, AMF network elements may also be referred to as AMF entities or AMF functional entities, and, for example, SMF network elements may also be referred to as SMF entities or SMF functions entity etc.
图1所示的通信系统中的接入网设备,例如可以为基站(base station,BS),BS可以是一种部署在无线接入网中能够和终端设备进行无线通信的设备。其中,基站可能有多种形式,比如宏基站、微基站、中继站和接入点等。示例性地,本申请实施例涉及到的基站可以是5G移动通信系统中的基站或LTE移动通信系统中的基站,其中,5G移动通信系统中的基站还可以称为发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)或gNB。The access network device in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 may be, for example, a base station (base station, BS), and the BS may be a device deployed in a wireless access network and capable of wirelessly communicating with terminal devices. The base station may have various forms, such as a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay station, and an access point. Exemplarily, the base station involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a base station in a 5G mobile communication system or a base station in an LTE mobile communication system, where the base station in the 5G mobile communication system may also be referred to as a transmission reception point (transmission reception point). , TRP) or gNB.
还需说明的是,本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备;也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。It should also be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, the device for implementing the function of the network device may be a network device; it may also be a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed on the network in the device.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于通信设备间的无线通信。具体可以包括:网络设备和终端设备之间的无线通信、网络设备和网络设备之间的无线通信以及终端设备和终端设备之间的无线通信。其中,在本申请实施例中,术语“无线通信”还可以简称为“通信”,术语“通信”还可以描述为“数据传输”、“信息传输”或“传输”。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中“数据传输”可以为小数据包(small data,SD)传输,也可以为不限定数据大小的数据传输,若无特殊说明,则本申请实施例中“数据传输”表示小数据包传输。The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to wireless communication between communication devices. Specifically, it may include: wireless communication between a network device and a terminal device, wireless communication between a network device and a network device, and wireless communication between a terminal device and a terminal device. Wherein, in this embodiment of the present application, the term "wireless communication" may also be referred to as "communication" for short, and the term "communication" may also be described as "data transmission", "information transmission" or "transmission". It should be noted that "data transmission" in the embodiments of this application may be small data packet (small data, SD) transmission, or may be data transmission with unlimited data size. Unless otherwise specified, "data transmission" in the embodiments of this application "Data transfer" means small packet transfer.
其中,小数据包可以为大小为100-300Byte的数据包;或者,小数据包为一个时隙中能完成发送的数据包,以5M带宽资源、30kHz SCS的一个时隙为例,若以正交相移键控(quadrature phase shift keying,QPSK)进行调制,则一个时隙大约可传500个Byte;或者终端设备的RRC状态为RRC非激活态时发送的用户面数据包和/或控制面数据包,均可以认为是小数据包。需要说明的是,小数据包还可以称为小包数据或小包,则小数据包传输还可以称为小包数据传输。Among them, the small data packet can be a data packet with a size of 100-300Byte; or, a small data packet is a data packet that can be sent in one time slot, taking 5M bandwidth resources and a time slot of 30kHz SCS as an example, if a positive If quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) is used for modulation, about 500 bytes can be transmitted in one time slot; or the user plane data packets and/or control plane sent when the RRC state of the terminal device is RRC inactive Data packets can be considered as small data packets. It should be noted that the small data packet may also be referred to as small packet data or small packet, and the small data packet transmission may also be referred to as small packet data transmission.
在图1所示的通信系统中,终端设备在一个接入网设备的覆盖范围内,终端设备可以接入接入网设备后与接入网设备进行通信,具体的,终端设备向接入网设备发送上行信号,和/或,接收接入网设备发送的下行信号。终端设备可以通过接收同步信号块(synchronization signal and PBCH block,SSB)来实现与接入网设备的同步,以及获取系统消息等。其中,主同步信号(primary synchronisation signal,PSS)、辅同步信号(secondary synchronisation signal,SSS)和物理广播信道(physical broadcast channel,PBCH)共同构成一个SSB。接入网设备发送的一个SSB周期中包括多个SSB,每个SSB均对应一个波束,终端设备可以根据波束扫描信号选择信号质量最好或较好的SSB。其中,多个SSB 可以对应同一个波束或分别对应不同的波束。In the communication system shown in FIG. 1 , the terminal device is within the coverage of an access network device, and the terminal device can communicate with the access network device after accessing the access network device. Specifically, the terminal device communicates with the access network device. The device sends an uplink signal, and/or receives a downlink signal sent by the access network device. The terminal device can achieve synchronization with the access network device and obtain system messages by receiving a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal and PBCH block, SSB). Among them, a primary synchronization signal (primary synchronisation signal, PSS), a secondary synchronization signal (secondary synchronisation signal, SSS) and a physical broadcast channel (physical broadcast channel, PBCH) together constitute an SSB. An SSB cycle sent by the access network device includes multiple SSBs, each SSB corresponds to a beam, and the terminal device can select the SSB with the best or better signal quality according to the beam scanning signal. Wherein, multiple SSBs may correspond to the same beam or respectively correspond to different beams.
终端设备在接入接入网设备过程中或在接入接入网设备之后,可以与接入网设备进行无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)建立过程,当终端设备与接入网设备之间建立RRC连接后,终端设备的RRC状态为RRC连接态,随后,终端设备的RRC状态可以在以下状态中进行转换:RRC空闲(RRC_IDLE)态、RRC连接(RRC_CONNECTED)态和RRC非激活(RRC_INACTIVE)态。During the process of accessing the access network device or after the terminal device accesses the access network device, it can perform a radio resource control (RRC) establishment process with the access network device. After the RRC connection is established between the two, the RRC state of the terminal device is the RRC connected state, and then the RRC state of the terminal device can be converted in the following states: RRC idle (RRC_IDLE) state, RRC connected (RRC_CONNECTED) state and RRC inactive (RRC_INACTIVE) state )state.
下面对终端设备的三种RRC状态进行进一步介绍:The three RRC states of the terminal device are further introduced below:
一、RRC连接态1. RRC connection state
终端设备的RRC状态是连接态时,终端设备与接入网设备之间存在RRC连接,终端设备可以根据接入网设备的动态调度(dynamic grant,DG),或接入网设备配置的免授权调度(grant-free,GF)与接入网设备进行通信。具体的,终端设备可以通过上行数据信道,如物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH),向接入网设备发送该终端设备的特定数据或该终端设备的单播数据,和/或,终端设备可以通过下行数据信道,如物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH),从接入网设备接收该终端设备的特定数据或者该终端设备的单播数据。When the RRC state of the terminal device is in the connected state, there is an RRC connection between the terminal device and the access network device. The scheduler (grant-free, GF) communicates with the access network equipment. Specifically, the terminal device may send specific data of the terminal device or unicast data of the terminal device to the access network device through an uplink data channel, such as a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), and/or, The terminal device may receive specific data of the terminal device or unicast data of the terminal device from the access network device through a downlink data channel, such as a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH).
二、RRC空闲态2. RRC idle state
终端设备的RRC状态是空闲态时,释放了终端设备与接入网设备之间的RRC连接,以及释放了终端设备与核心网设备之间的连接,终端设备可以从接入网设备接收广播消息、寻呼消息、系统消息等,但终端设备无法与接入网设备进行单播数据传输,例如终端设备无法接收接入网设备通过该终端设备特定的PDSCH发送的下行数据,终端设备也无法通过该终端设备特定的PUSCH向接入网设备发送上行数据。When the RRC state of the terminal device is in the idle state, the RRC connection between the terminal device and the access network device is released, and the connection between the terminal device and the core network device is released, and the terminal device can receive broadcast messages from the access network device. , paging messages, system messages, etc., but the terminal equipment cannot perform unicast data transmission with the access network equipment. For example, the terminal equipment cannot receive the downlink data sent by the access network equipment through the specific PDSCH of the terminal equipment, and the terminal equipment cannot pass The terminal device-specific PUSCH sends uplink data to the access network device.
三、RRC非激活态3. RRC inactive state
终端设备的RRC状态是非激活态时,释放了终端设备与接入网设备之间的RRC连接,但可以保持终端设备与核心网设备之间的连接。终端设备可以从接入网设备接收广播消息、寻呼消息、系统消息等,也可以和接入网设备进行有限的单播数据传输,例如,终端设备可以向接入网设备发送单播小包数据,和/或,接收接入网设备发送的单播小包数据。When the RRC state of the terminal device is inactive state, the RRC connection between the terminal device and the access network device is released, but the connection between the terminal device and the core network device can be maintained. The terminal device can receive broadcast messages, paging messages, system messages, etc. from the access network device, and can also perform limited unicast data transmission with the access network device. For example, the terminal device can send unicast small packet data to the access network device. , and/or, receive unicast packet data sent by the access network device.
图2为终端设备在上述3种RRC状态中进行转换的示例图,RRC状态转换包含以下几种转换流程:Figure 2 is an example diagram of the terminal equipment transitioning in the above-mentioned three RRC states. The RRC state transition includes the following transition processes:
1,RRC连接态→RRC空闲态1, RRC connected state → RRC idle state
示例性地,接入网设备可以向终端设备发送RRC释放(RRC rlease)消息,使终端设备释放与接入网设备之间的RRC连接,并释放与核心网设备之间的连接,使终端设备由RRC连接态转换为RRC空闲态。Exemplarily, the access network equipment can send an RRC release (RRC rlease) message to the terminal equipment, so that the terminal equipment releases the RRC connection with the access network equipment, and releases the connection with the core network equipment, so that the terminal equipment releases the RRC connection with the access network equipment. Transition from RRC connected state to RRC idle state.
2,RRC连接态→RRC非激活态2, RRC connected state → RRC inactive state
示例性地,接入网设备可以向终端设备发送RRC暂停(RRC suspend)消息或RRC释放(RRC rlease),使终端设备释放与接入网设备之间的RRC连接,但保持与核心网设备之间的连接,使终端设备由RRC连接态转换为RRC非激活态。Exemplarily, the access network device may send an RRC suspend (RRC suspend) message or an RRC release (RRC rlease) to the terminal device, so that the terminal device releases the RRC connection with the access network device, but keeps the connection with the core network device. The connection between the terminals makes the terminal equipment change from the RRC connected state to the RRC inactive state.
3,RRC空闲态→RRC连接态3. RRC idle state → RRC connected state
示例性地,终端设备可以通过RRC建立过程,建立与接入网设备之间的RRC连接,并建立与核心网设备之间的连接,使终端设备由RRC空闲态转换为RRC连接态。其中,RRC建立过程可以是由终端设备的高层触发的,例如,终端设备有上行数据的发送需求时, 由终端设备的高层触发RRC建立过程。RRC建立过程也可以是由接入网设备触发的,例如,在终端设备处于RRC空闲态时,接入网设备向终端设备发送寻呼消息,该寻呼消息包含该终端设备的标识。相应的,终端设备从接入网设备接收到该寻呼消息后,触发RRC建立过程。Exemplarily, the terminal equipment may establish an RRC connection with the access network equipment and establish a connection with the core network equipment through the RRC establishment process, so that the terminal equipment is converted from the RRC idle state to the RRC connected state. Wherein, the RRC establishment process may be triggered by the upper layer of the terminal device. For example, when the terminal device needs to send uplink data, the RRC establishment process is triggered by the higher layer of the terminal device. The RRC establishment process may also be triggered by the access network device. For example, when the terminal device is in the RRC idle state, the access network device sends a paging message to the terminal device, where the paging message includes the identifier of the terminal device. Correspondingly, after receiving the paging message from the access network device, the terminal device triggers the RRC establishment process.
具体的,RRC建立过程可以包括:终端设备向接入网设备发送RRC建立请求(RRC Connection Request)消息。相应的,接入网设备接收到该请求消息后,若接入网设备向该终端设备发送RRC建立(RRC Connection setup)消息,意味着接入网设备同意该终端设备接入,则终端设备的RRC状态可转换为RRC连接态。若接入网设备向该终端设备发送RRC拒绝(RRC Connection reject)消息,意味着接入网设备拒绝该终端设备接入,则该终端设备的RRC状态继续停留在RRC空闲态。Specifically, the RRC establishment process may include: the terminal device sends an RRC establishment request (RRC Connection Request) message to the access network device. Correspondingly, after the access network device receives the request message, if the access network device sends an RRC connection setup (RRC Connection setup) message to the terminal device, it means that the access network device agrees to the terminal device to access, then the terminal device's The RRC state may transition to the RRC connected state. If the access network device sends an RRC connection reject (RRC Connection reject) message to the terminal device, it means that the access network device rejects the access of the terminal device, and the RRC state of the terminal device continues to stay in the RRC idle state.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备的高层触发终端设备发起RRC建立过程的场景包括但不限于:终端设备需要向接入网设备发送上行数据。示例性地,终端设备的服务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层、分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层、和/或无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层触发终端设备的RRC层和接入网设备进行RRC建立过程,终端设备的RRC层触发终端设备的媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和接入网设备进行接入过程,从而在接入过程中或者接入完成后与接入网设备进行RRC建立过程。In the embodiment of the present application, the scenarios in which the high layer of the terminal device triggers the terminal device to initiate the RRC establishment process include but are not limited to: the terminal device needs to send uplink data to the access network device. Exemplarily, the service data adaptation protocol (service data adaptation protocol, SDAP) layer of the terminal device, the packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer, and/or the radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer ) layer triggers the RRC layer of the terminal device and the access network device to perform the RRC establishment process, and the RRC layer of the terminal device triggers the media access control (media access control, MAC) layer of the terminal device and the access network device to perform the access process, thereby During the access process or after the access is completed, the RRC establishment process is performed with the access network device.
4,RRC非激活态→RRC连接态4. RRC inactive state → RRC connected state
示例性地,终端设备处于RRC非激活态时,可以通过RRC建立或RRC恢复过程,建立或恢复终端设备与接入网设备之间的RRC连接,使终端设备的RRC状态转换为RRC连接态。Exemplarily, when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the RRC connection between the terminal device and the access network device can be established or restored through the RRC establishment or RRC recovery process, so that the RRC state of the terminal device is converted to the RRC connected state.
在终端设备处于RRC非激活态时,终端设备从接入网设备接收到寻呼消息后,或者由终端设备的高层触发后,终端设备可以发起RRC恢复过程,试图恢复和接入网设备间的RRC连接以进入RRC连接态。例如,终端设备和接入网设备之间的RRC恢复过程包括:终端设备向接入网设备发送RRC恢复请求(RRC Resume Request)消息,接收到该请求后,接入网设备向终端设备发送RRC建立(RRC Setup)消息或者RRC恢复(RRC Resume)消息,使得终端设备的状态可以转换为RRC连接态;或者,接入网设备向终端设备发送RRC释放(RRC Release)消息,使得终端设备的状态从RRC非激活态转换为RRC空闲态;或者,接入网设备向终端设备发送RRC拒绝(RRC Reject)消息,使得终端设备继续停留在RRC非激活态。When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, after the terminal device receives a paging message from the access network device, or after being triggered by the upper layer of the terminal device, the terminal device can initiate an RRC recovery process to try to recover the communication with the access network device. RRC connected to enter the RRC connected state. For example, the RRC recovery process between the terminal device and the access network device includes: the terminal device sends an RRC Resume Request (RRC Resume Request) message to the access network device, and after receiving the request, the access network device sends an RRC message to the terminal device A setup (RRC Setup) message or an RRC resume (RRC Resume) message, so that the state of the terminal device can be converted to the RRC connected state; or, the access network device sends an RRC Release (RRC Release) message to the terminal device, so that the state of the terminal device From the RRC inactive state to the RRC idle state; or, the access network device sends an RRC reject (RRC Reject) message to the terminal device, so that the terminal device continues to stay in the RRC inactive state.
5,RRC非激活态→RRC空闲态5. RRC inactive state → RRC idle state
示例性地,终端设备处于RRC非激活态时,可以通过RRC释放过程释放终端设备与核心网设备之间的连接,使得终端设备由RRC非激活态转换为RRC空闲态。Exemplarily, when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the connection between the terminal device and the core network device may be released through the RRC release process, so that the terminal device is converted from the RRC inactive state to the RRC idle state.
还需说明的是,针对终端设备的RRC状态的介绍,可以参考第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)5G标准协议TS38.331的5.3节以及其它相关章节的介绍,但是本申请实施例并不限制于此。例如,终端设备的RRC状态的介绍既可以参考当前已有的各种版本的38.331,也可以参考将来可能开发出的各种版本的38.331,或者可以参考其它标准协议、教科书、会议文献、期刊等描述的终端设备的RRC状态的介绍。It should also be noted that, for the introduction of the RRC status of the terminal device, you can refer to Section 5.3 of the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) 5G standard protocol TS38.331 and the introduction of other relevant sections, but this application Embodiments are not so limited. For example, for the introduction of the RRC status of the terminal device, you can refer to 38.331 of various current versions, or 38.331 of various versions that may be developed in the future, or you can refer to other standard protocols, textbooks, conference documents, journals, etc. Describes the introduction of the RRC state of the terminal device.
根据上述内容可知,终端设备处于RRC非激活态时,终端设备可以从接入网设备接收广播消息、寻呼消息、系统消息等,也可以和接入网设备进行有限的单播数据传输,此 时接入网设备保留了终端设备的注册信息,但终端设备暂停了大部分与接入网设备之间的空口行为,如暂停监听调度信息,即暂停接收接入网设备发送的用于调度该终端设备进行单播传输的物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH),暂停发送调度信息、暂停RRM(radio resource management,无线资源管理)测量、暂停波束维护等空口行为。可见,相比于RRC连接态,RRC非激活态是一种使终端设备省电的状态,并且相对于RRC空闲态,终端设备在RRC非激活态可以快速地切换到RRC连接态,明显降低了切换到RRC连接态的延时和信令开销。According to the above content, when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the terminal device can receive broadcast messages, paging messages, system messages, etc. from the access network device, and can also perform limited unicast data transmission with the access network device. When the access network equipment retains the registration information of the terminal equipment, but the terminal equipment suspends most of the air interface behaviors with the access network equipment, such as suspending monitoring scheduling information, that is, suspending receiving the information sent by the access network equipment for scheduling the The physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) of the terminal equipment for unicast transmission, suspension of sending scheduling information, suspension of RRM (radio resource management, radio resource management) measurement, suspension of beam maintenance and other air interface behaviors. It can be seen that compared with the RRC connected state, the RRC inactive state is a state that saves the power of the terminal device, and compared with the RRC idle state, the terminal device can quickly switch to the RRC connected state in the RRC inactive state, which significantly reduces the power consumption. Delay and signaling overhead of switching to RRC connected state.
在3GPP的Release 16标准之前,处于RRC非激活态的终端设备是不支持单播数据传输的,即终端设备需要重新恢复RRC连接进入RRC连接态后才能进行单播数据传输。但是终端设备存在需要传输数据包较小的一些业务场景,例如智能手机相关业务,具体可能为即时通信应用程序中的即时消息、应用程序的心跳包或推送消息;又例如非智能手机的相关业务,如可穿戴设备的周期性数据(例如心跳包),工业无线传感器网络所发送的周期性读数,智能电表数据传输等等。在这些场景下,终端设备从RRC非激活态进入RRC连接态所需要的信令可能大于要传输的数据包,导致不必要的功耗和信令开销。因此,在终端设备处于RRC非激活态时,进行单播的小包数据传输(small data transmission,SDT)可以解决这些场景下的通信需求,同时能够降低信令开销和功耗。Before the Release 16 standard of 3GPP, terminal equipment in the RRC inactive state did not support unicast data transmission, that is, the terminal equipment needed to restore the RRC connection and enter the RRC connected state before unicast data transmission. However, there are some business scenarios in which the terminal device needs to transmit small data packets, such as smartphone-related services, which may be instant messages in instant messaging applications, heartbeat packets or push messages of applications; for example, non-smartphone-related services , such as periodic data from wearable devices (such as heartbeat packets), periodic readings sent by industrial wireless sensor networks, data transmission from smart meters, and more. In these scenarios, the signaling required for the terminal device to enter the RRC connected state from the RRC inactive state may be larger than the data packets to be transmitted, resulting in unnecessary power consumption and signaling overhead. Therefore, when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, unicast small data transmission (SDT) can solve the communication requirements in these scenarios, while reducing signaling overhead and power consumption.
具体实施中,终端设备处于RRC非激活态时,可以根据以下两种方式进行小包数据传输:In the specific implementation, when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the small packet data transmission can be performed in the following two ways:
一、基于随机接入过程的小包数据传输(random access channel-small data transmission,RA-SDT)。1. Small packet data transmission based on random access process (random access channel-small data transmission, RA-SDT).
随机接入过程是指终端设备通过随机接入过程与接入网设备建立无线链路,以获取或恢复上行同步。基于随机接入过程的小包数据传输是指终端设备在随机接入过程中,向接入网设备发送上行数据或接收接入网设备发送的下行数据。下面分别对基于两步随机接入过程的小包数据传输和基于四步随机接入过程的小包数据传输进行详细介绍:The random access process means that the terminal device establishes a wireless link with the access network device through the random access process to obtain or restore uplink synchronization. The small packet data transmission based on the random access process means that the terminal device sends uplink data to the access network device or receives the downlink data sent by the access network device during the random access process. The small packet data transmission based on the two-step random access process and the small packet data transmission based on the four-step random access process are described in detail below:
1、基于两步随机接入过程的小包数据传输。1. Small packet data transmission based on a two-step random access process.
参阅图3示出的基于两步随机接入过程的小包数据传输方法,包括MsgA和MsgB两步:Referring to the small packet data transmission method based on the two-step random access process shown in FIG. 3, it includes two steps of MsgA and MsgB:
MsgA:终端设备在物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel,PRACH)上向接入网设备发送随机接入前导码(Preamble),以及终端设备在对应的物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)上向接入网设备发送上行小包数据。MsgA: The terminal device sends a random access preamble (Preamble) to the access network device on the physical random access channel (PRACH), and the terminal device transmits the random access preamble (Preamble) on the corresponding physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH) to send uplink small packet data to the access network device.
其中,Preamble用于在接入网设备接收到Preamble后,根据Preamble确定终端设备的时间提前量(timing advance,TA),并将TA通知给终端设备,以使终端设备调整上行同步。The Preamble is used to determine the timing advance (TA) of the terminal device according to the Preamble after the access network device receives the Preamble, and notify the TA to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can adjust the uplink synchronization.
MsgB:接入网设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应(random access response,RAR),RAR中可以包括MsgA的反馈信息,以将接入网设备是否成功接收上行小包数据的信息通知给终端设备。MsgB: The access network device sends a random access response (RAR) to the terminal device, and the RAR may include the feedback information of MsgA to notify the terminal device whether the access network device successfully receives the uplink small packet data.
需要说明的是,PRACH资源、Preamble资源、PUSCH资源(包括PUSCH中的解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)资源)、以及终端设备接收RAR的资源,均为接入网设备配置给终端设备的,具体可以是接入网设备在终端设备处于RRC连接态时配置给终端设备专属的资源,也可以是接入网设备在系统消息中广播竞争使用的资源。It should be noted that PRACH resources, Preamble resources, PUSCH resources (including demodulation reference signal (DMRS) resources in PUSCH), and resources for terminal equipment to receive RAR are all configured by the access network equipment to the terminal equipment Specifically, it may be a resource dedicated to the terminal device configured by the access network device when the terminal device is in the RRC connection state, or it may be a resource that the access network device broadcasts for competition in the system message.
2、基于四步随机接入过程的小包数据传输。2. Small packet data transmission based on a four-step random access process.
基于四步随机接入过程的小包数据传输还可以称为数据早传方案(early data transmission,EDT),以区别于终端设备通过四步随机接入过程进入RRC连接态后进行的数据传输。The small packet data transmission based on the four-step random access process can also be called an early data transmission (EDT) scheme, which is different from the data transmission performed by the terminal device after entering the RRC connection state through the four-step random access process.
参阅图4示出的基于四步随机接入过程的小包数据传输方法,包括以下四个步骤:Referring to the small packet data transmission method based on the four-step random access process shown in FIG. 4, it includes the following four steps:
Msg1:终端设备在一个物理随机接入信道机会(PRACH occasion,RO)上向接入网设备发送Preamble。Msg1: The terminal device sends a Preamble to the access network device on a physical random access channel opportunity (PRACH occasion, RO).
Msg2:接入网设备向终端设备发送RAR,其中,RAR中包括Msg3的上行调度信息。Msg2: The access network device sends an RAR to the terminal device, where the RAR includes the uplink scheduling information of Msg3.
Msg3:终端设备在RAR调度的资源上,向接入网设备发送上行小包数据。可选的,该上行小包数据中可以包括终端设备的标识。Msg3: The terminal device sends uplink small packet data to the access network device on the resource scheduled by the RAR. Optionally, the uplink small packet data may include the identifier of the terminal device.
Msg4:接入网设备向终端设备发送反馈信息,以将接入网设备是否成功接收上行小包数据的信息通知给终端设备。Msg4: The access network device sends feedback information to the terminal device, so as to notify the terminal device of whether the access network device successfully receives the uplink small packet data.
其中,PRACH资源、Preamble资源、PUSCH资源(包括PUSCH中的DMRS资源)、以及终端设备接收RAR的资源,均为接入网设备配置给终端设备的,具体可以是接入网设备在终端设备处于RRC连接态时配置给终端设备专属的资源,也可以是接入网设备在系统消息中广播竞争使用的资源。Among them, PRACH resources, Preamble resources, PUSCH resources (including DMRS resources in PUSCH), and resources for the terminal equipment to receive RAR are all configured by the access network equipment to the terminal equipment. Specifically, the access network equipment may be in the terminal equipment. The resources allocated to the terminal equipment in the RRC connection state may also be resources that the access network equipment broadcasts and competes for in the system message.
二、基于免授权调度(grant-free,GF)的预配置授权小包传输(configured grant-small data transmission,CG-SDT)。2. Pre-configured grant-small data transmission (CG-SDT) based on grant-free scheduling (GF).
CG-SDT是指接入网设备为终端设备预配置的用于以半静态的方式进行上行数据传输的PUSCH资源以及对应的传输参数,从而终端设备在有上行数据需要进行传输时,可以直接使用预配置的PUSCH资源及对应的传输参数向接入网设备发送上行数据,而不必接收接入网设备的动态上行链路授权(dynamic UL grant),也不需要向接入网设备发送Preamble以使终端设备调整上行同步。CG-SDT refers to the PUSCH resources and corresponding transmission parameters pre-configured by the access network equipment for the terminal equipment for uplink data transmission in a semi-static manner, so that the terminal equipment can directly use the uplink data when there is uplink data to transmit. The preconfigured PUSCH resources and corresponding transmission parameters send uplink data to the access network device without receiving the dynamic uplink grant (dynamic UL grant) of the access network device, and do not need to send the Preamble to the access network device to enable The terminal equipment adjusts the uplink synchronization.
预配置授权传输包括两种类型的预配置授权方式(Type 1CG和Type 2CG)。其中,基于Type 1CG的数据传输是由接入网设备通过RRC信令为终端设备配置预配置授权(configured grant,CG)资源和传输参数,例如接入网设备为终端设备配置以下信息或资源中的一种或多种:时域资源的周期、开环功率控制相关参数、波形、冗余版本序列、重复次数、跳频模式、资源分配类型、混合自动重传(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)进程数、DMRS相关参数、调制编码方案、资源块(resource block group,RBG)组大小、时域资源、频域资源、调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)等。The preconfigured authorization transmission includes two types of preconfigured authorization methods (Type 1CG and Type 2CG). Among them, the data transmission based on Type 1CG is that the access network equipment configures the terminal equipment with pre-configured grant (CG) resources and transmission parameters through RRC signaling. For example, the access network equipment configures the following information or resources for the terminal equipment. One or more of: time-domain resource period, open-loop power control related parameters, waveform, redundancy version sequence, number of repetitions, frequency hopping mode, resource allocation type, hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) Number of processes, DMRS-related parameters, modulation and coding scheme, resource block group (RBG) group size, time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation and coding scheme (MCS), etc.
基于Type 2CG的传输中,接入网设备采用两步资源配置方式:首先,接入网设备通过RRC信令下发授权配置信息,该授权配置信息用于配置CG资源和传输参数,具体可以包括时域资源的周期、开环功率控制相关参数、波形、冗余版本序列、重复次数、跳频模式、资源分配类型、HARQ进程数、DMRS相关参数、MCS表格、RBG组大小等。然后接入网设备向终端设备发送使用配置调度无线网络临时标识(configured scheduling radio network temporary identifier,CS-RNTI)加扰的下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI),以激活基于Type 2CG的PUSCH传输,并同时配置包括时域资源、频域资源、DMRS序列指示、MCS等在内的其它传输资源和传输参数。In the transmission based on Type 2CG, the access network device adopts a two-step resource configuration method: first, the access network device issues authorization configuration information through RRC signaling. The authorization configuration information is used to configure CG resources and transmission parameters, which may include Period of time domain resources, related parameters of open-loop power control, waveform, redundancy version sequence, number of repetitions, frequency hopping mode, resource allocation type, number of HARQ processes, DMRS related parameters, MCS table, RBG group size, etc. Then the access network device sends downlink control information (DCI) scrambled using the configured scheduling radio network temporary identifier (CS-RNTI) to the terminal device to activate Type 2CG-based PUSCH transmission , and configure other transmission resources and transmission parameters including time domain resources, frequency domain resources, DMRS sequence indication, MCS, etc. at the same time.
图5示出了一种CG-SDT方式,包括以下步骤:Figure 5 shows a CG-SDT method, including the following steps:
S501:终端设备使用CG资源向接入网设备发送上行小包数据;可选的,该上行小包 数据中可以包括终端设备的标识。S501: The terminal device sends the uplink small packet data to the access network device by using the CG resource; optionally, the uplink small packet data may include the identifier of the terminal device.
S502:接入网设备向终端设备发送反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于通知终端设备接入网设备是否成功接收所述上行小包数据。S502: The access network device sends feedback information to the terminal device, where the feedback information is used to notify the terminal device whether the access network device successfully receives the uplink small packet data.
通过上述介绍可知,终端设备在处于RRC非激活态时,可以通过RA-SDT或CG-SDT方式发送小包数据,但终端设备在使用CG资源进行CG-SDT之前,需要判断CG资源是否有效,例如,终端设备在确定TA有效,且终端设备确定测量得到的SSB的参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP)在预设阈值范围内时,确定CG资源有效。当终端设备确定不能满足CG资源有效的全部条件时,该终端设备将不能进行CG-SDT,而需要进行RA-SDT,或通过随机接入过程恢复至RRC连接态后进行数据传输。It can be seen from the above introduction that when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, it can send small packets of data through RA-SDT or CG-SDT, but the terminal device needs to determine whether the CG resource is valid before using the CG resource for CG-SDT. For example , when the terminal device determines that the TA is valid, and the terminal device determines that the measured reference signal received power (RSRP) of the SSB is within a preset threshold range, it determines that the CG resource is valid. When the terminal device determines that all conditions for valid CG resources cannot be met, the terminal device cannot perform CG-SDT, but needs to perform RA-SDT, or perform data transmission after returning to the RRC connection state through the random access procedure.
另外,终端设备在进行RA-SDT时,若需要切换为CG-SDT,则需要终端设备通过随机接入过程进入RRC连接态,获取接入网设备重新配置的CG资源,并在终端设备切换至RRC非激活态后,才能继续进行CG-SDT,耗时较长且开销较大。由此可见,目前的小包数据传输方式不够灵活。In addition, if the terminal equipment needs to switch to CG-SDT when performing RA-SDT, the terminal equipment needs to enter the RRC connection state through the random access process, obtain the CG resources reconfigured by the access network equipment, and switch to the CG-SDT After the RRC is inactive, the CG-SDT can be continued, which takes a long time and costs a lot. It can be seen that the current small packet data transmission method is not flexible enough.
基于以上问题,本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法,用于接入网设备在终端设备进行小包数据传输过程中指示终端设备继续进行数据传输,以提高小包数据传输的灵活性。Based on the above problems, the embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method for an access network device to instruct the terminal device to continue data transmission during the small packet data transmission process of the terminal device, so as to improve the flexibility of small packet data transmission.
下面对本申请实施例提供的终端设备在进行CG-SDT或RA-SDT两种小包数据传输情况下的数据传输方式分别进行介绍:The following describes the data transmission modes of the terminal equipment provided in the embodiments of the present application in the case of CG-SDT or RA-SDT two kinds of small packet data transmission:
一、终端设备进行CG-SDT时的数据传输方法。1. The data transmission method when the terminal equipment performs CG-SDT.
图6示出了本申请实施例一种数据传输方式,包括以下步骤:FIG. 6 shows a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application, including the following steps:
S601:终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,终端设备通过预配置授权资源向接入网设备发送第一数据。接入网设备接收处于RRC非激活态过程中的终端设备通过预配置授权资源发送的所述第一数据。S601: When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the terminal device sends the first data to the access network device by using preconfigured authorization resources. The access network device receives the first data sent by the terminal device in the RRC inactive state through the preconfigured authorization resource.
可选的,预配置授权(configured grant,CG)资源可以为终端设备在RRC连接态时,接入网设备为终端设备预配置的用于以半静态的方式进行上行数据传输的资源,如用于上行数据传输的PUSCH资源以及对应的传输参数。Optionally, the preconfigured grant (CG) resource may be a resource preconfigured by the access network device for the terminal device to perform uplink data transmission in a semi-static manner when the terminal device is in the RRC connection state, such as using PUSCH resources for uplink data transmission and corresponding transmission parameters.
S602:接入网设备向终端设备发送传输指示信息,所述传输指示信息用于指示终端设备切换数据传输方式或继续数据传输。S602: The access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or continue data transmission.
可选的,接入网设备向终端设备发送下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI),DCI中包括传输指示信息。其中,该DCI可以为使用接入网设备配置给终端设备的专用于非激活态CG-SDT的无线网络临时标识(radio network temporary Indicator,RNTI)加扰的DCI,接入网设备配置给终端设备的专用于CG-SDT的RNTI可以为SDT-RNTI或CG-RNTI。Optionally, the access network device sends downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) to the terminal device, and the DCI includes transmission indication information. The DCI may be a DCI scrambled by a radio network temporary indicator (RNTI) dedicated to the inactive CG-SDT configured to the terminal device by the access network device, and the access network device is configured to the terminal device The RNTI dedicated to CG-SDT can be either SDT-RNTI or CG-RNTI.
传输指示信息用于指示终端设备切换数据传输方式或继续数据传输。具体实施中,传输指示信息可以包括功率控制指示、传输方式切换指示、第一数据的正确应答响应、时间提前量调整指示、PUSCH调度信息、PDSCH调度信息以及调制与编码调整指示中的至少一项。其中,功率控制指示用于指示终端设备发送第二数据的发送功率,传输方式切换指示用于指示终端设备切换数据传输方式,第一数据的正确应答响应用于指示接入网设备成功接收到第一数据,时间提前量调整指示又称为TA调整指示,所述TA调整指示用于指示终端设备调整TA,PUSCH调度信息用于指示调度的PUSCH,终端设备可通过调度的PUSCH向接入网设备发送上行数据,PDSCH调度信息用于指示调度的PDSCH,终端设备 可在调度的PDSCH上接收接入网设备发送的下行数据。调制与编码调整指示又称为MCS调整指示,所述MCS调整指示用于指示终端设备调整MCS。The transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or continue the data transmission. In a specific implementation, the transmission indication information may include at least one of a power control indication, a transmission mode switching indication, a correct response response to the first data, a timing advance adjustment indication, PUSCH scheduling information, PDSCH scheduling information, and modulation and coding adjustment indications . The power control instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to send the transmission power of the second data, the transmission mode switching instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode, and the correct response of the first data is used to instruct the access network device to successfully receive the first data. One data, the timing advance adjustment indication is also called the TA adjustment indication, the TA adjustment indication is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the TA, and the PUSCH scheduling information is used to indicate the scheduled PUSCH. To send uplink data, the PDSCH scheduling information is used to indicate the scheduled PDSCH, and the terminal device can receive the downlink data sent by the access network device on the scheduled PDSCH. The modulation and coding adjustment instruction is also called the MCS adjustment instruction, and the MCS adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the MCS.
一种可选的实施方式中,使用DCI的Format0_0实现传输指示信息中的传输方式切换指示、第一数据的正确应答响应以及PUSCH调度信息。具体的,当Format0_0的DCI中频域资源分配(frequency domain resource allocation,FDRA)字段取值为“全1”时,表示传输指示信息中包括传输方式切换指示和/或第一数据的正确应答响应,当Format0_0的DCI中FDRA字段取值不是为“全1”时,表示传输指示信息中包括PUSCH调度信息。并且,使用DCI的Format1_0的DCI实现传输指示信息中的PDSCH调度信息的指示。In an optional implementation manner, the Format0_0 of DCI is used to implement the transmission mode switching indication, the correct acknowledgement response of the first data, and the PUSCH scheduling information in the transmission indication information. Specifically, when the value of the frequency domain resource allocation (FDRA) field in the DCI of Format0_0 is "all 1", it means that the transmission instruction information includes the transmission mode switching instruction and/or the correct response response of the first data, When the value of the FDRA field in the DCI of Format0_0 is not "all 1", it indicates that the transmission indication information includes PUSCH scheduling information. In addition, the indication of the PDSCH scheduling information in the transmission indication information is implemented using the DCI of Format1_0 of the DCI.
可选的,Format0_0的DCI中FDRA字段取值不同时,可以用于指示不同的传输指示信息。例如,当Format0_0中FDRA字段取值为“全1”时,如表1所示,可以占用传输指示信息中的1bit用于区分传输方式切换指示或第一数据的正确应答响应:Optionally, when the value of the FDRA field in the DCI of Format0_0 is different, it can be used to indicate different transmission indication information. For example, when the value of the FDRA field in Format0_0 is "all 1", as shown in Table 1, 1 bit in the transmission indication information can be occupied to distinguish the transmission mode switching indication or the correct response response of the first data:
表1Table 1
比特值bit value 指示内容Instruction content
00 传输方式切换指示Transmission mode switching indication
11 第一数据的正确应答响应Correct acknowledgment response for the first data
又例如,如表2所示,可以占用传输指示信息中的2bits用于区分传输方式切换指示或第一数据的正确应答响应:For another example, as shown in Table 2, 2 bits in the transmission indication information can be occupied to distinguish the transmission mode switching indication or the correct response response of the first data:
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2020139520-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020139520-appb-000001
可选的,可以使用Format0_0的DCI实现传输指示信息包括的指示功率控制指示、TA调整指示和MCS调整指示。作为一个示例,Format0_0的DCI用于发送传输指示信息时包括的指示内容以及占用的比特数如表3所示:Optionally, the DCI of Format 0_0 may be used to implement the indication power control indication, the TA adjustment indication and the MCS adjustment indication included in the transmission indication information. As an example, the indication content included when the DCI of Format0_0 is used to send the transmission indication information and the number of bits occupied are shown in Table 3:
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2020139520-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020139520-appb-000002
下面对传输指示信息包括的各项指示内容分别进行介绍:The following describes each indication content included in the transmission indication information:
1、功率控制指示。1. Power control indication.
功率控制指示用于指示终端设备发送第二数据的发送功率,可选的,终端设备发送第二数据可以为终端设备继续当前的CG-SDT,并在下一个CG资源上发送第二数据,如终端设备通过PUSCH发送第二数据;或者终端设备发送第二数据可以为终端设备切换至 RACH或RA-SDT后,在随机接入资源上发送第二数据,如终端设备通过PRACH或PUSCH发送第二数据,则功率控制指示可以为PUSCH功率控制指示和/或PRACH功率控制指示。The power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to send the second data transmission power. Optionally, when the terminal device sends the second data, it can continue the current CG-SDT for the terminal device and send the second data on the next CG resource, such as the terminal device. The device sends the second data through PUSCH; or the second data sent by the terminal device may be that after the terminal device switches to RACH or RA-SDT, the second data is sent on the random access resource, for example, the terminal device sends the second data through PRACH or PUSCH , the power control indication may be a PUSCH power control indication and/or a PRACH power control indication.
可选的,功率控制指示可以承载在传输指示信息的第一字段中,不同的第一字段取值用于指示不同的发送功率。Optionally, the power control indication may be carried in the first field of the transmission indication information, and different values of the first field are used to indicate different transmit powers.
一种可选的实施方式中,功率控制指示用于指示终端设备发送第二数据时的发送功率,如第一字段占用传输指示信息的N bits,不同的第一字段取值指示不同的发送功率取值。In an optional implementation manner, the power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the power when sending the second data, for example, the first field occupies N bits of the transmission indication information, and different values of the first field indicate different transmit powers. value.
另一种可选的实施方式中,功率控制指示用于指示终端设备发送第二数据时的发送功率相对于终端设备发送第一数据时的发送功率的功率偏移量,则终端设备在接收到传输指示信息后,可以根据传输指示信息中的功率控制指示以及发送第一数据的发送功率确定发送第二数据使用的发送功率。In another optional implementation manner, the power control indication is used to indicate the power offset of the transmit power when the terminal device sends the second data relative to the transmit power when the terminal device sends the first data, then the terminal device receives After the indication information is transmitted, the transmit power used for transmitting the second data may be determined according to the power control indication in the transmission indication information and the transmit power for transmitting the first data.
作为一种示例,第一字段占用传输指示信息中的2bits,第一字段不同的取值用于指示终端设备发送第二数据时的发送功率相对于终端设备发送第一数据时的发送功率的功率偏移量。例如,表4示出了一种不同的第一字段取值及其对应的功率偏移量。As an example, the first field occupies 2 bits in the transmission indication information, and different values of the first field are used to indicate the power of the transmit power when the terminal device sends the second data relative to the transmit power when the terminal device sends the first data Offset. For example, Table 4 shows a different value of the first field and its corresponding power offset.
表4Table 4
第一字段(2bits)The first field (2bits) 功率偏移量(dB)Power offset (dB)
0000 -1-1
0101 00
1010 11
1111 33
2、传输方式切换指示。2. Transmission mode switching instruction.
传输方式切换指示用于指示终端设备从当前进行的CG-SDT切换至目标数据传输方式,并通过目标数据传输方式继续进行数据传输。The transmission mode switching instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the current CG-SDT to the target data transmission mode, and to continue data transmission through the target data transmission mode.
一种可选的实施方式中,传输方式切换指示包括目标数据传输方式的标识和/或功率阈值,其中,目标数据传输方式的标识用于表示目标数据传输方式的类型,目标数据传输方式承载在传输指示信息的第二字段中,不同的第二字段取值用于指示不同的数据传输方式;功率阈值为RSRP阈值,功率阈值承载在传输指示信息的第三字段中。终端设备在接收到传输指示信息中的目标数据传输方式的标识和/或功率阈值后,可以根据目标数据传输方式的标识和/或功率阈值确定要切换到的目标数据传输方式。In an optional embodiment, the transmission mode switching instruction includes an identifier and/or a power threshold of the target data transmission mode, wherein the identifier of the target data transmission mode is used to indicate the type of the target data transmission mode, and the target data transmission mode is carried in the In the second field of the transmission indication information, different values of the second field are used to indicate different data transmission modes; the power threshold is the RSRP threshold, and the power threshold is carried in the third field of the transmission indication information. After receiving the identification and/or power threshold of the target data transmission mode in the transmission indication information, the terminal device may determine the target data transmission mode to switch to according to the identification and/or power threshold of the target data transmission mode.
作为一种示例,第二字段占用传输指示信息中的2bits,不同的第二字段取值表示不同的目标数据传输方式的标识。例如表5示出了一种不同的第二字段取值及其对应的目标数据传输方式的标识。As an example, the second field occupies 2 bits in the transmission indication information, and different values of the second field represent identifiers of different target data transmission modes. For example, Table 5 shows a different value of the second field and the identifier of the corresponding target data transmission mode.
表5table 5
第二字段(2bits)The second field (2bits) 目标数据传输方式的标识Identification of the target data transfer method
0000 2-step RACH2-step RACH
0101 4-step RACH4-step RACH
1010 2-step RA-SDT2-step RA-SDT
1111 4-step RA-SDT4-step RA-SDT
上述表5中,2-step RACH为两步随机接入过程对应的标识,用于指示终端设备通过两步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态;4-step RACH为四步随机接入过 程对应的标识,用于指示终端设备通过四步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态;2-step RA-SDT为两步随机接入数据传输对应的标识,用于指示终端设备通过两步随机接入过程进行小包数据传输;4-step RA-SDT为四步随机接入数据传输对应的标识,用于指示终端设备通过四步随机接入过程进行小包数据传输。In the above Table 5, 2-step RACH is the identifier corresponding to the two-step random access process, which is used to instruct the terminal device to recover from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the two-step random access process; 4-step RACH is a four-step The identifier corresponding to the random access process is used to instruct the terminal equipment to recover from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the four-step random access process; 2-step RA-SDT is the identifier corresponding to the two-step random access data transmission, which is used It is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit small packet data through the two-step random access process; 4-step RA-SDT is the identifier corresponding to the four-step random access data transmission, which is used to instruct the terminal device to perform small packet data transmission through the four-step random access process. .
另一种示例中,第二字段占用传输指示信息中的1bit,不同的第二字段取值表示不同的目标数据传输方式的标识。可选的,第二字段用于指示终端设备是否通过随机接入过程进行数据传输,例如,表6示出了第二字段取值及其对应的目标数据传输方式的标识。In another example, the second field occupies 1 bit in the transmission indication information, and different values of the second field represent identifiers of different target data transmission modes. Optionally, the second field is used to indicate whether the terminal device performs data transmission through the random access process. For example, Table 6 shows the value of the second field and the identifier of the corresponding target data transmission mode.
表6Table 6
第二字段(1bits)The second field (1bits) 目标数据传输方式的标识Identification of the target data transfer method
00 RACH RACH
11 RA-SDTRA-SDT
上述表6中,RACH为随机接入过程对应的标识,用于指示终端设备通过随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态;RA-SDT为随机接入数据传输对应的标识,用于指示终端设备通过随机接入过程进行小包数据传输。In the above Table 6, RACH is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, which is used to instruct the terminal equipment to recover from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the random access process; RA-SDT is the identifier corresponding to the random access data transmission, which is used It is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform small packet data transmission through the random access procedure.
一种可选的实施方式中,切换指示中的功率阈值承载在传输指示信息中的第三字段,第三字段占用传输指示信息中的X bits,其中,X为大于0的正整数。终端设备在根据功率阈值判断采用两步随机接入过程还是四步随机接入过程时,具体可以执行以下操作:终端设备确定RSRP,比较RSRP与功率阈值:若RSRP大于功率阈值,则终端设备确定采用两步随机接入过程,否则,终端设备确定采用四步随机接入过程。In an optional implementation manner, the power threshold in the handover instruction is carried in a third field in the transmission instruction information, and the third field occupies X bits in the transmission instruction information, where X is a positive integer greater than 0. When judging whether to use a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process according to the power threshold, the terminal device may specifically perform the following operations: the terminal device determines the RSRP, and compares the RSRP with the power threshold: if the RSRP is greater than the power threshold, the terminal device determines A two-step random access procedure is adopted, otherwise, the terminal device determines to adopt a four-step random access procedure.
可以理解的是,传输方式切换指示中的目标数据传输方式的标识可以用于指示终端设备是否通过随机接入过程进行小包数据传输以及采用两步随机接入过程还是四步随机接入过程,也可以用于指示终端设备是否通过随机接入过程进行小包数据传输,而采用两步随机接入过程还是四步随机接入过程可以由终端设备自行选择,或由终端设备通过比较RSRP与切换指示中的功率阈值确定。具体的,当传输方式切换指示中包含目标数据传输方式的标识时,终端设备根据目标数据传输方式的标识继续进行数据传输。当目标数据传输方式的标识未指示终端设备采用两步随机接入过程还是四步随机接入过程时,若切换指示中包括功率阈值,则终端设备根据功率阈值确定终端设备采用两步随机接入过程还是四步随机接入过程,若传输方式切换指示中不包括功率阈值,则终端设备自行选择采用两步随机接入过程还是四步随机接入过程。It can be understood that the identifier of the target data transmission mode in the transmission mode switching instruction can be used to indicate whether the terminal device performs small-packet data transmission through the random access process and whether to use the two-step random access process or the four-step random access process, and also It can be used to indicate whether the terminal device performs small packet data transmission through the random access process, and the two-step random access process or the four-step random access process can be selected by the terminal device, or the terminal device can compare the RSRP with the switching instruction. The power threshold is determined. Specifically, when the transmission mode switching instruction includes the identification of the target data transmission mode, the terminal device continues data transmission according to the identification of the target data transmission mode. When the identifier of the target data transmission mode does not indicate that the terminal device adopts the two-step random access procedure or the four-step random access procedure, if the handover instruction includes a power threshold, the terminal device determines that the terminal device adopts the two-step random access according to the power threshold. The process is still a four-step random access process. If the transmission mode switching instruction does not include a power threshold, the terminal device can choose to use a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process.
可选的,传输指示信息中还可以包括无争用随机接入资源指示,无争用随机存储(contention-free random access,CFRA)资源为终端设备在进行基于非竞争的随机接入过程中使用的资源。Optionally, the transmission indication information may also include a contention-free random access resource indication, and a contention-free random access (CFRA) resource is used by the terminal device in the process of performing non-contention-based random access. Resources.
一种可选的实施方式中,无争用随机接入资源指示可以包括随机接入前导码索引值(Preamble Index)、同步信号块索引值(SSB Index)、物理随机接入信道机会(PRACH occasion,RO)资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围中的至少一个。其中,Preamble Index可以承载在传输指示信息的第四字段中,用于指示终端设备在随机接入过程中使用的Preamble;SSB Index可以承载在传输指示信息的第五字段中,用于指示与RO关联的SSB;RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围可以用PRACH MASK Index指示,PRACH MASK Index可以承载在传输指示信息的第六字段中,不同的第六字段取值可以用于指示不同的 RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围。In an optional implementation manner, the contention-free random access resource indication may include a random access preamble index value (Preamble Index), a synchronization signal block index value (SSB Index), a physical random access channel opportunity (PRACH opportunity). , RO) at least one of a resource index value or a range of RO resource index values. Among them, the Preamble Index can be carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information to indicate the Preamble used by the terminal equipment in the random access process; the SSB Index can be carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, used to indicate and RO Associated SSB; RO resource index value or RO resource index value range can be indicated by PRACH MASK Index, PRACH MASK Index can be carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information, and different sixth field values can be used to indicate different ROs Resource index value or RO resource index value range.
可选的,无争用随机接入资源指示还可以包括物理上行共享信道机会(PUSCH occasion,PO)指示,具体的,PO指示可以为PO索引值(PO Index),PO Index用于指示终端设备在两步随机接入过程中使用的PUSCH,PO Index可以承载在传输指示信息的第七字段中,实施中,可以根据候选PO的个数确定第七字段占用的比特数,例如,当存在4个候选PO时,第七字段可以占用2bits,不同的第七字段取值用于指示不同的候选PO。Optionally, the contention-free random access resource indication may also include a physical uplink shared channel opportunity (PUSCH occasion, PO) indication, specifically, the PO indication may be a PO index value (PO Index), and the PO Index is used to indicate the terminal equipment. The PUSCH and PO Index used in the two-step random access process can be carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information. In implementation, the number of bits occupied by the seventh field can be determined according to the number of candidate POs. For example, when there are 4 When there are two candidate POs, the seventh field may occupy 2 bits, and different values of the seventh field are used to indicate different candidate POs.
作为一种示例,表7中示出了一种无争用随机接入资源指示以及PO指示占用传输指示信息的比特数。As an example, Table 7 shows a contention-free random access resource indication and the PO indication occupying the number of bits of transmission indication information.
表7Table 7
Figure PCTCN2020139520-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020139520-appb-000003
3、第一数据的正确应答响应。3. Correct response of the first data.
第一数据的正确应答响应(acknowledge character,ACK)表示接入网设备确定接收到终端设备发送的第一数据。A correct acknowledgement response (acknowledge character, ACK) of the first data indicates that the access network device determines that it has received the first data sent by the terminal device.
另外,接入网设备还可以通过以下方式向终端设备发送第一数据的正确应答响应:接入网设备向终端设备发送RRC信令,在RRC信令中包括第一数据的正确应答响应;或者接入网设备向终端设备发送媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)控制元素(control element,CE),MAC CE中包括第一数据的正确应答响应。In addition, the access network device may also send the correct response response of the first data to the terminal device in the following manner: the access network device sends RRC signaling to the terminal device, and the RRC signaling includes the correct response response of the first data; or The access network device sends a media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE) to the terminal device, and the MAC CE includes a correct response response of the first data.
4、TA调整指示。4. TA adjustment instructions.
TA调整指示用于指示终端设备进行TA调整。可选的,TA调整指示可以承载在传输指示信息的第八字段中,不同的第八字段取值用于标识不同的TA值。The TA adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to perform TA adjustment. Optionally, the TA adjustment indication may be carried in the eighth field of the transmission indication information, and different values of the eighth field are used to identify different TA values.
一种可选的实施方式中,接入网设备测量TA后,通过TA调整指示将测量到的目标TA发送给终端设备,终端设备可以将当前终端设备使用的TA调整为目标TA,从而完成TA调整。In an optional embodiment, after the access network device measures the TA, it sends the measured target TA to the terminal device through a TA adjustment instruction, and the terminal device can adjust the TA currently used by the terminal device to the target TA, thereby completing the TA. Adjustment.
另一种可选的实施方式中,接入网设备测量TA后,通过TA调整将测量到的目标TA相对于接入网设备上一次指示给终端设备的TA之间的TA偏移量发送给终端设备,终端设备在接收到包括TA调整指示的传输指示信息后,根据传输指示信息中的TA偏移量和终端设备当前使用的TA值确定目标TA值,并将终端设备使用的TA调整为目标TA。需要说明的是,接入网设备上一次指示给终端设备的TA与终端设备当前使用的TA相同。In another optional implementation manner, after the access network device measures the TA, it sends the measured TA offset of the target TA relative to the TA last indicated to the terminal device by the access network device through TA adjustment to the The terminal equipment, after receiving the transmission indication information including the TA adjustment indication, determines the target TA value according to the TA offset in the transmission indication information and the TA value currently used by the terminal equipment, and adjusts the TA used by the terminal equipment to target TA. It should be noted that the TA indicated to the terminal device by the access network device last time is the same as the TA currently used by the terminal device.
可选的,当终端设备接收到TA调整指示,并根据TA调整指示进行TA调整后,可以重新启动TA有效性计时器。在TA有效性计时器未超时的情况下,终端设备的TA有效,否则,终端设备的TA失效。Optionally, when the terminal device receives the TA adjustment instruction and performs TA adjustment according to the TA adjustment instruction, it can restart the TA validity timer. If the TA validity timer does not expire, the TA of the terminal device is valid, otherwise, the TA of the terminal device is invalid.
可选的,当传输指示信息中包括传输方式切换指示时,终端设备从当前的CG-SDT切换至随机接入过程,由于终端设备可以通过随机接入过程从接入网设备获取TA并进行TA 调整,则终端设备在切换至随机接入过程时不需要由接入网设备指示终端设备进行TA调整。因此,TA调整指示占用的第八字段可以与传输方式切换指示占用的第二字段或第三字段相同,则实施中可以通过复用同一字段实现不同场景下的传输方式切换指示或TA调整指示,如在传输指示信息中包括传输方式切换指示时,占用传输指示信息的第二字段承载目标数据传输方式的标识;当传输指示信息中不包括传输方式指示时,占用传输指示信息的第二字段承载TA调整指示。Optionally, when the transmission instruction information includes a transmission mode switching instruction, the terminal device switches from the current CG-SDT to the random access process, because the terminal device can obtain TA from the access network device through the random access process and perform TA. adjustment, the terminal equipment does not need to be instructed by the access network equipment to perform TA adjustment when switching to the random access procedure. Therefore, the eighth field occupied by the TA adjustment indication can be the same as the second field or the third field occupied by the transmission mode switching indication, and in the implementation, the transmission mode switching indication or TA adjustment indication in different scenarios can be realized by multiplexing the same field, For example, when the transmission instruction information includes a transmission mode switching instruction, the second field of the occupied transmission instruction information carries the identifier of the target data transmission mode; when the transmission instruction information does not include the transmission mode instruction, the second field of the occupied transmission instruction information carries TA adjustment instructions.
5、PUSCH调度信息。5. PUSCH scheduling information.
PUSCH调度信息用于指示接入网设备调度的用于终端设备发送上行数据的PUSCH,终端设备可以在该PUSCH上向接入网设备发送第二数据。The PUSCH scheduling information is used to indicate the PUSCH scheduled by the access network device for the terminal device to send uplink data, and the terminal device can send the second data to the access network device on the PUSCH.
可选的,PUSCH调度信息可以为重传PUSCH调度信息或新传PUSCH调度信息,其中,重传PUSCH调度信息用于指示终端设备在调度的PUSCH上重新发送第一数据,新传PUSCH调度指示信息用于指示终端设备在调度的PUSCH上发送第二数据。Optionally, the PUSCH scheduling information may be retransmitted PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, wherein the retransmitted PUSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device to resend the first data on the scheduled PUSCH, and the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling indication information It is used to instruct the terminal device to send the second data on the scheduled PUSCH.
一种可选的实施方式中,PUSCH调度信息可以包括以下至少一项:PUSCH调度所需的频域资源分配(frequency domain resource allocation,FDRA)指示、时域资源分配(time domain resource allocation,TDRA)指示、MCS索引值、与PUSCH调度相关的HARQ进程号(HARQ process number)以及新数据指示(new data indicator,NDI)。例如,表8中示出了以上各项在传输指示信息中占用的比特数:In an optional embodiment, the PUSCH scheduling information may include at least one of the following: a frequency domain resource allocation (FDRA) indication required for PUSCH scheduling, a time domain resource allocation (TDRA) indication, MCS index value, HARQ process number (HARQ process number) related to PUSCH scheduling, and new data indicator (NDI). For example, the number of bits occupied by the above items in the transmission indication information is shown in Table 8:
表8Table 8
Figure PCTCN2020139520-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2020139520-appb-000004
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020139520-appb-000005
表示当前激活的(或可用的)下行带宽部分(bandwidth Part,BWP)中的资源块(resourceblock,RB)数量。
in,
Figure PCTCN2020139520-appb-000005
Indicates the number of resource blocks (resourceblocks, RBs) in the currently activated (or available) downlink bandwidth part (bandwidth Part, BWP).
PUSCH调度信息中的HARQ进程号和新数据指示可以用于指示PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息还是新传PUSCH调度信息,可选的,根据下列方式确定PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息还是新传PUSCH调度信息:The HARQ process number and the new data indication in the PUSCH scheduling information can be used to indicate whether the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information. Optionally, determine whether the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information or retransmission Newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information:
1、当HARQ进程号为未使用的HRAQ进程号,或者当HARQ进程号为已使用的HARQ进程号且新数据指示为“翻转”时,确定PUSCH调度信息为新传PUSCH调度信息。1. When the HARQ process number is an unused HRAQ process number, or when the HARQ process number is a used HARQ process number and the new data indication is "rollover", determine that the PUSCH scheduling information is the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information.
2、当HARQ进程号为已使用的HARQ进程号且新数据指示为“不翻转”时,确定PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息。2. When the HARQ process ID is the used HARQ process ID and the new data indication is "no rollover", determine that the PUSCH scheduling information is the retransmission PUSCH scheduling information.
需要说明的是,HARQ进程号为未使用的HARQ进程号表示该HARQ进程号对应的进程上尚未传输过数据,HARQ进程号为已使用的HARQ进程号表示该HARQ进程号对应的进程上已传输过数据,例如终端设备发送第一数据的进程对应的HARQ进程号为已使用的HARQ进程号。It should be noted that if the HARQ process number is an unused HARQ process number, it means that data has not been transmitted on the process corresponding to the HARQ process number, and if the HARQ process number is a used HARQ process number, it means that the process corresponding to the HARQ process number has been transmitted. For example, the HARQ process number corresponding to the process in which the terminal device sends the first data is the used HARQ process number.
6、PDSCH调度信息。6. PDSCH scheduling information.
PDSCH调度信息用于指示接入网设备调度的用于向终端设备发送下行数据的PDSCH, 终端设备可以在该PDSCH上接收接入网设备发送的第三数据。The PDSCH scheduling information is used to indicate the PDSCH scheduled by the access network device and used for sending downlink data to the terminal device, and the terminal device may receive third data sent by the access network device on the PDSCH.
可选的,第三数据可以为接入网设备发送的下行数据或高层反馈信息(如通过RRC信令或MAC CE发送的反馈信息)。Optionally, the third data may be downlink data sent by the access network device or higher layer feedback information (such as feedback information sent through RRC signaling or MAC CE).
终端设备在接收到接入网设备通过调度的PDSCH发送的第三数据后,可以通过向接入网设备发送PDSCH对应的反馈信息,用于通知接入网设备终端设备是否接收到第三数据。可选的,传输指示信息中还可以包括反馈功率控制指示,反馈功率控制指示用于指示终端设备发送PDSCH对应的反馈信息的发送功率。反馈功率控制指示承载在传输指示信息的第八字段中,第八字段取值不同时,反馈功率控制指示用于指示不同的发送功率。After receiving the third data sent by the access network device through the scheduled PDSCH, the terminal device may send feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH to the access network device to notify the access network device whether the terminal device has received the third data. Optionally, the transmission indication information may further include a feedback power control indication, where the feedback power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the transmit power of the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH. The feedback power control indication is carried in the eighth field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the eighth field is different, the feedback power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
一种可能的实施方式中,第八字段占用传输指示信息的2bits,第八字段不同的取值用于指示终端设备发送反馈信息时的发送功率相对于终端设备上一次发送上行数据时的发送功率的功率偏移量。具体指示方式可以参见本申请实施例中对功率控制指示的介绍,重复之处不再赘述。In a possible implementation manner, the eighth field occupies 2 bits of the transmission indication information, and the different values of the eighth field are used to indicate that the transmit power when the terminal device sends the feedback information is relative to the transmit power when the terminal device sent uplink data last time. power offset. For a specific indication manner, reference may be made to the introduction to the power control indication in the embodiment of the present application, and repeated descriptions are not repeated here.
7、MCS调整指示。7. MCS adjustment instructions.
MCS调整指示用于指示终端设备调整调制与编码策略。MCS调整指示可以承载在传输指示信息的第十字段上。The MCS adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal equipment to adjust the modulation and coding strategy. The MCS adjustment indication may be carried in the tenth field of the transmission indication information.
可选的,MCS调整指示可以用于指示MCS索引值,MCS索引值对应MCS表格中的一行MCS配置信息,MCS表格可以是协议预定义的,也可以是接入网设备通过RRC信令配置给终端设备的。MCS表格中的每行MCS配置信息包括信道编码码率、正交振幅调制(quadrature amplitude modulation,QAM)阶数、频谱效率中的至少一项。Optionally, the MCS adjustment indication can be used to indicate the MCS index value. The MCS index value corresponds to a row of MCS configuration information in the MCS table. terminal equipment. Each row of MCS configuration information in the MCS table includes at least one of channel coding code rate, quadrature amplitude modulation (quadrature amplitude modulation, QAM) order, and spectral efficiency.
一种可选的实施方式中,第十字段占用传输指示信息的X bits,根据第十字段取值确定MCS索引值,MCS索引值对应2 X行MCS表格中的一行MCS配置信息,例如,第十字段占用传输指示信息的5bits,可以根据第十字段取值确定MCS索引值,MCS索引值对应32行的MCS表格中的一行MCS配置信息。 In an optional implementation manner, the tenth field occupies X bits of the transmission indication information, the MCS index value is determined according to the value of the tenth field, and the MCS index value corresponds to a row of MCS configuration information in the MCS table of 2 X rows, for example, the first row of MCS configuration information. The tenth field occupies 5 bits of the transmission indication information, and the MCS index value can be determined according to the value of the tenth field, and the MCS index value corresponds to a row of MCS configuration information in the MCS table of 32 rows.
另一种可选的实施方式中,第十字段可以占用传输指示信息的X bits,用于指示目标MCS索引值相对于原MCS索引值的MCS索引值偏移量,例如原MCS索引值=10,第十字段占用传输指示信息的3bits,其中,第十字段中的第一个比特位用于指示正偏移或负偏移,如当比特值为“0”时表示负偏移,当比特值为“1”时表示正偏移,第十字段中的后两个比特位用于指示偏移量,假设第十字段取值为“010”,则确定MCS索引值偏移量为-2,确定MCS调整指示对应的目标MCS索引值为8,对应于MCS表格中的第8行MCS配置信息(MCS索引值从1开始),或对应于MCS表格中的第9行MCS配置信息(MCS索引值从0开始)。In another optional implementation manner, the tenth field may occupy X bits of the transmission indication information, and is used to indicate the offset of the MCS index value of the target MCS index value relative to the original MCS index value, for example, the original MCS index value=10 , the tenth field occupies 3 bits of the transmission indication information, wherein the first bit in the tenth field is used to indicate a positive offset or a negative offset. When the value is "1", it indicates a positive offset, and the last two bits in the tenth field are used to indicate the offset. Assuming that the tenth field is "010", the offset of the MCS index value is determined to be -2 , determine that the target MCS index value corresponding to the MCS adjustment indication is 8, which corresponds to the MCS configuration information in the 8th row in the MCS table (the MCS index value starts from 1), or corresponds to the MCS configuration information in the 9th row in the MCS table (MCS configuration information The index value starts from 0).
可以理解的是,MCS用于指示调制方式和传输块大小,且信道编码码率和QAM阶数影响传输块大小(transmit block size,TBS),在预配置的时频资源不变化时,调整MCS可以表示调整TBS。It can be understood that MCS is used to indicate the modulation method and transport block size, and the channel coding rate and the QAM order affect the transport block size (transmit block size, TBS). When the preconfigured time-frequency resources do not change, adjust the MCS. It can be expressed to adjust TBS.
终端设备在接收到传输指示信息后,执行S603和/或执行S604:After receiving the transmission indication information, the terminal device executes S603 and/or S604:
S603:终端设备根据传输指示信息,向接入网设备发送第二数据,接入网设备接收终端设备发送的第二数据。S603: The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, and the access network device receives the second data sent by the terminal device.
S604:接入网设备向终端设备发送第三数据,终端设备根据传输指示信息,接收接入网设备发送的第三数据。S604: The access network device sends third data to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the third data sent by the access network device according to the transmission indication information.
具体实施中,终端设备根据传输指示信息确定终端设备继续进行数据传输时执行的操作,下面针对传输指示信息包括不同指示内容时,终端设备执行的不同操作分别进行介绍:In a specific implementation, the terminal device determines the operation performed by the terminal device when it continues to perform data transmission according to the transmission indication information. The following describes the different operations performed by the terminal device when the transmission indication information includes different indication contents:
1、传输指示信息中包括功率控制指示。1. The transmission indication information includes a power control indication.
终端设备确定传输指示信息中包括功率控制指示时,终端设备根据传输指示信息中第一字段的取值,确定功率控制信息指示的目标发送功率,终端设备根据目标发送功率向接入网设备发送第二数据。When the terminal device determines that the transmission indication information includes a power control indication, the terminal device determines the target transmission power indicated by the power control information according to the value of the first field in the transmission indication information, and the terminal device sends the first transmission power to the access network device according to the target transmission power. Two data.
可选的,当功率控制指示用于指示终端设备发送第二数据时的发送功率相对于终端设备发送第一数据时的发送功率的功率偏移量时,终端设备根据功率控制指示确定功率偏移量,并根据终端设备发送第一数据时的发送功率以及功率偏移量,确定目标发送功率,并使用目标发送功率在发送第一数据的CG资源的下一个CG资源上,向接入网设备发送第二数据。Optionally, when the power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the second data with respect to the power offset of the transmit power when the terminal device transmits the first data, the terminal device determines the power offset according to the power control indication. The target transmission power is determined according to the transmission power and the power offset when the terminal device sends the first data, and the target transmission power is used to send the first data to the access network device on the next CG resource of the CG resource for sending the first data. Send second data.
2、传输指示信息中包括切换指示。2. The transmission instruction information includes a handover instruction.
终端设备确定传输指示信息中包括切换指示时,确定切换指示信息对应的目标数据传输方式,并切换至目标传输方式后向接入网设备发送第二数据。When the terminal device determines that the transmission instruction information includes a switching instruction, it determines the target data transmission mode corresponding to the switching instruction information, and sends the second data to the access network device after switching to the target transmission mode.
一种可能的实施方式中,切换指示中包括目标数据传输方式的标识,目标数据传输方式可以为两步随机接入数据传输、两步随机接入过程、四步随机接入数据传输、四步随机接入过程。则包括以下四种情况:In a possible implementation, the handover instruction includes the identifier of the target data transmission mode, and the target data transmission mode may be two-step random access data transmission, two-step random access process, four-step random access data transmission, four-step random access data transmission random access procedure. It includes the following four situations:
a.当终端设备确定目标传输方式的标识为两步随机接入数据传输对应的标识时,终端设备通过两步随机接入过程向接入网设备发送第二数据。a. When the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target transmission mode is an identifier corresponding to the two-step random access data transmission, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the two-step random access process.
b.当终端设备确定目标传输方式的标识为两步随机接入过程对应的标识时,终端设备通过两步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,向接入网设备发送第二数据。b. When the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the two-step random access process, after the terminal device recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the two-step random access process, it sends a message to the access network device. Second data.
c.当终端设备确定目标传输方式的标识为四步随机接入数据传输对应的标识时,终端设备通过四步随机接入过程向接入网设备发送第二数据。c. When the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the four-step random access data transmission, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the four-step random access process.
d.当终端设备确定目标传输方式的标识为四步随机接入过程对应的标识时,终端设备通过四步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,向接入网设备发送第二数据。d. When the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the four-step random access process, the terminal device sends a message to the access network device after recovering from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the four-step random access process. Second data.
另一种实施方式中,切换指示包括功率阈值,则终端设备根据传输指示信息中第三字段的取值,确定功率阈值。可选的,当传输指示信息中可供功率阈值占用的比特数有限时,接入网设备可以通过RRC信令或系统消息向终端设备配置多个功率阈值,再通过传输指示信息中的第三字段指示终端设备选择多个功率阈值中的其中一个。则终端设备在接收到传输指示信息后,根据第三字段取值以及接入网设备配置的多个功率阈值确定切换指示所指示的功率阈值。具体实施中包括以下两种情况:In another implementation manner, the handover indication includes a power threshold, and the terminal device determines the power threshold according to the value of the third field in the transmission indication information. Optionally, when the number of bits available for the power threshold in the transmission indication information is limited, the access network device can configure multiple power thresholds to the terminal device through RRC signaling or system messages, and then pass the third bit in the transmission indication information. field instructs the terminal device to select one of multiple power thresholds. Then, after receiving the transmission indication information, the terminal device determines the power threshold indicated by the handover instruction according to the value of the third field and multiple power thresholds configured by the access network device. The specific implementation includes the following two situations:
a.终端设备确定参考信号接收功率大于功率阈值时,终端设备通过两步随机接入过程向接入网设备发送第二数据,或终端设备通过两步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,向接入网设备发送第二数据。a. When the terminal device determines that the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the two-step random access process, or the terminal device recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC inactive state through the two-step random access process In the RRC connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device.
b.终端设备确定参考信号接收功率小于或等于功率阈值时,终端设备通过四步随机接入过程向接入网设备发送第二数据,或终端设备通过四步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,向接入网设备发送第二数据。b. When the terminal device determines that the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the four-step random access process, or the terminal device changes from the RRC inactive state through the four-step random access process After returning to the RRC connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device.
再一种实施方式中,切换指示包括目标数据传输方式的标识和功率阈值时,目标数据 传输方式包括随机接入过程和随机接入数据传输。终端设备根据传输指示信息中第三字段的取值,确定功率阈值。具体实施中包括以下四种情况:In yet another embodiment, when the handover instruction includes the identifier of the target data transmission mode and the power threshold, the target data transmission mode includes the random access procedure and the random access data transmission. The terminal device determines the power threshold according to the value of the third field in the transmission indication information. The specific implementation includes the following four situations:
a.当终端设备确定目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入数据传输对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率大于功率阈值时,终端设备通过两步随机接入过程向接入网设备发送第二数据。a. When the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access data transmission, and the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through a two-step random access process .
b.当终端设备确定目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入过程对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率大于功率阈值时,终端设备通过两步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,向接入网设备发送第二数据。b. When the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, and the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the terminal device recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the two-step random access process Then, the second data is sent to the access network device.
c.当终端设备确定目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入数据传输对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率小于或等于功率阈值时,终端设备通过四步随机接入过程向接入网设备发送第二数据。c. When the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access data transmission, and the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, the terminal device sends the first random access process to the access network device through the four-step random access process. Two data.
d.当终端设备确定目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入过程对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率小于或等于功率阈值时,终端设备通过四步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,向接入网设备发送第二数据。d. When the terminal device determines that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, and the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, the terminal device recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC through the four-step random access process After the connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device.
可选的,若传输指示信息中包括无争用随机接入资源指示,则终端设备在无争用随机接入资源指示的资源上进行两步随机接入过程或四步随机接入过程,例如,根据无争用随机接入资源指示中包括的随机接入前导码索引值确定对应的随机接入前导码Preamble1,根据同步信号块索引值确定随机接入过程中使用的SSB1,根据RO资源索引值确定随机接入过程对应的RO资源1。则终端设备使用SSB1,在RO资源1上向接入网设备发送Preamble1,以触发两步随机接入请求或四步随机接入请求。Optionally, if the transmission indication information includes a contention-free random access resource indication, the terminal device performs a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process on the resource indicated by the contention-free random access resource, such as , determine the corresponding random access preamble Preamble1 according to the random access preamble index value included in the contention-free random access resource indication, determine the SSB1 used in the random access process according to the synchronization signal block index value, and determine the SSB1 used in the random access process according to the RO resource index The value determines the RO resource 1 corresponding to the random access procedure. Then, the terminal device uses SSB1 to send Preamble1 to the access network device on RO resource 1 to trigger a two-step random access request or a four-step random access request.
例如,假设终端设备确定切换指示对应的目标数据传输方式为两步随机接入数据传输,则终端设备可以执行图3所示的基于两步随机接入过程的小包数据传输。For example, if the terminal device determines that the target data transmission mode corresponding to the handover instruction is two-step random access data transmission, the terminal device may perform the small packet data transmission based on the two-step random access process shown in FIG. 3 .
又例如,假设终端设备确定切换指示对应的目标数据传输方式为四步随机接入数据传输,则终端设备可以执行图4所示的基于四步随机接入过程的小包数据传输。For another example, if the terminal device determines that the target data transmission mode corresponding to the handover instruction is four-step random access data transmission, the terminal device may perform the small packet data transmission based on the four-step random access process shown in FIG. 4 .
3、传输指示信息中包括第一数据的正确应答响应。3. The transmission indication information includes the correct response response of the first data.
终端设备确定传输指示信息中包括第一数据的正确应答响应时,终端设备通过发送第一数据的进程,向接入网设备发送第二数据。When the terminal device determines that the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the process of sending the first data.
可选的,若终端设备确定传输指示信息中不包括第一数据的正确应答响应时,终端设备通过发送第一数据的进程,向接入网设备发送第二数据;其中,第二数据与第一数据相同,或第二数据和第一数据的信息位相同,或第二数据和第一数据的有效信息相同,或第二数据信息是第一数据信息的一种冗余版本。也就是说,当终端设备确定传输指示信息中不包括第一数据的正确应答响应时,可以使用发送第一数据的进程对第一数据进行重传。Optionally, if the terminal device determines that the transmission instruction information does not include a correct response response for the first data, the terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the process of sending the first data; wherein the second data is the same as the first data. The first data is the same, or the second data and the first data have the same information bits, or the second data and the first data have the same valid information, or the second data information is a redundant version of the first data information. That is to say, when the terminal device determines that the transmission indication information does not include a correct response response of the first data, the process of sending the first data may be used to retransmit the first data.
4、传输指示信息中包括PDSCH调度信息。4. The transmission indication information includes PDSCH scheduling information.
终端设备确定传输指示信息中包括PDSCH调度信息时,终端设备根据PDSCH调度信息确定传输指示信息调度的PDSCH,并在传输指示信息调度的PDSCH上接收第三数据。其中,第三数据可以为接入网设备发送的下行数据,或接入网设备发送的高层反馈信息(如通过RRC信令或MAC CE发送的反馈信息)。When the terminal device determines that the PDSCH scheduling information is included in the transmission indication information, the terminal device determines the PDSCH scheduled by the transmission indication information according to the PDSCH scheduling information, and receives third data on the PDSCH scheduled by the transmission indication information. The third data may be downlink data sent by the access network device, or high-level feedback information sent by the access network device (such as feedback information sent through RRC signaling or MAC CE).
可选的,若传输指示信息中还包括反馈功率控制指示,则终端设备根据反馈功率控制指示占用的第八字段的取值,确定反馈功率控制指示所指示的发送功率,并根据反馈功率控制指示所指示的发送功率,向接入网设备发送第三数据对应的反馈信息,以通知接入网 设备终端时设备是否成功接收第三数据。Optionally, if the transmission indication information also includes the feedback power control indication, the terminal device determines the transmit power indicated by the feedback power control indication according to the value of the eighth field occupied by the feedback power control indication, and according to the feedback power control indication With the indicated transmission power, feedback information corresponding to the third data is sent to the access network device, so as to notify the access network device whether the device successfully receives the third data when the terminal is in use.
另外,当传输指示信息中不包括第一数据的正确应答响应和功率控制指示时,若终端设备接收到接入网设备通过RRC信令发送的,用于指示终端设备将反馈功率控制指示作为功率控制指示的配置信息,则终端设备可以根据第八字段的取值,确定反馈功率控制指示所指示的发送功率,并根据反馈功率控制所指示的发送功率,向接入网设备发送第二数据。In addition, when the transmission instruction information does not include the correct response response and power control instruction of the first data, if the terminal equipment receives the information sent by the access network equipment through RRC signaling, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment to use the feedback power control instruction as the power control instruction. configuration information of the control instruction, the terminal device can determine the transmit power indicated by the feedback power control instruction according to the value of the eighth field, and send the second data to the access network device according to the transmit power indicated by the feedback power control.
5、传输指示信息中包括调度重传指示。5. The transmission indication information includes a scheduling retransmission indication.
终端设备确定传输指示信息中包括调度重传指示时,确定调度重传指示所指示的调度重传资源,并在调度重传资源上发送第二数据,其中,第二数据与第一数据相同,或第二数据和第一数据的信息位相同,或第二数据和第一数据的有效信息相同,或第二数据信息是第一数据信息的一种冗余版本。When the terminal device determines that the transmission indication information includes a scheduling retransmission indication, it determines the scheduling retransmission resource indicated by the scheduling retransmission indication, and sends second data on the scheduling retransmission resource, where the second data is the same as the first data, Either the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the valid information of the second data and the first data are the same, or the second data information is a redundant version of the first data information.
通过上述方法,终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,通过CG资源向接入网设备发送第一数据后,可以接收接入网设备发送的传输指示信息,终端设备可以根据传输指示信息进行数据传输方式的切换或继续当前的数据传输,灵活进行数据传输,避免终端设备盲目尝试切换数据传输方式而导致的资源浪费,提高数据传输效率。Through the above method, in the process of RRC inactive state, after sending the first data to the access network device through the CG resource, the terminal device can receive the transmission indication information sent by the access network device, and the terminal device can perform data transmission according to the transmission indication information Mode switching or continuing the current data transmission, flexible data transmission, avoiding resource waste caused by terminal equipment blindly trying to switch data transmission modes, and improving data transmission efficiency.
下面以几个具体实例对本申请提供的终端设备进行CG-SDT时的数据传输方法进行进一步介绍:The data transmission method when the terminal equipment provided by this application performs CG-SDT will be further introduced below with several specific examples:
实例1Example 1
图7示出了实例1提供的数据传输方法,具体包括以下步骤:Figure 7 shows the data transmission method provided by Example 1, which specifically includes the following steps:
S701:终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,终端设备通过预配置授权资源向接入网设备发送第一数据。S701: In the process of the RRC inactive state of the terminal device, the terminal device sends the first data to the access network device through the preconfigured authorization resource.
S702:接入网设备向终端设备发送传输指示信息,传输指示信息中包括第一数据的正确应答响应和功率控制指示。S702: The access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data and a power control indication.
S703:终端设备根据传输指示信息中功率控制指示占用的第一字段取值,确定功率偏移量。S703: The terminal device determines the power offset according to the value of the first field occupied by the power control indication in the transmission indication information.
S704:终端设备根据功率偏移量以及终端设备发送第一数据时的发送功率,确定目标发送功率;S704: The terminal device determines the target transmit power according to the power offset and the transmit power when the terminal device transmits the first data;
S705:终端设备通过发送第一数据的进程,使用目标发送功率,向接入网设备发送第二数据。S705: The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device by using the target transmission power through the process of sending the first data.
在该实例中,接入网设备可以通过传输指示信息向终端设备发送第一数据的正确应答响应和功率控制指示,终端设备能够根据功率控制指示向接入网设备发送第二数据,实现终端设备和接入网设备之间数据传输的闭环功率控制,以使终端设备根据功率控制指示及时调整发送功率,避免过高传输功率浪费能耗且增加干扰,以及避免过低传输功率导致接收性能不佳。In this example, the access network device can send the correct response response of the first data and the power control instruction to the terminal device through the transmission instruction information, and the terminal device can send the second data to the access network device according to the power control instruction, so that the terminal device can send the second data to the access network device. Closed-loop power control of data transmission with access network equipment, so that the terminal equipment can adjust the transmit power in time according to the power control instruction, avoid excessive transmission power waste energy consumption and increase interference, and avoid too low transmission power resulting in poor reception performance .
实例2Example 2
图8示出了实例2提供的数据传输方法,具体包括以下步骤:Figure 8 shows the data transmission method provided by Example 2, which specifically includes the following steps:
S801:终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,终端设备通过预配置授权资源向接入网设备发送第一数据。S801: When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the terminal device sends the first data to the access network device through the preconfigured authorization resource.
S802:接入网设备向终端设备发送传输指示信息,传输指示信息中包括传输方式切换 指示和无争用随机接入资源指示。S802: The access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information includes a transmission mode switching indication and a contention-free random access resource indication.
S803:终端设备根据传输方式切换指示中的目标数据传输方式的标识确定目标数据传输方式为四步随机接入数据传输。S803: The terminal device determines, according to the identifier of the target data transmission mode in the transmission mode switching instruction, that the target data transmission mode is four-step random access data transmission.
S804:终端设备根据无争用随机接入资源指示确定四步随机接入过程中使用的资源。S804: The terminal device determines resources used in the four-step random access process according to the contention-free random access resource indication.
具体实施可以参见本申请实施例对传输指示信息中无争用随机接入资源指示时,终端设备执行的操作,重复之处不再赘述。For specific implementation, reference may be made to the operations performed by the terminal device when there is no contention for the random access resource indication in the transmission indication information in the embodiment of the present application, and repeated details will not be repeated.
S805:终端设备在确定出的四步随机接入过程中使用的PRACH上,向接入网设备发送Preamble。S805: The terminal device sends a Preamble to the access network device on the determined PRACH used in the four-step random access process.
S806:接入网设备向终端设备发送RAR。S806: The access network device sends the RAR to the terminal device.
S807:终端设备在RAR调度的资源上,向接入网设备发送第二数据。S807: The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device on the resource scheduled by the RAR.
S808:接入网设备向终端设备发送反馈信息,以将接入网设备是否成功接收上行小包数据的信息通知给终端设备。S808: The access network device sends feedback information to the terminal device, so as to notify the terminal device of whether the access network device successfully receives the uplink small packet data.
S805~S808的具体实施可以参见图4所示的基于四步随机接入过程的小包数据传输方法,重复之处不再赘述。For the specific implementation of S805-S808, reference may be made to the small packet data transmission method based on the four-step random access process shown in FIG.
在该实例中,接入网设备通过传输指示信息发送切换指示和无争用随机接入资源指示,终端设备可以根据切换指示切换至目标数据传输方式,并通过无争用随机接入资源指示的资源进行数据传输,从而能够使终端设备准确确定目标数据方式并切换,避免终端设备盲目尝试其他数据传输方式导致的不必要的资源开销。In this example, the access network device sends the handover indication and the contention-free random access resource indication through the transmission indication information, and the terminal device can switch to the target data transmission mode according to the handover indication, and use the contention-free random access resource indication resources for data transmission, so that the terminal device can accurately determine the target data mode and switch, and avoid unnecessary resource overhead caused by the terminal device blindly trying other data transmission modes.
实例3Example 3
图9示出了实例3提供的数据传输方法,具体包括以下步骤:Figure 9 shows the data transmission method provided by Example 3, which specifically includes the following steps:
S901:终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,终端设备通过预配置授权资源向接入网设备发送第一数据。S901: When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the terminal device sends the first data to the access network device through the preconfigured authorization resource.
S902:接入网设备向终端设备发送传输指示信息,传输指示信息中包括PDSCH调度信息和反馈功率控制指示。S902: The access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information includes PDSCH scheduling information and feedback power control indication.
S903:终端设备在PDSCH调度信息调度的PDSCH上接收第三数据。S903: The terminal device receives third data on the PDSCH scheduled by the PDSCH scheduling information.
S904:终端设备根据反馈功率控制指示的发送功率向接入网设备发送第三数据对应的反馈信息。S904: The terminal device sends feedback information corresponding to the third data to the access network device according to the transmission power indicated by the feedback power control.
在该实例中,接入网设备向终端设备发送PDSCH调度信息,终端设备在调度的PDSCH上接收第三数据,从而使终端设备在RRC非激活态中能够接收接入网设备发送的下行数据,实现下行小包数据或非小包数据的传输。In this example, the access network device sends PDSCH scheduling information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the third data on the scheduled PDSCH, so that the terminal device can receive downlink data sent by the access network device in the RRC inactive state, Realize the transmission of downlink small packet data or non-small packet data.
实例4Example 4
图10示出了实例4提供的数据传输方法,具体包括以下步骤:Figure 10 shows the data transmission method provided by Example 4, which specifically includes the following steps:
S1001:终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,终端设备通过预配置授权资源向接入网设备发送第一数据。S1001: When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the terminal device sends first data to the access network device by using preconfigured authorization resources.
S1002:接入网设备向终端设备发送传输指示信息,传输指示信息中包括PUSCH调度信息。S1002: The access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information includes PUSCH scheduling information.
S1003:终端设备根据PUSCH调度信息中的HARQ进程号和新数据指示确定所述PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息。S1003: The terminal device determines that the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information according to the HARQ process number and the new data indication in the PUSCH scheduling information.
S1004:终端设备在PUSCH调度信息调度的PUSCH资源上向接入网设备发送第二数据。S1004: The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device on the PUSCH resource scheduled by the PUSCH scheduling information.
其中,第二数据与第一数据相同,或第二数据和第一数据的信息位相同,或第二数据和第一数据的有效信息相同,或第二数据信息是第一数据信息的一种冗余版本。Wherein, the second data is the same as the first data, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the valid information of the second data and the first data is the same, or the second data information is a kind of the first data information Redundant version.
在该实例中,接入网设备通过传输指示信息向终端设备发送PUSCH调度信息,终端设备根据PUSCH调度信息中的HARQ进程号和新数据指示确定该PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息时,表示接入网设备未能成功接收第一数据,则终端设备向接入网设备重传第一数据,从而提高数据传输准确性。In this example, the access network device sends the PUSCH scheduling information to the terminal device through the transmission indication information, and when the terminal device determines that the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information according to the HARQ process number and the new data indication in the PUSCH scheduling information, it means If the access network device fails to receive the first data successfully, the terminal device retransmits the first data to the access network device, thereby improving the accuracy of data transmission.
实例5Example 5
图11示出了实例5提供的数据传输方法,具体包括以下步骤:Figure 11 shows the data transmission method provided by Example 5, which specifically includes the following steps:
S1101:终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,终端设备通过预配置授权资源向接入网设备发送第一数据。S1101: When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the terminal device sends the first data to the access network device through the preconfigured authorization resource.
S1102:接入网设备向终端设备发送传输指示信息,传输指示信息中包括PUSCH调度信息。S1102: The access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information includes PUSCH scheduling information.
S1103:终端设备根据PUSCH调度信息中的HARQ进程号和新数据指示确定所述PUSCH调度信息为新传PUSCH调度信息。S1103: The terminal device determines that the PUSCH scheduling information is newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information according to the HARQ process number and the new data indication in the PUSCH scheduling information.
S1104:终端设备在PUSCH调度信息所指示的PUSCH资源上向接入网设备发送第二数据。S1104: The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device on the PUSCH resource indicated by the PUSCH scheduling information.
在该实例中,接入网设备通过传输指示信息向终端设备发送PUSCH调度信息,终端设备根据PUSCH调度信息中的HARQ进程号和新数据指示确定该PUSCH调度信息为新传PUSCH调度信息时,终端设备可以在PUSCH调度信息调度的PUSCH上向接入网设备发送第二数据。In this example, the access network device sends the PUSCH scheduling information to the terminal device through the transmission indication information, and when the terminal device determines that the PUSCH scheduling information is newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information according to the HARQ process number and the new data indication in the PUSCH scheduling information, the terminal The device may send the second data to the access network device on the PUSCH scheduled by the PUSCH scheduling information.
实例6Example 6
图12示出了实例6提供的数据传输方法,具体包括以下步骤:Figure 12 shows the data transmission method provided by Example 6, which specifically includes the following steps:
S1201:终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,终端设备通过预配置授权资源向接入网设备发送第一数据。S1201: When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the terminal device sends the first data to the access network device through the preconfigured authorization resource.
S1202:接入网设备向终端设备发送传输指示信息,传输指示信息中包括第一数据的正确应答响应、功率控制指示以及PDSCH调度信息。S1202: The access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data, a power control indication, and PDSCH scheduling information.
S1203:终端设备根据传输指示信息中功率控制指示占用的第一字段取值,确定功率偏移量。S1203: The terminal device determines the power offset according to the value of the first field occupied by the power control indication in the transmission indication information.
S1204:终端设备根据功率偏移量以及终端设备发送第一数据时的发送功率,确定目标发送功率。S1204: The terminal device determines the target transmit power according to the power offset and the transmit power when the terminal device transmits the first data.
S1205:终端设备通过发送第一数据的进程,使用目标发送功率,向接入网设备发送第二数据。S1205: The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device by using the target transmission power through the process of sending the first data.
S1206:终端设备在PDSCH调度信息调度的PDSCH上接收第三数据。S1206: The terminal device receives third data on the PDSCH scheduled by the PDSCH scheduling information.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例对S1203~S1205和S1206的执行顺序不做限定,可以先执行S1203~S1205后执行S1206,或先执行S1206后执行S1203~S1205。It should be noted that this embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution order of S1203 to S1205 and S1206. S1203 to S1205 may be executed first and then S1206 may be executed, or S1206 may be executed first and then S1203 to S1205 may be executed.
在该实例中,接入网设备可以通过传输指示信息发送第一数据的正确应答响应、功率 控制指示以及PDSCH调度信息,终端设备可以根据功率控制信息继续发送第二数据,并且可以在PDSCH调度信息调度的PDSCH上接收第三数据,灵活实现终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中的数据传输。In this example, the access network device can send the correct response response of the first data, the power control indication and the PDSCH scheduling information through the transmission indication information, and the terminal device can continue to send the second data according to the power control information, and can send the second data in the PDSCH scheduling information The third data is received on the scheduled PDSCH to flexibly implement data transmission of the terminal equipment in the RRC inactive state process.
实例7Example 7
图13示出了实例7提供的数据传输方法,具体包括以下步骤:Figure 13 shows the data transmission method provided by Example 7, which specifically includes the following steps:
S1301:终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,终端设备通过预配置授权资源向接入网设备发送第一数据。S1301: When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the terminal device sends the first data to the access network device through the preconfigured authorization resource.
S1302:接入网设备向终端设备发送传输指示信息,传输指示信息中包括传输方式切换指示和功率控制指示。S1302: The access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information includes a transmission mode switching indication and a power control indication.
S1303:终端设备根据传输指示信息中的传输方式切换指示确定目标传输方式为四步随机接入数据传输的标识。S1303: The terminal device determines, according to the transmission mode switching instruction in the transmission instruction information, that the target transmission mode is an identifier of four-step random access data transmission.
S1304:终端设备根据传输指示信息中的功率控制指示确定目标发送功率。S1304: The terminal device determines the target transmission power according to the power control indication in the transmission indication information.
S1305:终端设备根据目标发送功率在一个RO上向接入网设备发送Preamble。S1305: The terminal device sends a Preamble to the access network device on one RO according to the target transmit power.
S1306:接入网设备向终端设备发送RAR。S1306: The access network device sends the RAR to the terminal device.
S1307:终端设备在RAR调度的资源上,向接入网设备发送第二数据。S1307: The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device on the resource scheduled by the RAR.
S1308:接入网设备向终端设备发送反馈信息,以将接入网设备是否成功接收上行小包数据的信息通知给终端设备。S1308: The access network device sends feedback information to the terminal device, so as to notify the terminal device of whether the access network device successfully receives the uplink small packet data.
在该实例中,接入网设备可以向终端设备发送包括传输方式切换指示和功率控制指示的传输指示信息,终端设备可以根据传输方式切换指示切换至目标数据传输方式,并根据功率控制指示所指示的目标发送功率通过目标数据传输方式进行数据传输。In this instance, the access network device may send transmission instruction information including a transmission mode switching instruction and a power control instruction to the terminal device, and the terminal device may switch to the target data transmission mode according to the transmission mode switching instruction, and switch to the target data transmission mode according to the power control instruction. The target transmit power of the target data transmission method is used for data transmission.
实例8Example 8
图14示出了实例8提供的数据传输方法,具体包括以下步骤:Figure 14 shows the data transmission method provided by Example 8, which specifically includes the following steps:
S1401:终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,终端设备通过预配置授权资源向接入网设备发送第一数据。S1401: When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the terminal device sends the first data to the access network device through the preconfigured authorization resource.
S1402:接入网设备向终端设备发送传输指示信息,传输指示信息中包括第一数据的正确应答响应和TA调整指示。S1402: The access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data and a TA adjustment indication.
S1403:终端设备根据TA调整指示确定目标TA,并将终端设备的TA调整为目标TA。S1403: The terminal device determines the target TA according to the TA adjustment instruction, and adjusts the TA of the terminal device as the target TA.
S1404:终端设备通过发送第一数据的进程,向接入网设备发送第二数据。S1404: The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the process of sending the first data.
在该实例中,接入网设备通过传输指示信息向终端设备发送第一数据的正确应答响应和TA调整指示,终端设备可以根据TA调整指示调整TA,从而保持TA的有效性,进而完成上行数据传输。In this example, the access network device sends the correct response response of the first data and the TA adjustment instruction to the terminal device through the transmission instruction information, and the terminal device can adjust the TA according to the TA adjustment instruction, so as to maintain the validity of the TA, and then complete the uplink data transmission.
实例9Example 9
图15示出了实例9提供的数据传输方法,具体包括以下步骤:Figure 15 shows the data transmission method provided by Example 9, which specifically includes the following steps:
S1501:终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,终端设备通过预配置授权资源向接入网设备发送第一数据。S1501: When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the terminal device sends the first data to the access network device through the preconfigured authorization resource.
S1502:接入网设备向终端设备发送传输指示信息,传输指示信息中包括第一数据的正确应答响应和MCS调整指示。S1502: The access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data and an MCS adjustment indication.
S1503:终端设备根据传输指示信息中MCS调整指示占用的第十字段取值,确定MCS索引值。S1503: The terminal device determines the MCS index value according to the value of the tenth field of the MCS adjustment indication occupation in the transmission indication information.
S1504:终端设备根据预配置的MCS表格以及MCS索引值,确定所述MCS索引值对应的MCS表格中的一行MCS配置信息。S1504: The terminal device determines a row of MCS configuration information in the MCS table corresponding to the MCS index value according to the preconfigured MCS table and the MCS index value.
S1505:终端设备根据所述MCS配置信息调整MCS。S1505: The terminal device adjusts the MCS according to the MCS configuration information.
S1506:终端设备通过发送第一数据的进程,向接入网设备发送第二数据。S1506: The terminal device sends the second data to the access network device through the process of sending the first data.
二、终端设备进行RA-SDT时的数据传输方法。2. The data transmission method when the terminal equipment performs RA-SDT.
图16示出了本申请实施例一种数据传输方式,包括以下步骤:FIG. 16 shows a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application, including the following steps:
S1601:终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,终端设备向接入网设备发送随机接入请求,接入网设备接收来自RRC非激活态过程中的终端设备的随机接入请求。S1601: In the process of the RRC inactive state, the terminal device sends a random access request to the access network device, and the access network device receives the random access request from the terminal device in the RRC inactive state process.
具体实施中,终端设备在一个RO上向接入网设备发送Preamble,其中,Preamble和RO可以为接入网设备向终端设备指示的专用资源,如接入网设备通过无争用随机接入资源指示向终端设备指示的专用资源。或者接入网设备指示公用资源,终端设备从接入网设备指示的公用资源中选择终端设备随机接入过程中使用的Preamble和RO。In a specific implementation, the terminal device sends a Preamble to the access network device on one RO, where the Preamble and the RO can be dedicated resources indicated by the access network device to the terminal device, for example, the access network device randomly accesses resources without contention Indicates dedicated resources indicated to terminal devices. Or the access network device indicates the public resource, and the terminal device selects the Preamble and RO used in the random access process of the terminal device from the public resources indicated by the access network device.
Preamble和RO还可以用于区分数据传输类型,如终端设备通过不同的Preamble和RO触发随机接入请求,以通知接入网设备数据传输类型。可选的,数据传输类型可以包括两步随机接入过程、四步随机接入过程、两步随机接入数据传输、四步随机接入数据传输。Preamble and RO can also be used to distinguish data transmission types. For example, the terminal device triggers a random access request through different Preamble and RO to notify the access network device of the data transmission type. Optionally, the data transmission type may include a two-step random access procedure, a four-step random access procedure, a two-step random access data transmission, and a four-step random access data transmission.
S1602:接入网设备向终端设备发送传输指示信息,传输指示信息用于指示终端设备进行数据传输的方式和/或资源,终端设备接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息。S1602: The access network device sends transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform data transmission methods and/or resources, and the terminal device receives the transmission indication information from the access network device.
一种可选的实施方式中,传输指示信息可以包括传输方式切换指示、资源指示、波束指示中的至少一项。其中,所述传输方式切换指示用于指示所述终端设备在随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输结束后,切换至免授权调度数据传输;所述资源指示用于指示所述终端设备进行免授权调度数据传输时的预配置授权资源;所述波束指示用于指示同步信号块与所述预配置授权资源的对应关系。In an optional implementation manner, the transmission indication information may include at least one of a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication, and a beam indication. Wherein, the transmission mode switching instruction is used to instruct the terminal equipment to switch to the authorization-free scheduling data transmission after the random access process or the random access data transmission ends; the resource indication is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform free The pre-configured grant resource when the authorization is scheduled for data transmission; the beam indication is used to indicate the corresponding relationship between the synchronization signal block and the pre-configured grant resource.
下面对传输指示信息可能包括的各项指示内容分别进行介绍:The following describes the indication contents that may be included in the transmission indication information:
1、传输方式切换指示。1. Transmission mode switching instruction.
传输方式切换指示用于指示终端设备在当前进行的随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输结束后,使用预配置授权资源进行CG-SDT。The transmission mode switching instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to use the pre-configured authorized resources to perform CG-SDT after the current random access process or random access data transmission ends.
可选的,传输方式切换指示可以承载在传输指示信息的第一字段上,例如第一字段占用传输指示信息的1bit,当该比特位的比特值为1时,表示指示终端设备在当前进行的RACH或RA-SDT结束后,使用预配置授权资源进行CG-SDT,当该比特位的比特值为0时,表示指示终端设备在当前进行的RACH或RA-SDT结束后,不进行CG-SDT。Optionally, the transmission mode switching indication may be carried in the first field of the transmission indication information. For example, the first field occupies 1 bit of the transmission indication information. When the bit value of this bit is 1, it indicates that the terminal equipment is instructing the current After the RACH or RA-SDT ends, use the pre-configured authorized resources to perform CG-SDT. When the bit value of this bit is 0, it indicates that the terminal device is instructed not to perform CG-SDT after the current RACH or RA-SDT ends. .
2、资源指示。2. Resource indication.
资源指示用于指示终端设备进行免授权调度数据传输时的CG资源,可选的,资源指示可以承载在所述传输指示信息的第二字段中,其中,所述第二字段取值不同,所述资源指示用于指示激活不同的预配置授权资源。The resource indication is used to indicate the CG resource when the terminal device performs authorization-free scheduling data transmission. Optionally, the resource indication may be carried in the second field of the transmission indication information, wherein the second field has different values, so the The resource indication is used to indicate activation of different preconfigured authorized resources.
CG资源为接入网设备为终端设备预先配置的用于进行CG-SDT的资源,具体可以包括用于上行数据传输的PUSCH资源以及对应的传输参数。接入网设备在为终端设备预配 置CG资源时,可以预先配置一个或多个CG资源,且接入网设备可以通过向终端设备发送资源指示,以激活一个或多个CG资源供终端设备进行CG-SDT时使用。The CG resource is a resource pre-configured by the access network device for the terminal device for performing CG-SDT, and may specifically include a PUSCH resource used for uplink data transmission and corresponding transmission parameters. When pre-configuring CG resources for the terminal device, the access network device may pre-configure one or more CG resources, and the access network device may activate one or more CG resources for the terminal device to perform by sending a resource indication to the terminal device. Used when CG-SDT.
一种可选的实施方式中,第二字段可以为比特位图(bitmap),比特位图中包括一个或多个比特,每个比特对应一个CG资源,通过每个CG资源对应的比特的比特值为0或1指示该CG资源是否被激活,包含N个比特的比特位图用于指示N个CG资源中的一个或多个CG资源被激活。例如,比特值为1表示该比特对应的CG资源被激活,比特值为0表示该比特对应的CG资源未被激活,假设为终端设备预配置5个CG资源,分别为CG1、CG2、CG3、CG4、CG5,资源指示中5个CG资源对应的比特位图为00101,则表示CG3和CG5激活,可用于终端设备进行CG-SDT,其它CG资源未被激活。In an optional implementation manner, the second field may be a bitmap (bitmap), the bitmap includes one or more bits, each bit corresponds to a CG resource, and the bits of the bits corresponding to each CG resource are used. A value of 0 or 1 indicates whether the CG resource is activated, and a bitmap including N bits is used to indicate that one or more CG resources among the N CG resources are activated. For example, a bit value of 1 indicates that the CG resource corresponding to this bit is activated, and a bit value of 0 indicates that the CG resource corresponding to this bit is not activated. For CG4 and CG5, the bitmap corresponding to the five CG resources in the resource indication is 00101, which means that CG3 and CG5 are activated and can be used for terminal equipment to perform CG-SDT, and other CG resources are not activated.
3、波束指示。3. Beam indication.
波束指示用于指示SSB与CG资源的对应关系。The beam indication is used to indicate the correspondence between SSB and CG resources.
我们知道,在随机接入过程中,一个SSB周期中可以包括多个SSB,每个SSB有相应编号,且多个SSB对应的波束可以相同或不同。对于终端设备,当SSB对应的波束扫描信号覆盖到该终端设备时,终端设备才有机会发送Preamble。因此,终端设备可以根据波束扫描信号选择信号质量最好的波束作为最优波束,并确定最优波束对应的最优SSB,在该最优SSB对应的RO上进行随机接入,则接入网设备可以根据终端设备使用的RO确定SSB信息(如最优SSB的索引值)。接入网设备可以将SSB索引值与CG资源的对应关系作为波束指示,则终端设备在接收到传输指示信息中的波束指示后,在进行CG-SDT时,可以通过波束指示使部分或全部的CG资源使用最优SSB索引值对应的时机进行接入,提升终端设备进行CG-SDT时的信号质量。We know that in the random access process, one SSB cycle may include multiple SSBs, each SSB has a corresponding number, and the beams corresponding to the multiple SSBs may be the same or different. For a terminal device, when the beam scanning signal corresponding to the SSB covers the terminal device, the terminal device has the opportunity to send the Preamble. Therefore, the terminal device can select the beam with the best signal quality as the optimal beam according to the beam scanning signal, determine the optimal SSB corresponding to the optimal beam, and perform random access on the RO corresponding to the optimal SSB, then the access network The device may determine the SSB information (eg, the index value of the optimal SSB) according to the RO used by the terminal device. The access network device can use the corresponding relationship between the SSB index value and the CG resource as the beam indication. After receiving the beam indication in the transmission indication information, the terminal device can use the beam indication to make some or all of the The CG resources are accessed using the timing corresponding to the optimal SSB index value, which improves the signal quality of the terminal equipment when performing CG-SDT.
可选的,波束指示可以承载在传输指示信息的第一字段上,占用传输指示信息中的两个比特,不同的第一字段取值用于表示不同的SSB索引值与CG资源的对应关系。例如,第一字段取值及其对应的SSB索引值与CG资源的对应关系如图17所示。Optionally, the beam indication may be carried in the first field of the transmission indication information, occupying two bits in the transmission indication information, and different values of the first field are used to indicate the correspondence between different SSB index values and CG resources. For example, the corresponding relationship between the value of the first field and its corresponding SSB index value and the CG resource is shown in FIG. 17 .
或者,接入网设备还可以通过高层信令将SSB索引值与CG资源的对应关系通知给终端设备,例如,接入网设备通过高层信令将图18所示的SSB索引值与CG资源的对应关系发送给终端设备。Alternatively, the access network device may also notify the terminal device of the correspondence between the SSB index value and the CG resource through high-layer signaling. The correspondence is sent to the terminal device.
一种可选的实施方式中,传输指示信息还可以包括无争用随机接入资源指示,无争用随机存储(contention-free random access,CFRA)资源为终端设备在进行基于非竞争的随机接入过程中使用的资源。In an optional embodiment, the transmission indication information may also include a contention-free random access resource indication, and a contention-free random access (CFRA) resource is the terminal device performing non-contention-based random access. resources used in the import process.
可选的,无争用随机接入资源指示可以包括随机接入前导码索引值(Preamble Index)、同步信号块索引值(SSB Index)、RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围中的至少一个。其中,Preamble Index可以承载传输指示信息的第二字段中,用于指示终端设备在随机接入过程中使用的Preamble;SSB Index可以承载在传输指示信息的第三字段中,用于指示与Preamble关联的SSB;RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围可以用PRACH MASK Index指示,PRACH MASK Index可以承载在传输指示信息的第四字段中,不同的第四字段取值可以用于指示不同的RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围。Optionally, the contention-free random access resource indication may include at least one of a random access preamble index value (Preamble Index), a synchronization signal block index value (SSB Index), an RO resource index value, or a range of RO resource index values. . Among them, the Preamble Index can be carried in the second field of the transmission indication information, which is used to indicate the Preamble used by the terminal device in the random access process; the SSB Index can be carried in the third field of the transmission indication information, and is used to indicate the association with the Preamble. The SSB; the RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range can be indicated by PRACH MASK Index, the PRACH MASK Index can be carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information, and different values of the fourth field can be used to indicate different RO resources Index value or range of RO resource index values.
可选的,无争用随机接入资源指示还可以包括PO指示,具体的,PO指示可以为PO Index,PO Index用于指示终端设备在两步随机接入过程中使用的PUSCH,PO Index可以承载在传输指示信息的第五字段中,实施中,可以根据候选PO的个数确定第五字段占用的bit数,例如,当存在4个候选PO时,第五字段可以占用2bits,不同的第五字段取值 用于指示不同的候选PO。Optionally, the contention-free random access resource indication may also include a PO indication. Specifically, the PO indication may be a PO Index. The PO Index is used to indicate the PUSCH used by the terminal device in the two-step random access process. The PO Index may be It is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information. In implementation, the number of bits occupied by the fifth field may be determined according to the number of candidate POs. For example, when there are 4 candidate POs, the fifth field may occupy 2 bits, and different POs may occupy 2 bits. The value of the five fields is used to indicate different candidate POs.
传输指示信息中包括无争用随机接入资源指示时的具体指示方式可以参见本申请实施例提供的终端设备进行CG-SDT时的数据传输方法中对无争用随机接入资源指示的介绍,重复之处不再赘述。For the specific indication mode when the transmission indication information includes the contention-free random access resource indication, reference may be made to the introduction of the contention-free random access resource indication in the data transmission method when the terminal device performs CG-SDT provided in the embodiment of the present application. The repetition will not be repeated.
在介绍本申请实施例中的传输指示信息后,对本申请实施例接入网设备发送所述传输指示信息的方式进行介绍:After introducing the transmission indication information in the embodiment of the present application, the manner in which the access network device sends the transmission indication information in the embodiment of the present application is introduced:
首先说明,接入网设备在接收到终端设备发送的Preamble后,向终端设备发送DCI,并在DCI调度的PDSCH上发送下行信息,例如通过PDSCH向终端设备发送随机接入响应RAR、冲突解决信息等下行信息。First of all, it is explained that after receiving the Preamble sent by the terminal device, the access network device sends DCI to the terminal device, and sends downlink information on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI, for example, sends the random access response RAR and conflict resolution information to the terminal device through the PDSCH. Wait for downlink information.
基于以上说明,接入网设备可以通过下列方式向终端设备发送传输指示信息:Based on the above description, the access network device can send transmission indication information to the terminal device in the following ways:
方式1、接入网设备向终端设备发送DCI,DCI中包括传输指示信息。Mode 1: The access network device sends DCI to the terminal device, and the DCI includes transmission indication information.
一种可选的实施方式中,传输指示信息可以承载在通过无线网络临时标识(radio network temporary indicator,RNTI)加扰的DCI的预留字段上,通过RNTI加扰的DCI的预留字段可以为现有协议规定的DCI中未被占用的字段。In an optional embodiment, the transmission indication information can be carried on the reserved field of the DCI scrambled by the wireless network temporary identifier (radio network temporary indicator, RNTI), and the reserved field of the DCI scrambled by the RNTI can be: Unoccupied fields in the DCI specified by the existing protocol.
例如,如表9中示出了通过随机接入无线网络临时标识(random access radio network temporary indicator,RA-RNTI)加扰的DCI中包括的指示内容以及占用的比特数:For example, as shown in Table 9, the indication content included in the DCI scrambled by the random access radio network temporary indicator (RA-RNTI) and the number of occupied bits are shown:
表9Table 9
Figure PCTCN2020139520-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2020139520-appb-000006
其中,Reserved bits表示DCI中的预留字段,例如表9中示出的16bits的预留字段,则传输指示信息可以承载在该16bits的预留字段上。Wherein, Reserved bits represents the reserved field in DCI, for example, the reserved field of 16 bits shown in Table 9, then the transmission indication information can be carried on the reserved field of 16 bits.
需要说明的是,若通过RNTI加扰的DCI中不包括预留字段,如通过临时小区无线网络临时标识(temporary cell radio network temporary indicator,TC-RNTI)加扰的DCI中不包括预留字段,则可以重利用DCI中的其它字段用于承载传输指示信息,如重利用DCI中的VRB-to-PRB mapping、Redundancy version字段承载传输指示信息,其中,VRB-to-PRB mapping字段为虚拟资源块(virtual resource block,VRB)到物理资源块(physical resource block,PRB)的映射对应的字段,Redundancy version字段为冗余版本对应的字段,被重利用的字段对应的原有信息可以通过协议规定或高层信令设置为默认值。It should be noted that, if the DCI scrambled by the RNTI does not include the reserved field, for example, the DCI scrambled by the temporary cell radio network temporary indicator (TC-RNTI) does not include the reserved field, Then other fields in the DCI can be reused to carry the transmission indication information, such as reusing the VRB-to-PRB mapping and redundancy version fields in the DCI to carry the transmission indication information, where the VRB-to-PRB mapping field is a virtual resource block. The field corresponding to the mapping from (virtual resource block, VRB) to physical resource block (PRB), the Redundancy version field is the field corresponding to the redundancy version, and the original information corresponding to the reused field can be specified by the protocol or High layer signaling is set to default.
方式2、接入网设备向终端设备发送DCI,在DCI调度的PDSCH上发送传输指示信息。Manner 2: The access network device sends DCI to the terminal device, and sends transmission indication information on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI.
需要说明的是,方式1和方式2可以为在随机接入过程中接入网设备向终端设备发送DCI,DCI中包括传输指示信息或在DCI调度的PDSCH上发送传输指示信息,例如在四步随机接入过程中的Msg2或Msg4、两步随机接入过程中的MsgB中,接入网设备向终端设备发送DCI,DCI中包括传输指示信息或在DCI调度的PDSCH上发送传输指示信息。 另外,方式1和方式2还可以为在随机接入过程结束之后,终端设备尚未从RRC非激活态切换至RRC连接态时,接入网设备向终端设备发送DCI,DCI中包括传输指示信息或在DCI调度的PDSCH上发送传输指示信息。It should be noted that, the mode 1 and the mode 2 may be that the access network device sends the DCI to the terminal device during the random access process, and the DCI includes the transmission indication information or sends the transmission indication information on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI, for example, in the fourth step In Msg2 or Msg4 in the random access process and MsgB in the two-step random access process, the access network device sends DCI to the terminal device, and the DCI includes transmission indication information or transmits transmission indication information on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI. In addition, Manner 1 and Manner 2 may also be that after the random access process ends, when the terminal device has not switched from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the access network device sends DCI to the terminal device, and the DCI includes transmission indication information or Transmission indication information is sent on the PDSCH scheduled by DCI.
方式3、接入网设备向终端设备发送RAR,RAR中包括传输指示信息,且RAR承载在DCI调度的PDSCH上。Manner 3: The access network device sends the RAR to the terminal device, the RAR includes transmission indication information, and the RAR is carried on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI.
具体实施中,在4-step RACH中,接入网设备接收到终端设备发送的Preamble后,向终端设备发送RAR,RAR中可以包括传输指示信息。In a specific implementation, in the 4-step RACH, after receiving the Preamble sent by the terminal device, the access network device sends a RAR to the terminal device, and the RAR may include transmission indication information.
方式4、接入网设备向终端设备发送冲突解决信息,冲突解决信息中包括传输指示信息,且冲突解决信息承载在DCI调度的PDSCH上。Manner 4: The access network device sends conflict resolution information to the terminal device, the conflict resolution information includes transmission indication information, and the conflict resolution information is carried on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI.
一种可选的实施方式中,在随机接入数据传输中,冲突解决信息中可以包括成功接入的终端设备的标识、终端设备发送的上行小包数据对应的反馈信息(用于指示接入网设备是否接收到上行小包数据),以及传输指示信息。In an optional implementation manner, in the random access data transmission, the conflict resolution information may include the identity of the terminal equipment that has successfully accessed, and the feedback information corresponding to the uplink small packet data sent by the terminal equipment (used to indicate the access network). whether the device receives uplink small packet data), and transmission indication information.
方式5、接入网设备向终端设备发送RRC信令,RRC信令中包括传输指示信息,且RRC信令承载在DCI调度的PDSCH上。Manner 5: The access network device sends RRC signaling to the terminal device, the RRC signaling includes transmission indication information, and the RRC signaling is carried on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI.
接入网设备通过上述方式2~5向终端设备发送传输指示信息时,传输指示信息可以承载在PDSCH上携带的MAC CE中未定义的逻辑信道上。When the access network device sends the transmission indication information to the terminal device through the above manners 2 to 5, the transmission indication information may be carried on the logical channel not defined in the MAC CE carried on the PDSCH.
例如,MAC CE中逻辑信道号为35-46的逻辑信道为尚未定义的逻辑信道,则传输指示信息可以承载在MAC CE中逻辑信道号为35-46的逻辑信道上。For example, if the logical channels with logical channel numbers 35-46 in the MAC CE are not yet defined logical channels, the transmission indication information can be carried on the logical channels with logical channel numbers 35-46 in the MAC CE.
S1603:终端设备根据传输指示信息进行数据传输。S1603: The terminal device performs data transmission according to the transmission indication information.
一种可选的实施方式中,根据传输指示信息中包括的指示内容不同,终端设备根据传输指示信息进行数据传输的方式也不同,下面分别对传输指示信息中包括不同指示内容时终端设备进行数据传输的方式进行介绍:In an optional implementation manner, according to the different indication contents included in the transmission instruction information, the terminal equipment performs data transmission in different ways according to the transmission instruction information. The following describes the data transmission performed by the terminal equipment when the transmission instruction information includes different instruction contents. The transmission method is introduced:
1、传输指示信息中包括传输方式切换指示。1. The transmission instruction information includes a transmission mode switching instruction.
当传输指示信息包括传输方式切换指示,终端设备在当前进行的随机接入过程或随机接入小包传输结束后,使用预配置授权资源进行CG-SDT。When the transmission indication information includes a transmission mode switching indication, the terminal device uses the preconfigured authorized resources to perform CG-SDT after the current random access procedure or random access packet transmission ends.
2、传输指示信息中包括传输方式切换指示和资源指示。2. The transmission indication information includes a transmission mode switching indication and a resource indication.
当传输指示信息包括传输方式切换指示和资源指示,终端设备根据第二字段取值确定资源指示对应的目标预配置授权资源,终端设备在当前进行的随机接入过程或随机接入小包传输结束后,使用资源指示对应的目标预配置授权资源进行CG-SDT。When the transmission indication information includes a transmission mode switching indication and a resource indication, the terminal device determines the target pre-configured authorized resource corresponding to the resource indication according to the value of the second field, and the terminal device performs the random access process or the random access packet transmission after the end of the current random access process. , and perform CG-SDT using the target preconfigured authorized resource corresponding to the resource indication.
3、传输指示信息中包括传输方式切换指示、资源指示和波束指示。3. The transmission indication information includes transmission mode switching indication, resource indication and beam indication.
当传输指示信息中包括传输方式切换指示、资源指示和波束指示时,终端设备根据第二字段取值确定资源指示对应的目标预配置授权资源,然后终端设备根据波束指示确定目标预配置授权资源对应的SSB索引值,终端设备在当前进行的RACH或RA-SDT结束后,使用目标预配置授权资源,在SSB索引值对应的时机向接入网设备发送上行小包数据。When the transmission indication information includes a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication and a beam indication, the terminal device determines the target preconfigured authorized resource corresponding to the resource indication according to the value of the second field, and then the terminal device determines the corresponding target preconfigured authorized resource according to the beam indication After the current RACH or RA-SDT ends, the terminal device uses the target pre-configured authorization resource to send uplink small packet data to the access network device at the timing corresponding to the SSB index value.
可选的,终端设备在接收到接入网设备发送的传输指示信息后,还可以向接入网设备发送传输指示信息对应的反馈信息,传输指示信息对应的反馈信息用于反馈终端设备是否接受传输指示信息的传输指示。例如,终端设备可以通过物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)向接入网设备发送传输指示信息对应的反馈信息。Optionally, after receiving the transmission indication information sent by the access network device, the terminal device may also send feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information to the access network device, and the feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information is used to feedback whether the terminal device accepts or not. Transmission indication of transmission indication information. For example, the terminal device may send feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information to the access network device through a physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH).
通过上述方法,终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,接入网设备在接收到终端设备发送的随机接入请求后,接入网设备可以向终端设备发送传输指示信息,从而在终端设备的 随机接入过程中指示终端设备进行数据传输的方式和/或资源,而不需要终端设备从RRC非激活态恢复至RRC连接态后获取重新配置的资源并切换数据传输方式,节省资源开销同时提升数据传输的灵活性。Through the above method, when the terminal equipment is in the RRC inactive state, after the access network equipment receives the random access request sent by the terminal equipment, the access network equipment can send transmission indication information to the terminal equipment, so that the random access network equipment of the terminal equipment can send transmission indication information to the terminal equipment. Instruct the terminal device to perform data transmission mode and/or resources during the access process, without requiring the terminal device to obtain reconfigured resources and switch the data transmission mode after recovering from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, saving resource overhead and improving data Transmission flexibility.
下面对本申请实施例提供的终端设备进行4-step RA-SDT和2-step RA-SDT时的数据传输方法分别进行介绍:The data transmission methods when performing 4-step RA-SDT and 2-step RA-SDT on the terminal equipment provided in the embodiments of the present application are introduced respectively below:
1、终端设备进行4-step RA-SDT时的数据传输方法。1. The data transmission method when the terminal equipment performs 4-step RA-SDT.
图19示出了本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备进行4-step RA-SDT时的数据传输方法,包括以下步骤:Figure 19 shows a data transmission method when a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application performs 4-step RA-SDT, including the following steps:
Msg1:终端设备在一个RO上向接入网设备发送Preamble。Msg1: The terminal device sends a Preamble to the access network device on one RO.
Msg2:接入网设备向终端设备发送通过RA-RNTI加扰的DCI,并在通过RA-RNTI加扰的DCI调度的PDSCH上发送RAR。Msg2: The access network device sends the DCI scrambled by the RA-RNTI to the terminal device, and sends the RAR on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI scrambled by the RA-RNTI.
通过RA-RNTI加扰的DCI或RAR中包括传输指示信息,具体指示方式参见图13中的步骤S1302的介绍,重复之处不再赘述。The DCI or RAR scrambled by the RA-RNTI includes transmission indication information. For the specific indication method, refer to the introduction of step S1302 in FIG. 13 , and the repeated description will not be repeated.
Msg3:终端设备在RAR调度的PUSCH上向接入网设备发送上行小包数据和/或终端设备的标识。Msg3: The terminal device sends the uplink small packet data and/or the identifier of the terminal device to the access network device on the PUSCH scheduled by the RAR.
Msg4:接入网设备向终端设备发送通过TC-RNTI加扰的DCI,并在通过TC-RNTI加扰的DCI调度的PDSCH上发送冲突解决信息。Msg4: The access network device sends the DCI scrambled by the TC-RNTI to the terminal device, and sends conflict resolution information on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI scrambled by the TC-RNTI.
其中,冲突解决信息中可以携带上行小包数据对应的反馈信息和/或终端设备的标识。The conflict resolution information may carry feedback information corresponding to the uplink small packet data and/or the identifier of the terminal device.
通过TC-RNTI加扰的DCI或冲突解决信息中可以包括传输指示信息,或者PDSCH上也可以携带传输指示信息。The DCI or conflict resolution information scrambled by the TC-RNTI may include transmission indication information, or the PDSCH may also carry transmission indication information.
另外,终端设备在接收到传输指示信息后,还可以执行以下步骤:In addition, after receiving the transmission indication information, the terminal device may also perform the following steps:
终端设备向接入网设备发送Msg4的ACK/NACK和传输指示信息对应的反馈信息。The terminal device sends the ACK/NACK of Msg4 and the feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information to the access network device.
具体实施中,终端设备可以通过PUCCH向接入网设备发送Msg4的ACK/NACK和传输指示信息对应的反馈信息,例如,PUCCH通过序列携带两比特信息,其中一个比特用于指示Msg4的ACK/NACK,另一个比特用于指示传输指示信息对应的反馈信息。In a specific implementation, the terminal device can send the ACK/NACK of Msg4 and the feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information to the access network device through the PUCCH. For example, the PUCCH carries two bits of information through the sequence, one of which is used to indicate the ACK/NACK of Msg4. , and another bit is used to indicate the feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information.
2、终端设备进行2-step RA-SDT时的数据传输方法。2. The data transmission method when the terminal equipment performs 2-step RA-SDT.
图20示出了本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备进行2-step RA-SDT时的数据传输方法,包括以下步骤:Figure 20 shows a data transmission method when a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application performs 2-step RA-SDT, including the following steps:
MsgA:终端设备在一个RO上向接入网设备发送Preamble,以及终端设备在一个PO上发送上行小包数据和/或终端设备的标识。MsgA: The terminal device sends the Preamble to the access network device on one RO, and the terminal device sends the uplink small packet data and/or the identifier of the terminal device on one PO.
MsgB:接入网设备向终端设备发送通过MsgB-RNTI加扰的DCI,并在通过MsgB-RNTI加扰的DCI调度的PDSCH上发送冲突解决信息。MsgB: The access network device sends the DCI scrambled by the MsgB-RNTI to the terminal device, and sends conflict resolution information on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI scrambled by the MsgB-RNTI.
其中,冲突解决信息中可以携带上行小包数据对应的反馈信息和/或终端设备的标识。The conflict resolution information may carry feedback information corresponding to the uplink small packet data and/or the identifier of the terminal device.
通过MsgB-RNTI加扰的DCI或冲突解决信息中可以包括传输指示信息,或者PDSCH上也可以携带传输指示信息。The DCI or conflict resolution information scrambled by the MsgB-RNTI may include transmission indication information, or the PDSCH may also carry transmission indication information.
另外,终端设备在接收到传输指示信息后,还可以执行以下步骤:In addition, after receiving the transmission indication information, the terminal device may also perform the following steps:
终端设备向接入网设备发送Msg4的ACK/NACK和传输指示信息对应的反馈信息。The terminal device sends the ACK/NACK of Msg4 and the feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information to the access network device.
具体实施中,终端设备可以通过PUCCH向接入网设备发送MsgB的ACK/NACK和 传输指示信息对应的反馈信息,例如,PUCCH通过序列携带两比特信息,其中一个比特用于指示Msg4的ACK/NACK,另一个比特用于指示传输指示信息对应的反馈信息。In a specific implementation, the terminal device can send the ACK/NACK of MsgB and the feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information to the access network device through the PUCCH. For example, the PUCCH carries two bits of information through the sequence, and one bit is used to indicate the ACK/NACK of Msg4. , and another bit is used to indicate the feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information.
3、在随机接入过程结束后,且终端设备尚未从RRC非激活态切换至RRC连接态时的数据传输方法。3. The data transmission method when the terminal device has not switched from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state after the random access procedure is finished.
图21示出了本申请实施例提供的一种随机接入过程结束后,且终端设备尚未从RRC非激活态切换至RRC连接态时的数据传输方法,以随机接入过程为两步随机接入过程为例,该方法包括以下步骤:FIG. 21 shows a data transmission method when the random access process provided by the embodiment of the present application ends and the terminal device has not switched from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state. The random access process is a two-step random access process. Taking the entry process as an example, the method includes the following steps:
S2101:终端设备在一个RO上向接入网设备发送Preamble,以及终端设备在一个PO上发送上行小包数据和/或终端设备的标识。S2101: The terminal device sends the Preamble to the access network device on one RO, and the terminal device sends the uplink small packet data and/or the identifier of the terminal device on one PO.
S2102:接入网设备向终端设备发送通过MsgB-RNTI加扰的DCI,并在通过MsgB-RNTI加扰的DCI调度的PDSCH上发送冲突解决信息。S2102: The access network device sends the DCI scrambled by the MsgB-RNTI to the terminal device, and sends conflict resolution information on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI scrambled by the MsgB-RNTI.
S2103:在终端设备从RRC非激活态切换至RRC连接态之前,接入网设备向终端设备发送DCI,并在DCI调度的PDSCH上发送传输指示信息,传输指示信息中包括资源指示和传输方式切换指示。S2103: Before the terminal device switches from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the access network device sends DCI to the terminal device, and sends transmission indication information on the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI, where the transmission indication information includes resource indication and transmission mode switching instruct.
可选的,DCI中也可以包括传输指示信息。Optionally, the DCI may also include transmission indication information.
S2104:终端设备使用资源指示对应的预配置授权资源向接入网设备发送上行小包数据。S2104: The terminal device sends the uplink small packet data to the access network device by using the preconfigured authorized resource corresponding to the resource indication.
基于相同的技术构思,本申请还提供了一种通信装置2200,该装置的结构如图22所示,包括通信单元2201和处理单元2202。所述通信装置2200可以应用于图1所示的通信装置中的终端设备或接入网设备,并可以实现图6-图15或图16、图19-图21所示的数据传输方法。下面对装置2200中的各个单元的功能进行介绍。Based on the same technical concept, the present application also provides a communication device 2200 , the structure of which is shown in FIG. 22 , including a communication unit 2201 and a processing unit 2202 . The communication apparatus 2200 can be applied to the terminal equipment or access network equipment in the communication apparatus shown in FIG. 1 , and can implement the data transmission methods shown in FIGS. 6-15 or 16, 19-21. The functions of each unit in the apparatus 2200 will be introduced below.
所述通信单元2201,用于接收和发送数据。The communication unit 2201 is used for receiving and sending data.
当所述通信装置2200应用于终端设备时,所述通信单元2201又可以称为收发器,可以通过移动通信模块和/或无线通信模块实现。When the communication apparatus 2200 is applied to a terminal device, the communication unit 2201 may also be called a transceiver, which may be implemented by a mobile communication module and/or a wireless communication module.
移动通信模块可以提供应用在所述终端设备上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块可以包括至少一个天线、至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。所述终端设备可以通过所述移动通信模块接入移动通信网络中,进而通过所述移动通信网络接入所述证书管理架构。The mobile communication module can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the terminal device. The mobile communication module may include at least one antenna, at least one filter, a switch, a power amplifier, a low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like. The terminal device can access the mobile communication network through the mobile communication module, and then access the certificate management architecture through the mobile communication network.
无线通信模块可以提供应用在终端设备上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以包括至少一个天线、至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。所述终端设备可以通过所述无线通信模块接入无线通信网络中,进而通过所述无线通信网络接入所述证书管理架构。The wireless communication module can provide applications on terminal devices including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite systems ( global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may include at least one antenna, one or more components of at least one communication processing module. The terminal device can access the wireless communication network through the wireless communication module, and then access the certificate management architecture through the wireless communication network.
当所述通信装置2200应用于接入网设备时,所述通信单元2201又可以称为物理接口、通信模块、通信接口、输入输出接口。接入网设备可以通过该通信单元连接网线或电缆,进而与其他设备建立物理连接。When the communication apparatus 2200 is applied to an access network device, the communication unit 2201 may also be referred to as a physical interface, a communication module, a communication interface, and an input/output interface. The access network device can connect a network cable or cable through the communication unit, and then establish a physical connection with other devices.
下面对所述通信装置2200应用于终端设备时,所述处理单元2202的功能进行介绍。The following describes the functions of the processing unit 2202 when the communication apparatus 2200 is applied to a terminal device.
本申请一种实施方式中,所述通信装置2200应用于本申请实施例提供的第一种数据传输方法中的终端设备,所述通信装置2200可以实现本申请图6-图15示出的数据传输方法中终端设备的功能,所述处理单元2202的功能介绍如下:In an embodiment of the present application, the communication apparatus 2200 is applied to the terminal device in the first data transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication apparatus 2200 can realize the data shown in FIG. 6 to FIG. 15 of the present application. The functions of the terminal device in the transmission method, the functions of the processing unit 2202 are introduced as follows:
处理单元2202,用于在终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,通过所述通信单元2201,通过预配置授权资源向接入网设备发送第一数据;并通过所述通信单元2201接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息,所述传输指示信息用于指示所述终端设备切换数据传输方式或继续数据传输;根据所属传输指示信息,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,或接收所述接入网设备发送的第三数据。The processing unit 2202 is configured to send the first data to the access network device through the communication unit 2201 through the pre-configured authorization resource when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state; The transmission indication information of the access network device, the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or continue the data transmission; according to the transmission indication information to which it belongs, the communication unit 2201 sends it to the access network device second data, or receive third data sent by the access network device.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息包括以下至少一项:功率控制指示、传输方式切换指示、所述第一数据的正确应答响应、物理上行共享信道PUSCH调度信息、物理下行共享信道PDSCH调度信息、时间提前量调整指示、调制与编码策略调整指示;In an embodiment, the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a power control indication, a transmission mode switching indication, a correct response to the first data, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH scheduling information, and physical downlink shared channel PDSCH Scheduling information, timing advance adjustment instructions, modulation and coding strategy adjustment instructions;
其中,所述功率控制指示用于指示所述终端设备发送所述第二数据的发送功率;所述传输方式切换指示用于指示所述终端设备切换数据传输方式;所述第一数据的正确应答响应用于指示所述接入网设备接收到所述第一数据;所述PUSCH调度信息用于指示终端设备在调度的PUSCH上发送第二数据;所述PDSCH调度信息用于指示终端设备在调度的PDSCH上接收第三数据;所述时间提前量调整指示用于指示终端设备调整时间提前量;所述调制与编码策略调整指示用于指示终端设备调整调制与编码策略。The power control instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to send the transmission power of the second data; the transmission mode switching instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode; the correct response of the first data The response is used to indicate that the access network device has received the first data; the PUSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the second data on the scheduled PUSCH; the PDSCH scheduling information is used to indicate that the terminal device is scheduling The third data is received on the PDSCH of the device; the timing advance adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the timing advance; the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the modulation and coding strategy.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息中包括所述功率控制指示时,所述功率控制指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第一字段中;其中,所述第一字段取值不同时,所述功率控制指示用于指示不同的发送功率;In an implementation manner, when the transmission indication information includes the power control indication, the power control indication is carried in a first field of the transmission indication information; wherein the value of the first field is different Meanwhile, the power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers;
所述处理单元2202,具体用于:根据所述传输指示信息中所述第一字段的取值,确定所述功率控制指示所指示的目标发送功率;根据所述功率控制指示所指示的目标发送功率,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据。The processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: determine the target transmission power indicated by the power control instruction according to the value of the first field in the transmission indication information; send the power according to the target indicated by the power control instruction power, and the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication unit 2201.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息中包括所述传输方式切换指示时,所述传输方式切换指示包括:目标数据传输方式的标识和/或功率阈值;其中,所述目标传输方式的标识承载在所述传输指示信息的第二字段中,所述第二字段取值不同时,所述目标传输方式的标识用于指示不同的数据传输方式的标识;所述功率阈值为参考信号的接收功率阈值,所述功率阈值承载在所述传输指示信息的第三字段,所述第三字段取值不同时,所述功率阈值的取值不同。In an embodiment, when the transmission instruction information includes the transmission mode switching instruction, the transmission mode switching instruction includes: an identifier of a target data transmission mode and/or a power threshold; wherein the target transmission mode The identifier of the target transmission mode is carried in the second field of the transmission indication information. When the value of the second field is different, the identifier of the target transmission mode is used to indicate the identifier of different data transmission modes; the power threshold is the reference signal The received power threshold value of the power threshold value is carried in the third field of the transmission indication information. When the value of the third field is different, the value of the power threshold value is different.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输方式切换指示包括所述目标数据传输方式的标识时,所述处理单元2202,具体用于:当确定所述目标传输方式的标识为两步随机接入数据传输对应的标识时,通过两步随机接入过程,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;或当确定所述目标传输方式的标识为两步随机接入过程对应的标识时,通过两步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;或当确定所述目标传输方式的标识为四步随机接入数据传输对应的标识时,通过四步随机接入过程,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;或当确定所述目标传输方式的标识为四步随机接入过程对应的标识时,通过四步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据。In an embodiment, when the transmission mode switching instruction includes the identifier of the target data transmission mode, the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: when determining that the identifier of the target transmission mode is two-step random access When the identifier corresponding to the data transmission is transmitted, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication unit 2201 through a two-step random access process; or when the identifier of the target transmission mode is determined to be two-step random access. When the identifier corresponding to the access process is detected, after the two-step random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication unit 2201; or when it is determined that the When the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the four-step random access data transmission, the communication unit 2201 sends the second data to the access network device through the four-step random access process; or when it is determined When the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the four-step random access process, after the four-step random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the communication unit 2201 sends the information to the access network through the communication unit 2201. The device sends the second data.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理单元2202,具体用于:当所述传输方式切换指示包括所述功率阈值时,根据所述传输指示信息中第三字段的取值,确定所述功率阈值;确定参考信号接收功率大于所述功率阈值时,通过两步随机接入过程,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据,或通过两步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送第二数据;或者确定参考信号接收功率小于或等于所述功率阈值时,通过四步随机接入过程,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据,或通过四步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送第二数据。In an embodiment, the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: when the transmission mode switching indication includes the power threshold, determine the power threshold according to the value of the third field in the transmission indication information ; When it is determined that the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication unit 2201 through a two-step random access process, or the second data is sent from the two-step random access process to the access network device. After the RRC inactive state is restored to the RRC connected state, the communication unit 2201 sends the second data to the access network device; or when it is determined that the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, the four-step random access is performed process, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication unit 2201, or after the four-step random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the communication unit 2201 sends the second data to the RRC connected state through the communication unit 2201. The access network device sends the second data.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理单元2202,具体用于:所述传输方式切换指示包括所述目标数据传输方式的标识和所述功率阈值时,根据所述传输指示信息中第三字段的取值,确定所述功率阈值;当确定所述目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入数据传输对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率大于所述功率阈值时,通过两步随机接入过程,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送第二数据;或当确定所述目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入过程对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率大于所述功率阈值时,通过两步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送第二数据;或当确定所述目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入数据传输对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率小于或等于所述功率阈值时,通过四步随机接入过程,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送第二数据;或当确定所述目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入过程对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率小于或等于所述功率阈值时,通过四步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送第二数据。In an embodiment, the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: when the transmission mode switching instruction includes the identifier of the target data transmission mode and the power threshold, according to the third field in the transmission instruction information value, and determine the power threshold; when it is determined that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to random access data transmission, and the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, a two-step random access process is used to pass The communication unit 2201 sends the second data to the access network device; or when it is determined that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, and the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the After the two-step random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication unit 2201; or when the identifier of the target data transmission mode is determined to be random access. When the identifier corresponding to the incoming data transmission and the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, the communication unit 2201 sends the second data to the access network device through the four-step random access procedure; or when it is determined The identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, and when the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, after recovering from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the four-step random access process, Send the second data to the access network device through the communication unit 2201 .
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息中还包括:无争用随机接入资源指示;所述无争用随机接入资源指示用于指示所述终端设备在所述两步随机接入过程或所述四步随机接入过程中使用的资源。In an embodiment, the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to instruct the terminal device to perform random access in the two steps procedure or the resources used in the four-step random access procedure.
在一种实施方式中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示包括以下索引值中的至少一个:随机接入前导码索引值、同步信号块索引值、物理随机接入信道机会RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围;所述随机接入前导码索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第四字段中;所述同步信号块索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第五字段中,所述RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围承载在所述传输指示信息的第六字段中。In one embodiment, the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: a random access preamble index value, a synchronization signal block index value, and a physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, so The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示还包括:物理上行共享信道机会PO指示,所述PO指示用于指示所述两步随机接入过程中所述终端设备使用的上行共享信道,所述PO指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第七字段中。In an embodiment, the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate the resource used by the terminal device in the two-step random access process For the uplink shared channel, the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理单元2202,具体用于:若所述传输指示信息中包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应;通过发送所述第一数据的进程,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;In an implementation manner, the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: if the transmission indication information includes a correct response of the first data; through the process of sending the first data, through the communication unit 2201 Send the second data to the access network device;
若所述传输指示信息中不包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应,通过发送所述第一数据的进程,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;其中,所述第二数据与所述第一数据相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的信息位相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的有效信息相同,或所述第二数据是所述第一数据的冗余版本。If the transmission indication information does not include the correct response of the first data, the communication unit 2201 sends the second data to the access network device through the process of sending the first data; wherein , the second data is the same as the first data, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the valid information of the second data and the first data are the same, or the The second data is a redundant version of the first data.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理单元2202,具体用于:所述传输指示信息包括所述PDSCH 调度信息时,根据所述PDSCH调度信息确定所述传输指示信息调度的PDSCH;通过所述通信单元2201在所述传输指示信息调度的PDSCH上接收所述第三数据。In an embodiment, the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: when the transmission indication information includes the PDSCH scheduling information, determine the PDSCH scheduled by the transmission indication information according to the PDSCH scheduling information; The unit 2201 receives the third data on the PDSCH scheduled by the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息还包括:反馈功率控制指示,所述反馈功率控制指示用于指示所述终端设备发送所述PDSCH对应的反馈信息的发送功率,所述反馈功率控制指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第八字段中,所述第八字段取值不同时,所述反馈功率控制指示用于指示不同的发送功率。In an embodiment, the transmission indication information further includes: a feedback power control indication, where the feedback power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the transmit power of the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH, and the feedback power control indication The indication is carried in the eighth field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the eighth field is different, the feedback power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理单元2202,还用于:若所述传输指示信息中不包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应和所述功率控制指示时,通过所述通信单元2201接收所述接入网设备发送的无线资源控制RRC信令,所述RRC信令中包含指示所述终端设备将所述反馈功率控制指示作为功率控制指示的配置信息;根据所述传输指示信息中所述第八字段的取值,确定所述反馈功率控制指示所指示的发送功率;根据所述反馈功率控制指示所指示的发送功率,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据。In an implementation manner, the processing unit 2202 is further configured to: receive through the communication unit 2201 if the transmission indication information does not include the correct response response of the first data and the power control indication The radio resource control RRC signaling sent by the access network device, the RRC signaling includes configuration information instructing the terminal device to use the feedback power control indication as a power control indication; According to the value of the eighth field, the transmission power indicated by the feedback power control indication is determined; according to the transmission power indicated by the feedback power control indication, the communication unit 2201 sends the transmission power to the access network device through the communication unit 2201. Second data.
在一种实施方式中,所述RRC信令中包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应;或者所述处理单元2202,还用于:通过所述通信单元2201接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息之后,接收所述接入网设备发送的媒体接入控制MAC控制元素CE,所述MAC CE包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应。In an implementation manner, the RRC signaling includes a correct response response of the first data; or the processing unit 2202 is further configured to: receive a response from the access network device through the communication unit 2201 After the indication information is transmitted, the medium access control MAC control element CE sent by the access network device is received, and the MAC CE includes the correct response response of the first data.
在一种实施方式中,所述PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息或新传PUSCH调度信息;In an embodiment, the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information;
所述处理单元2202,具体用于:当所述PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息时,在所述重传PUSCH调度指示调度的PUSCH上,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据,其中,所述第二数据与所述第一数据相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的信息位相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的有效信息相同,或所述第二数据是所述第一数据的冗余版本;当所述PUSCH调度信息为新传PUSCH调度信息时,在所述新传PUSCH调度信息调度的PUSCH上,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据。The processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: when the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information, on the PUSCH scheduled by the retransmission PUSCH scheduling instruction, send the communication unit 2201 to the access network device through the communication unit 2201. Sending the second data, wherein the second data is the same as the first data, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the second data and the first data are the same The valid information of the data is the same, or the second data is a redundant version of the first data; when the PUSCH scheduling information is the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, on the PUSCH scheduled by the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, Send the second data to the access network device through the communication unit 2201 .
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息包括所述时间提前量调整指示时,所述时间提前量调整指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第九字段上。In an embodiment, when the transmission indication information includes the timing advance adjustment indication, the timing advance adjustment indication is carried in the ninth field of the transmission indication information.
可选的,所述时间调整指示占用的传输指示信息的第九字段可以与传输方式切换指示占用的第二字段或第三字段相同。Optionally, the ninth field of the transmission indication information of the time adjustment indication occupation may be the same as the second field or the third field of the transmission mode switching indication occupation.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理单元2202,还用于:在根据所述传输指示信息,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,或接收所述接入网设备发送的第三数据之前,根据所述时间提前量调整指示确定目标时间提前量,并根据所述目标时间提前量调整所述终端设备的时间提前量。In an implementation manner, the processing unit 2202 is further configured to: send the second data to the access network device through the communication unit 2201 according to the transmission indication information, or receive the access network device Before the third data sent by the device, determine a target timing advance according to the timing advance adjustment instruction, and adjust the timing advance of the terminal device according to the target timing advance.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息包括所述调制与编码策略调整指示时,所述调制与编码策略调整指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第十字段上,所述第十字段取值不同时,所述调制与编码策略调整指示用于指示不同的调制与编码策略。In an implementation manner, when the transmission indication information includes the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication, the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is carried in the tenth field of the transmission indication information, and the tenth field takes the value of When the values are different, the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is used to indicate different modulation and coding strategies.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理单元2202,还用于:在根据所述传输指示信息,通过所述通信单元2201向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,或接收所述接入网设备发送的第三数据之前,根据所述调制与编码策略调整指示调整终端设备的调制与编码策略。In an implementation manner, the processing unit 2202 is further configured to: send the second data to the access network device through the communication unit 2201 according to the transmission indication information, or receive the access network device Before the third data sent by the device, the modulation and coding strategy of the terminal device is adjusted according to the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction.
本申请另一种实施方式中,所述通信装置2200应用于本申请实施例提供的第二种数 据传输方法中的终端设备,所述通信装置2200可以实现本申请图16、图19-图21示出的数据传输方法中终端设备的功能,所述处理单元2202的功能介绍如下:In another implementation manner of the present application, the communication apparatus 2200 is applied to the terminal device in the second data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application, and the communication apparatus 2200 may implement FIG. 16 , FIG. 19 to FIG. 21 of the present application The functions of the terminal device in the data transmission method shown, the functions of the processing unit 2202 are introduced as follows:
所述处理单元2202,用于在终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,通过所述通信单元2201向接入网设备发送随机接入请求;并通过所述通信单元2201接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息,所述传输指示信息用于指示终端设备进行数据传输的方式和/或资源;根据所述传输指示信息,通过所述通信单元2201进行数据传输。The processing unit 2202 is configured to send a random access request to the access network device through the communication unit 2201 when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state; and receive data from the access network through the communication unit 2201 Transmission indication information of the device, the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform data transmission methods and/or resources; according to the transmission indication information, the communication unit 2201 performs data transmission.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息包括以下至少一项:传输方式切换指示、资源指示、波束指示;其中,所述传输方式切换指示用于指示所述终端设备在随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输结束后,切换至免授权调度数据传输;所述资源指示用于指示所述终端设备进行免授权调度数据传输时的预配置授权资源;所述波束指示用于指示同步信号块与所述预配置授权资源的对应关系。In an embodiment, the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication, and a beam indication; wherein the transmission mode switching indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or a beam indication. After the random access data transmission is completed, switch to the authorization-free scheduling data transmission; the resource indication is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform pre-configured authorization resources when the authorization-free scheduling data transmission is performed; the beam indication is used to indicate the synchronization signal block The corresponding relationship with the preconfigured authorization resource.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息中包括所述传输方式切换指示时,所述传输指示信息承载在所述传输指示信息的第一字段中;In an implementation manner, when the transmission indication information includes the transmission mode switching indication, the transmission indication information is carried in the first field of the transmission indication information;
所述处理单元2202,具体用于:确定随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输结束后,使用所述预配置授权资源通过所述通信单元2201进行免授权调度数据传输;其中,所述随机接入数据传输为两步随机接入数据传输或四步随机接入数据传输,所述随机接入过程为两步随机接入过程或四步随机接入过程。The processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: after it is determined that the random access process or the random access data transmission ends, use the preconfigured authorized resources to perform authorization-free scheduling data transmission through the communication unit 2201; The incoming data transmission is a two-step random access data transmission or a four-step random access data transmission, and the random access process is a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息包括所述资源指示时,所述资源指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第二字段中,其中,所述第二字段取值不同,所述资源指示用于指示激活不同的预配置授权资源。In an embodiment, when the transmission indication information includes the resource indication, the resource indication is carried in a second field of the transmission indication information, wherein the value of the second field is different, and the The resource indication is used to indicate activation of different preconfigured authorized resources.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息包括所述波束指示时,所述波束指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第三字段中,其中,所述第三字段取值不同时,所述波束指示用于指示不同的同步信号块与所述预配置授权资源的对应关系。In an embodiment, when the transmission indication information includes the beam indication, the beam indication is carried in a third field of the transmission indication information, wherein when the values of the third field are different, the The beam indication is used to indicate the correspondence between different synchronization signal blocks and the preconfigured grant resources.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理单元2202,具体用于:通过所述通信单元2201接收所述接入网设备发送的下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息中包括所述传输指示信息。In an implementation manner, the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: receive, through the communication unit 2201, downlink control information sent by the access network device, where the downlink control information includes the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息承载在所述下行控制信息中的预留字段上。In an implementation manner, the transmission indication information is carried in a reserved field in the downlink control information.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理单元2202,具体用于:通过所述通信单元2201接收所述接入网设备发送的下行控制信息,并在所述下行控制信息调度的物理下行共享信道PDSCH上接收所述传输指示信息;或者通过所述通信单元2201接收所述接入网设备发送的随机接入响应信息,所述随机接入响应信息中包括所述传输指示信息,所述随机接入响应信息承载在所述PDSCH上;或者通过所述通信单元2201接收所述接入网设备发送的冲突解决信息,所述冲突解决信息中包括所述传输指示信息,所述冲突解决信息承载在所述PDSCH上;或者通过所述通信单元2201接收所述接入网设备发送的无线资源控制RRC信令,所述RRC信令中包括所述传输指示信息,所述RRC信令承载在所述PDSCH上。In an embodiment, the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: receive the downlink control information sent by the access network device through the communication unit 2201, and use the downlink control information to schedule the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH or receive the random access response information sent by the access network device through the communication unit 2201, where the random access response information includes the transmission indication information, the random access response information The response information is carried on the PDSCH; or the conflict resolution information sent by the access network device is received by the communication unit 2201, the conflict resolution information includes the transmission indication information, and the conflict resolution information is carried in the or receive the radio resource control RRC signaling sent by the access network device through the communication unit 2201, the RRC signaling includes the transmission indication information, and the RRC signaling is carried on the PDSCH superior.
在一种实施方式中,所述PDSCH上携带媒体接入控制MAC控制元素CE。In an embodiment, the medium access control MAC control element CE is carried on the PDSCH.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息承载在所述MAC CE中未定义的逻辑信道上。In one embodiment, the transmission indication information is carried on a logical channel not defined in the MAC CE.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息还包括:无争用随机接入资源指示;所述无争用随机接入资源指示用于指示所述终端设备在随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输中使用的资源。In an embodiment, the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or random access Resources used in data transfer.
在一种实施方式中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示包括以下索引值中的至少一个:随 机接入前导码索引值、同步信号块索引值、物理随机接入信道机会RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围;所述随机接入前导码索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第四字段中;所述同步信号块索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第五字段中,所述RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围承载在所述传输指示信息的第六字段中。In one embodiment, the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: a random access preamble index value, a synchronization signal block index value, and a physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, so The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示还包括:物理上行共享信道机会PO指示,所述PO指示用于指示两步随机接入过程或两步随机接入数据传输中所述终端设备使用的上行共享信道,所述PO指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第七字段中。In an embodiment, the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate a two-step random access process or a two-step random access data transmission The uplink shared channel used by the terminal device, and the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理单元2202,还用于:通过所述通信单元2201接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息之后,向所述接入网设备发送传输指示信息对应的反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于反馈所述终端设备是否接受所述传输指示信息的传输指示。In an embodiment, the processing unit 2202 is further configured to: after receiving the transmission indication information from the access network device through the communication unit 2201, send the transmission indication information corresponding to the access network device to the access network device Feedback information, where the feedback information is used to feed back whether the terminal device accepts the transmission indication of the transmission indication information.
下面对所述通信装置2200应用于接入网设备时,所述处理单元2202的功能进行介绍。The following describes the functions of the processing unit 2202 when the communication apparatus 2200 is applied to an access network device.
本申请一种实施方式中,所述通信装置2200应用于本申请实施例提供的第一种数据传输方法中的接入网设备,所述通信装置2200可以实现本申请图6-图15示出的数据传输方法中接入网设备的功能,所述处理单元2202的功能介绍如下:In an embodiment of the present application, the communication apparatus 2200 is applied to the access network device in the first data transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication apparatus 2200 can implement the communication shown in FIG. 6 to FIG. 15 of the present application. The functions of the access network equipment in the data transmission method described above, the functions of the processing unit 2202 are introduced as follows:
所述处理单元2202,用于通过所述通信单元2201接收处于RRC非激活态过程中的终端设备通过预配置授权资源发送的第一数据;通过所述通信单元2201向所述终端设备发送传输指示信息,所述传输指示信息用于指示所述终端设备切换数据传输方式或继续数据传输;通过所述通信单元2201接收所述终端设备发送的第二数据,或向所述终端设备发送第三数据。The processing unit 2202 is configured to receive, through the communication unit 2201, the first data sent by the terminal device in the RRC inactive state through the preconfigured authorized resources; send a transmission instruction to the terminal device through the communication unit 2201 The transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or continue data transmission; receive the second data sent by the terminal device through the communication unit 2201, or send the third data to the terminal device .
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息包括以下至少一项:功率控制指示、传输方式切换指示、所述第一数据的正确应答响应、物理上行共享信道PUSCH调度信息、物理下行共享信道PDSCH调度信息、时间提前量调整指示、调制与编码策略调整指示;其中,所述功率控制指示用于指示所述终端设备发送所述第二数据的发送功率;所述传输方式切换指示用于指示所述终端设备切换数据传输方式;所述第一数据的正确应答响应用于指示所述接入网设备接收到所述第一数据;所述PUSCH调度信息用于指示终端设备在调度的PUSCH上发送第二数据;所述PDSCH调度信息用于指示终端设备在调度的PDSCH上接收第三数据;所述时间提前量调整指示用于指示终端设备调整时间提前量;所述调制与编码策略调整指示用于指示终端设备调整调制与编码策略。In an embodiment, the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a power control indication, a transmission mode switching indication, a correct response to the first data, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH scheduling information, and physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduling information, timing advance adjustment instruction, modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction; wherein, the power control instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to send the transmission power of the second data; the transmission mode switching instruction is used to indicate the The terminal device switches the data transmission mode; the correct response response of the first data is used to indicate that the access network device receives the first data; the PUSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device to send on the scheduled PUSCH the second data; the PDSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal equipment to receive the third data on the scheduled PDSCH; the timing advance adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal equipment to adjust the timing advance; the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction is used for It is used to instruct the terminal equipment to adjust the modulation and coding strategy.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息中包括所述功率控制指示时,所述功率控制指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第一字段中;其中,所述第一字段取值不同时,所述功率控制指示用于指示不同的发送功率。In an implementation manner, when the transmission indication information includes the power control indication, the power control indication is carried in a first field of the transmission indication information; wherein the value of the first field is different Meanwhile, the power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息中包括所述传输方式切换指示时,所述传输方式切换指示包括:目标数据传输方式的标识和/或功率阈值;其中,所述目标传输方式的标识承载在所述传输指示信息的第二字段中,所述第二字段取值不同时,所述目标传输方式用于指示不同的数据传输方式;所述功率阈值为参考信号的接收功率阈值,所述功率阈值承载在所述传输指示信息的第三字段,所述第三字段取值不同时,所述功率阈值的取值不同。In an embodiment, when the transmission instruction information includes the transmission mode switching instruction, the transmission mode switching instruction includes: an identifier of a target data transmission mode and/or a power threshold; The identifier is carried in the second field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the second field is different, the target transmission mode is used to indicate different data transmission modes; the power threshold is the received power threshold of the reference signal, The power threshold is carried in the third field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the third field is different, the value of the power threshold is different.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理单元2202,具体用于:通过所述通信单元2201接收所述终端设备通过两步随机接入过程或四步随机接入过程发送的第二数据;或通过所述通信单元2201接收所述终端设备通过两步随机接入过程或四步随机接入过程,从RRC非激活 态恢复为RRC连接态后发送的第二数据。In an implementation manner, the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: receive, through the communication unit 2201, the second data sent by the terminal device through a two-step random access procedure or a four-step random access procedure; or The communication unit 2201 receives the second data sent by the terminal device after the terminal equipment recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through a two-step random access procedure or a four-step random access procedure.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息中还包括:无争用随机接入资源指示;所述无争用随机接入资源指示用于指示所述终端设备在所述两步随机接入过程或所述四步随机接入过程中使用的资源。In an embodiment, the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to instruct the terminal device to perform random access in the two steps procedure or the resources used in the four-step random access procedure.
在一种实施方式中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示包括以下索引值中的至少一个:随机接入前导码索引值、同步信号块索引值、物理随机接入信道机会RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围;所述随机接入前导码索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第四字段中;所述同步信号块索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第五字段中,所述RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围承载在所述传输指示信息的第六字段中。In one embodiment, the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: a random access preamble index value, a synchronization signal block index value, and a physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, so The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示还包括:物理上行共享信道机会PO指示,所述PO指示用于指示所述两步随机接入过程中使用的上行共享信道,所述PO指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第七字段中。In an embodiment, the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate an uplink shared channel used in the two-step random access process, The PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理单元2202,具体用于:当所述传输指示信息中包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应时,通过所述通信单元2201接收所述终端设备通过发送所述第一数据的进程发送的所述第二数据;当所述传输指示信息中不包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应时,通过所述通信单元2201接收所述终端设备通过发送所述第一数据的进程发送的第二数据;其中,所述第二数据与所述第一数据相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的信息位相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的有效信息相同,或所述第二数据是所述第一数据的冗余版本。In an implementation manner, the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: when the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data, receive, through the communication unit 2201, the terminal device by sending the the second data sent by the process of the first data; when the transmission indication information does not include the correct response of the first data, the communication unit 2201 receives the terminal device by sending the first data Second data sent by a process of data; wherein the second data is the same as the first data, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the second data and all The valid information of the first data is the same, or the second data is a redundant version of the first data.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理单元2202,具体用于:当所述传输指示信息包括所述PDSCH调度信息时,通过所述通信单元2201在所述PDSCH调度信息调度的PDSCH上向所述终端设备发送所述第三数据。In an embodiment, the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: when the transmission indication information includes the PDSCH scheduling information, send the communication unit 2201 to the PDSCH scheduled by the PDSCH scheduling information through the communication unit 2201 The terminal device sends the third data.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息还包括反馈功率控制指示,所述反馈功率控制指示用于指示所述终端设备发送所述PDSCH对应的反馈信息的发送功率;所述反馈功率控制指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第八字段中,所述第八字段取值不同时,所述反馈功率控制指示用于指示不同的发送功率。In an embodiment, the transmission indication information further includes a feedback power control indication, where the feedback power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the transmit power of the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH; the feedback power control indication It is carried in the eighth field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the eighth field is different, the feedback power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理单元2202,还用于:当所述传输指示信息中不包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应和所述功率控制指示时,通过所述通信单元2201向所述终端设备发送无线资源控制RRC信令,所述RRC信令中包含指示所述终端设备将所述反馈功率控制指示作为功率控制指示的配置信息。In an implementation manner, the processing unit 2202 is further configured to: when the transmission indication information does not include the correct response response of the first data and the power control indication, send the communication unit 2201 to the The terminal device sends radio resource control RRC signaling, where the RRC signaling includes configuration information instructing the terminal device to use the feedback power control indication as a power control indication.
在一种实施方式中,所述RRC信令中包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应;或者所述处理单元2202,还用于:在通过所述通信单元2201向所述终端设备发送传输指示信息之后,通过所述通信单元2201向所述终端设备发送媒体接入控制MAC控制元素CE,所述MAC CE包括所述第一数据对应的正确应答响应。In an implementation manner, the RRC signaling includes a correct response response of the first data; or the processing unit 2202 is further configured to: send a transmission indication to the terminal device through the communication unit 2201 After the information, the communication unit 2201 sends a medium access control MAC control element CE to the terminal device, where the MAC CE includes a correct response response corresponding to the first data.
在一种实施方式中,所述PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息或新传PUSCH调度信息;所述处理单元2202,具体用于:当所述PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息时,通过所述通信单元2201在所述重传PUSCH调度信息调度的PUSCH上,接收所述终端设备发送的第二数据,其中,所述第二数据与所述第一数据相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的信息位相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的有效信息相同,或所述第二数据是所述第一数据的冗余版本;当所述PUSCH调度信息为新传PUSCH调度信息时, 通过所述通信单元2201在所述新传PUSCH调度信息调度的PUSCH上,接收所述终端设备发送的第二数据。In an embodiment, the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information; the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: when the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information, pass The communication unit 2201 receives, on the PUSCH scheduled by the retransmitted PUSCH scheduling information, second data sent by the terminal device, where the second data is the same as the first data, or the second data is the same as the information bits of the first data, or the valid information of the second data and the first data is the same, or the second data is a redundant version of the first data; when the PUSCH scheduling When the information is the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, the communication unit 2201 receives the second data sent by the terminal device on the PUSCH scheduled by the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息包括所述时间提前量调整指示时,所述时间提前量调整指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第九字段上。In an embodiment, when the transmission indication information includes the timing advance adjustment indication, the timing advance adjustment indication is carried in the ninth field of the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息包括所述调制与编码策略调整指示时,所述调制与编码策略调整指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第十字段上,所述第十字段取值不同时,所述调制与编码策略调整指示用于指示不同的调制与编码策略。In an embodiment, when the transmission indication information includes the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication, the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is carried in the tenth field of the transmission indication information, and the tenth field When the values are different, the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is used to indicate different modulation and coding strategies.
本申请另一种实施方式中,所述通信装置2200应用于本申请实施例提供的第二种数据传输方法中的接入网设备,所述通信装置2200可以实现本申请图16、图19-图21示出的数据传输方法中接入网设备的功能,所述处理单元2202的功能介绍如下:In another implementation manner of the present application, the communication apparatus 2200 is applied to the access network equipment in the second data transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication apparatus 2200 may implement the implementation of FIG. 16 and FIG. 19- The functions of the access network device in the data transmission method shown in FIG. 21, the functions of the processing unit 2202 are introduced as follows:
所述处理单元2202,用于通过所述通信单元2201接收来自RRC非激活态过程中的终端设备的随机接入请求;通过所述通信单元2201向所述终端设备发送传输指示信息,所述传输指示信息包括资源指示,所述资源指示用于指示终端设备进行数据传输的方式和/或资源。The processing unit 2202 is configured to receive, through the communication unit 2201, a random access request from a terminal device in an RRC inactive state; send transmission indication information to the terminal device through the communication unit 2201, and the transmission The indication information includes resource indication, where the resource indication is used to instruct the terminal device to perform data transmission mode and/or resource.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息包括以下至少一项:传输方式切换指示、资源指示、波束指示;所述传输方式切换指示用于指示所述终端设备在随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输结束后,切换至免授权调度数据传输;所述资源指示用于指示所述终端设备进行免授权调度数据传输时的预配置授权资源;所述波束指示用于指示同步信号块与所述预配置授权资源的对应关系。In an embodiment, the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication, and a beam indication; the transmission mode switching indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or random access After the incoming data transmission is completed, switch to the authorization-free scheduling data transmission; the resource indication is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform pre-configured authorization resources when the authorization-free scheduling data transmission is performed; the beam indication is used to indicate that the synchronization signal block and all The corresponding relationship of the pre-configured authorization resources is described.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息中包括传输方式切换指示时,所述传输指示信息承载在所述传输指示信息的第一字段中;其中,所述随机接入数据传输为两步随机接入数据传输或四步随机接入数据传输,所述随机接入过程为两步随机接入过程或四步随机接入过程。In an embodiment, when the transmission indication information includes a transmission mode switching indication, the transmission indication information is carried in the first field of the transmission indication information; wherein, the random access data transmission is two One-step random access data transmission or four-step random access data transmission, and the random access process is a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息包括所述资源指示时,所述资源指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第二字段中,其中,所述第二字段取值不同,所述资源指示用于指示激活不同的预配置授权资源。In an embodiment, when the transmission indication information includes the resource indication, the resource indication is carried in a second field of the transmission indication information, wherein the value of the second field is different, and the The resource indication is used to indicate activation of different preconfigured authorized resources.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息包括所述波束指示,所述波束指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第三字段中,其中,所述第三字段取值不同时,所述波束指示用于指示不同的同步信号块与所述预配置授权资源的对应关系。In an embodiment, when the transmission indication information includes the beam indication, the beam indication is carried in a third field of the transmission indication information, wherein when the values of the third fields are different, the The beam indication is used to indicate the correspondence between different synchronization signal blocks and the preconfigured grant resources.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理单元2202,具体用于:通过所述通信单元2201向所述终端设备发送下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息中包括所述传输指示信息。In an implementation manner, the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: send downlink control information to the terminal device through the communication unit 2201, where the downlink control information includes the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息承载在所述下行控制信息中的预留字段上。In an implementation manner, the transmission indication information is carried in a reserved field in the downlink control information.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理单元2202,具体用于:通过所述通信单元2201向所述终端设备发送下行控制信息,并在所述下行控制信息调度的物理下行共享信道PDSCH上发送所述传输指示信息;或者通过所述通信单元2201向所述终端设备发送随机接入响应信息,所述随机接入响应信息中包括所述传输指示信息,所述随机接入响应信息承载在所述PDSCH上;或者通过所述通信单元2201向所述终端设备发送冲突解决信息,所述冲突解决信息中包括所述传输指示信息,所述冲突解决信息承载在所述PDSCH上;或者通过所述通信单元2201向所述终端设备发送无线资源控制RRC信令,所述RRC信令中包括所述传输指示信息,所述RRC信令承载在所述PDSCH上。In an embodiment, the processing unit 2202 is specifically configured to: send downlink control information to the terminal device through the communication unit 2201, and send the downlink control information on the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by the downlink control information. or send random access response information to the terminal device through the communication unit 2201, where the random access response information includes the transmission indication information, and the random access response information is carried in the on the PDSCH; or send conflict resolution information to the terminal device through the communication unit 2201, where the conflict resolution information includes the transmission indication information, and the conflict resolution information is carried on the PDSCH; or through the communication Unit 2201 sends radio resource control RRC signaling to the terminal device, where the RRC signaling includes the transmission indication information, and the RRC signaling is carried on the PDSCH.
在一种实施方式中,所述PDSCH上携带媒体接入控制MAC控制元素CE。In an embodiment, the medium access control MAC control element CE is carried on the PDSCH.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息承载在所述MAC CE中未定义的逻辑信道上。In one embodiment, the transmission indication information is carried on a logical channel not defined in the MAC CE.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息还包括:无争用随机接入资源指示;所述无争用随机接入资源指示用于指示所述终端设备在随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输中使用的资源。In an embodiment, the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or random access Resources used in data transfer.
在一种实施方式中,所以无争用随机接入资源指示包括以下索引值中的至少一个:随机接入前导码索引值、同步信号块索引值、物理随机接入信道机会RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围;所述随机接入前导码索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第四字段中;所述同步信号块索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第五字段中,所述RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围承载在所述传输指示信息的第六字段中。In one embodiment, the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: random access preamble index value, synchronization signal block index value, physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value, or The range of RO resource index values; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, the The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示还包括:物理上行共享信道机会PO指示,所述PO指示用于指示两步随机接入过程或两步随机接入数据传输中所述终端设备使用的上行共享信道,所述PO指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第七字段中。In an embodiment, the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate a two-step random access process or a two-step random access data transmission The uplink shared channel used by the terminal device, and the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理单元2202,还用于:在所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送传输指示信息之后,通过所述通信单元2201接收来自所述终端设备的传输指示信息对应的反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于反馈所述终端设备是否接受所述传输指示信息的传输指示。In an implementation manner, the processing unit 2202 is further configured to: after the access network device sends the transmission indication information to the terminal device, receive the transmission indication from the terminal device through the communication unit 2201 Feedback information corresponding to the information, where the feedback information is used to feed back whether the terminal device accepts the transmission indication of the transmission indication information.
基于相同的技术构思,本申请还提供了一种通信装置2300。通信装置2300可用于实现图1所示的通信系统中终端设备或接入网设备的功能。参阅图23所示,所述通信装置2300包括:通信接口2301、处理器2302以及存储器2303。其中,所述通信接口2301、所述处理器2302以及所述存储器2303之间相互连接。Based on the same technical idea, the present application also provides a communication device 2300 . The communication apparatus 2300 may be used to implement the functions of the terminal device or the access network device in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 . Referring to FIG. 23 , the communication device 2300 includes: a communication interface 2301 , a processor 2302 and a memory 2303 . The communication interface 2301, the processor 2302 and the memory 2303 are connected to each other.
可选的,所述通信接口2301、所述处理器2302以及所述存储器2303之间通过总线2304相互连接。所述总线2304可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect,PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended industry standard architecture,EISA)总线等。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图23中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。Optionally, the communication interface 2301 , the processor 2302 and the memory 2303 are connected to each other through a bus 2304 . The bus 2304 may be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus or the like. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 23, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
所述通信接口2301,用于接收和发送数据,实现与其他设备之间的通信交互。示例性的,所述通信接口2301可以是收发器、电路、总线、模块或其它类型的通信接口。The communication interface 2301 is used for receiving and sending data to realize communication interaction with other devices. Exemplarily, the communication interface 2301 may be a transceiver, circuit, bus, module or other type of communication interface.
本申请一种实施方式中,所述通信装置2300可以实现本申请图6-图15示出的数据传输方法中终端设备的功能,处理器2302的功能介绍如下:In an embodiment of the present application, the communication apparatus 2300 can implement the functions of the terminal device in the data transmission method shown in FIGS. 6-15 of the present application. The functions of the processor 2302 are described as follows:
处理器2302,用于在终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,通过所述通信接口2301,通过预配置授权资源向接入网设备发送第一数据;并通过所述通信接口2301接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息,所述传输指示信息用于指示所述终端设备切换数据传输方式或继续数据传输;根据所属传输指示信息,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,或接收所述接入网设备发送的第三数据。The processor 2302 is configured to send the first data to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 through the pre-configured authorization resource when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state; Transmission indication information of the access network device, the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or continue data transmission; according to the transmission indication information to which it belongs, it is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 second data, or receive third data sent by the access network device.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息包括以下至少一项:功率控制指示、传输方式切换指示、所述第一数据的正确应答响应、物理上行共享信道PUSCH调度信息、物理下行共享信道PDSCH调度信息、时间提前量调整指示、调制与编码策略调整指示;In an embodiment, the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a power control indication, a transmission mode switching indication, a correct response to the first data, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH scheduling information, and physical downlink shared channel PDSCH Scheduling information, timing advance adjustment instructions, modulation and coding strategy adjustment instructions;
其中,所述功率控制指示用于指示所述终端设备发送所述第二数据的发送功率;所述 传输方式切换指示用于指示所述终端设备切换数据传输方式;所述第一数据的正确应答响应用于指示所述接入网设备接收到所述第一数据;所述PUSCH调度信息用于指示终端设备在调度的PUSCH上发送第二数据;所述PDSCH调度信息用于指示终端设备在调度的PDSCH上接收第三数据;所述时间提前量调整指示用于指示终端设备调整时间提前量;所述调制与编码策略调整指示用于指示终端设备调整调制与编码策略。The power control instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to send the transmission power of the second data; the transmission mode switching instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode; the correct response of the first data The response is used to indicate that the access network device has received the first data; the PUSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the second data on the scheduled PUSCH; the PDSCH scheduling information is used to indicate that the terminal device is scheduling The third data is received on the PDSCH of the device; the timing advance adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the timing advance; the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to adjust the modulation and coding strategy.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息中包括所述功率控制指示时,所述功率控制指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第一字段中;其中,所述第一字段取值不同时,所述功率控制指示用于指示不同的发送功率;In an implementation manner, when the transmission indication information includes the power control indication, the power control indication is carried in a first field of the transmission indication information; wherein the value of the first field is different Meanwhile, the power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers;
所述处理器2302,具体用于:根据所述传输指示信息中所述第一字段的取值,确定所述功率控制指示所指示的目标发送功率;根据所述功率控制指示所指示的目标发送功率,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据。The processor 2302 is specifically configured to: determine the target transmission power indicated by the power control instruction according to the value of the first field in the transmission indication information; send the power according to the target indicated by the power control instruction power, and the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息中包括所述传输方式切换指示时,所述传输方式切换指示包括:目标数据传输方式的标识和/或功率阈值;其中,所述目标传输方式的标识承载在所述传输指示信息的第二字段中,所述第二字段取值不同时,所述目标传输方式的标识用于指示不同的数据传输方式的标识;所述功率阈值为参考信号的接收功率阈值,所述功率阈值承载在所述传输指示信息的第三字段,所述第三字段取值不同时,所述功率阈值的取值不同。In an embodiment, when the transmission instruction information includes the transmission mode switching instruction, the transmission mode switching instruction includes: an identifier of a target data transmission mode and/or a power threshold; wherein the target transmission mode The identifier of the target transmission mode is carried in the second field of the transmission indication information. When the value of the second field is different, the identifier of the target transmission mode is used to indicate the identifier of different data transmission modes; the power threshold is the reference signal The received power threshold value of the power threshold value is carried in the third field of the transmission indication information. When the value of the third field is different, the value of the power threshold value is different.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输方式切换指示包括所述目标数据传输方式的标识时,所述处理器2302,具体用于:当确定所述目标传输方式的标识为两步随机接入数据传输对应的标识时,通过两步随机接入过程,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;或当确定所述目标传输方式的标识为两步随机接入过程对应的标识时,通过两步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;或当确定所述目标传输方式的标识为四步随机接入数据传输对应的标识时,通过四步随机接入过程,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;或当确定所述目标传输方式的标识为四步随机接入过程对应的标识时,通过四步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据。In an embodiment, when the transmission mode switching instruction includes the identifier of the target data transmission mode, the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: when determining that the identifier of the target transmission mode is two-step random access When the identifier corresponding to the data transmission is sent, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 through a two-step random access process; or when the identifier of the target transmission mode is determined to be two-step random access. When the identifier corresponding to the access process is detected, after the two-step random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301; or when it is determined that the When the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the four-step random access data transmission, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 through the four-step random access process; or when it is determined When the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the four-step random access process, after the four-step random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the access network is sent to the access network through the communication interface 2301. The device sends the second data.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器2302,具体用于:当所述传输方式切换指示包括所述功率阈值时,根据所述传输指示信息中第三字段的取值,确定所述功率阈值;确定参考信号接收功率大于所述功率阈值时,通过两步随机接入过程,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据,或通过两步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送第二数据;或者确定参考信号接收功率小于或等于所述功率阈值时,通过四步随机接入过程,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据,或通过四步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送第二数据。In an embodiment, the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: when the transmission mode switching indication includes the power threshold, determine the power threshold according to the value of the third field in the transmission indication information When it is determined that the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 through the two-step random access process, or the second data is sent from the two-step random access process to the access network device through the communication interface 2301. After the RRC inactive state is restored to the RRC connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301; or when it is determined that the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, the four-step random access is performed process, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301, or after the four-step random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301. The access network device sends the second data.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器2302,具体用于:所述传输方式切换指示包括所述目标数据传输方式的标识和所述功率阈值时,根据所述传输指示信息中第三字段的取值,确定所述功率阈值;当确定所述目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入数据传输对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率大于所述功率阈值时,通过两步随机接入过程,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送第二数据;或当确定所述目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入 过程对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率大于所述功率阈值时,通过两步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送第二数据;或当确定所述目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入数据传输对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率小于或等于所述功率阈值时,通过四步随机接入过程,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送第二数据;或当确定所述目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入过程对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率小于或等于所述功率阈值时,通过四步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送第二数据。In an embodiment, the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: when the transmission mode switching instruction includes the identifier of the target data transmission mode and the power threshold, according to the third field in the transmission instruction information value, and determine the power threshold; when it is determined that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to random access data transmission, and the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, a two-step random access process is used to pass The communication interface 2301 sends the second data to the access network device; or when it is determined that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, and the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the After the two-step random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301; or when it is determined that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is random access. When the identifier corresponding to the incoming data transmission is received, and the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 through the four-step random access procedure; or when it is determined The identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, and when the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, after recovering from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the four-step random access process, The second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 .
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息中还包括:无争用随机接入资源指示;所述无争用随机接入资源指示用于指示所述终端设备在所述两步随机接入过程或所述四步随机接入过程中使用的资源。In an embodiment, the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to instruct the terminal device to perform random access in the two steps procedure or the resources used in the four-step random access procedure.
在一种实施方式中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示包括以下索引值中的至少一个:随机接入前导码索引值、同步信号块索引值、物理随机接入信道机会RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围;所述随机接入前导码索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第四字段中;所述同步信号块索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第五字段中,所述RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围承载在所述传输指示信息的第六字段中。In one embodiment, the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: a random access preamble index value, a synchronization signal block index value, and a physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, so The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示还包括:物理上行共享信道机会PO指示,所述PO指示用于指示所述两步随机接入过程中所述终端设备使用的上行共享信道,所述PO指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第七字段中。In an embodiment, the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate the resource used by the terminal device in the two-step random access process For the uplink shared channel, the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器2302,具体用于:若所述传输指示信息中包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应;通过发送所述第一数据的进程,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;In an implementation manner, the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: if the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data; through the process of sending the first data, through the communication interface 2301 Send the second data to the access network device;
若所述传输指示信息中不包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应,通过发送所述第一数据的进程,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;其中,所述第二数据与所述第一数据相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的信息位相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的有效信息相同,或所述第二数据是所述第一数据的冗余版本。If the transmission indication information does not include the correct response response of the first data, the second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 through the process of sending the first data; wherein , the second data is the same as the first data, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the valid information of the second data and the first data are the same, or the The second data is a redundant version of the first data.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器2302,具体用于:所述传输指示信息包括所述PDSCH调度信息时,根据所述PDSCH调度信息确定所述传输指示信息调度的PDSCH;通过所述通信接口2301在所述传输指示信息调度的PDSCH上接收所述第三数据。In an embodiment, the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: when the transmission indication information includes the PDSCH scheduling information, determine the PDSCH scheduled by the transmission indication information according to the PDSCH scheduling information; The interface 2301 receives the third data on the PDSCH scheduled by the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息还包括:反馈功率控制指示,所述反馈功率控制指示用于指示所述终端设备发送所述PDSCH对应的反馈信息的发送功率,所述反馈功率控制指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第八字段中,所述第八字段取值不同时,所述反馈功率控制指示用于指示不同的发送功率。In an embodiment, the transmission indication information further includes: a feedback power control indication, where the feedback power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the transmit power of the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH, and the feedback power control indication The indication is carried in the eighth field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the eighth field is different, the feedback power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器2302,还用于:若所述传输指示信息中不包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应和所述功率控制指示时,通过所述通信接口2301接收所述接入网设备发送的无线资源控制RRC信令,所述RRC信令中包含指示所述终端设备将所述反馈功率控制指示作为功率控制指示的配置信息;根据所述传输指示信息中所述第八字段的取值,确定所述反馈功率控制指示所指示的发送功率;根据所述反馈功率控制指示所指示的发送功率,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据。In an implementation manner, the processor 2302 is further configured to: receive through the communication interface 2301 if the transmission indication information does not include the correct response response of the first data and the power control indication The radio resource control RRC signaling sent by the access network device, the RRC signaling includes configuration information instructing the terminal device to use the feedback power control indication as a power control indication; According to the value of the eighth field, the transmission power indicated by the feedback power control indication is determined; according to the transmission power indicated by the feedback power control indication, the communication interface 2301 sends the transmission power to the access network device. Second data.
在一种实施方式中,所述RRC信令中包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应;或者所述 处理器2302,还用于:通过所述通信接口2301接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息之后,接收所述接入网设备发送的媒体接入控制MAC控制元素CE,所述MAC CE包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应。In an implementation manner, the RRC signaling includes a correct response response of the first data; or the processor 2302 is further configured to: receive a response from the access network device through the communication interface 2301 After the indication information is transmitted, the medium access control MAC control element CE sent by the access network device is received, and the MAC CE includes the correct response response of the first data.
在一种实施方式中,所述PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息或新传PUSCH调度信息;In an embodiment, the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information;
所述处理器2302,具体用于:当所述PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息时,在所述重传PUSCH调度信息调度的PUSCH上,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据,其中,所述第二数据与所述第一数据相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的信息位相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的有效信息相同,或所述第二数据是所述第一数据的冗余版本;当所述PUSCH调度信息为新传PUSCH调度信息时,在所述新传PUSCH调度信息调度的PUSCH上,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据。The processor 2302 is specifically configured to: when the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information, on the PUSCH scheduled by the retransmission PUSCH scheduling information, send the communication interface 2301 to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 Sending the second data, wherein the second data is the same as the first data, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the second data and the first data are the same The valid information of the data is the same, or the second data is a redundant version of the first data; when the PUSCH scheduling information is the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, on the PUSCH scheduled by the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, The second data is sent to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 .
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息包括所述时间提前量调整指示时,所述时间提前量调整指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第九字段上。In an embodiment, when the transmission indication information includes the timing advance adjustment indication, the timing advance adjustment indication is carried in the ninth field of the transmission indication information.
可选的,所述时间调整指示占用的传输指示信息的第九字段可以与传输方式切换指示占用的第二字段或第三字段相同。Optionally, the ninth field of the transmission indication information of the time adjustment indication occupation may be the same as the second field or the third field of the transmission mode switching indication occupation.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器2302,还用于:在根据所述传输指示信息,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,或接收所述接入网设备发送的第三数据之前,根据所述时间提前量调整指示确定目标时间提前量,并根据所述目标时间提前量调整所述终端设备的时间提前量。In an implementation manner, the processor 2302 is further configured to: send the second data to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 according to the transmission indication information, or receive the access network device Before the third data sent by the device, determine a target timing advance according to the timing advance adjustment instruction, and adjust the timing advance of the terminal device according to the target timing advance.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息包括所述调制与编码策略调整指示时,所述调制与编码策略调整指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第十字段上,所述第十字段取值不同时,所述调制与编码策略调整指示用于指示不同的调制与编码策略。In an implementation manner, when the transmission indication information includes the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication, the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is carried in the tenth field of the transmission indication information, and the tenth field takes the value of When the values are different, the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is used to indicate different modulation and coding strategies.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器2302,还用于:在根据所述传输指示信息,通过所述通信接口2301向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,或接收所述接入网设备发送的第三数据之前,根据所述调制与编码策略调整指示调整终端设备的调制与编码策略。In an implementation manner, the processor 2302 is further configured to: send the second data to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 according to the transmission indication information, or receive the access network device Before the third data sent by the device, the modulation and coding strategy of the terminal device is adjusted according to the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction.
本申请另一种实施方式中,所述通信装置2300可以实现本申请图16、图19-图21示出的数据传输方法中终端设备的功能,所述处理器2302的功能介绍如下:In another implementation manner of the present application, the communication apparatus 2300 may implement the functions of the terminal device in the data transmission methods shown in FIG. 16 and FIG. 19 to FIG. 21 of the present application. The functions of the processor 2302 are described as follows:
所述处理器2302,用于在终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,通过所述通信接口2301向接入网设备发送随机接入请求;并通过所述通信接口2301接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息,所述传输指示信息用于指示终端设备进行数据传输的方式和/或资源;根据所述传输指示信息,通过所述通信接口2301进行数据传输。The processor 2302 is configured to send a random access request to the access network device through the communication interface 2301 when the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state; and receive data from the access network through the communication interface 2301. Transmission indication information of the device, the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform data transmission methods and/or resources; data transmission is performed through the communication interface 2301 according to the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息包括以下至少一项:传输方式切换指示、资源指示、波束指示;其中,所述传输方式切换指示用于指示所述终端设备在随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输结束后,切换至免授权调度数据传输;所述资源指示用于指示所述终端设备进行免授权调度数据传输时的预配置授权资源;所述波束指示用于指示同步信号块与所述预配置授权资源的对应关系。In an embodiment, the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication, and a beam indication; wherein the transmission mode switching indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or a beam indication. After the random access data transmission is completed, switch to the authorization-free scheduling data transmission; the resource indication is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform pre-configured authorization resources when the authorization-free scheduling data transmission is performed; the beam indication is used to indicate the synchronization signal block The corresponding relationship with the preconfigured authorization resource.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息中包括所述传输方式切换指示时,所述传输指示信息承载在所述传输指示信息的第一字段中;In an implementation manner, when the transmission indication information includes the transmission mode switching indication, the transmission indication information is carried in the first field of the transmission indication information;
所述处理器2302,具体用于:确定随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输结束后,使用所 述预配置授权资源通过所述通信接口2301进行免授权调度数据传输;其中,所述随机接入数据传输为两步随机接入数据传输或四步随机接入数据传输,所述随机接入过程为两步随机接入过程或四步随机接入过程。The processor 2302 is specifically configured to: use the preconfigured authorized resources to perform authorization-free scheduling data transmission through the communication interface 2301 after it is determined that the random access process or the random access data transmission ends; wherein the random access The incoming data transmission is a two-step random access data transmission or a four-step random access data transmission, and the random access process is a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息包括所述资源指示时,所述资源指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第二字段中,其中,所述第二字段取值不同,所述资源指示用于指示激活不同的预配置授权资源。In an embodiment, when the transmission indication information includes the resource indication, the resource indication is carried in a second field of the transmission indication information, wherein the value of the second field is different, and the The resource indication is used to indicate activation of different preconfigured authorized resources.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息包括所述波束指示时,所述波束指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第三字段中,其中,所述第三字段取值不同时,所述波束指示用于指示不同的同步信号块与所述预配置授权资源的对应关系。In an embodiment, when the transmission indication information includes the beam indication, the beam indication is carried in a third field of the transmission indication information, wherein when the values of the third field are different, the The beam indication is used to indicate the correspondence between different synchronization signal blocks and the preconfigured grant resources.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器2302,具体用于:通过所述通信接口2301接收所述接入网设备发送的下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息中包括所述传输指示信息。In an implementation manner, the processor 2302 is specifically configured to receive, through the communication interface 2301, downlink control information sent by the access network device, where the downlink control information includes the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息承载在所述下行控制信息中的预留字段上。In an implementation manner, the transmission indication information is carried in a reserved field in the downlink control information.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器2302,具体用于:通过所述通信接口2301接收所述接入网设备发送的下行控制信息,并在所述下行控制信息调度的物理下行共享信道PDSCH上接收所述传输指示信息;或者通过所述通信接口2301接收所述接入网设备发送的随机接入响应信息,所述随机接入响应信息中包括所述传输指示信息,所述随机接入响应信息承载在所述PDSCH上;或者通过所述通信接口2301接收所述接入网设备发送的冲突解决信息,所述冲突解决信息中包括所述传输指示信息,所述冲突解决信息承载在所述PDSCH上;或者通过所述通信接口2301接收所述接入网设备发送的无线资源控制RRC信令,所述RRC信令中包括所述传输指示信息,所述RRC信令承载在所述PDSCH上。In an embodiment, the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: receive the downlink control information sent by the access network device through the communication interface 2301, and use the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by the downlink control information receive the transmission indication information through the communication interface 2301; or receive the random access response information sent by the access network device through the communication interface 2301, where the random access response information includes the transmission indication information, the random access response information The response information is carried on the PDSCH; or the conflict resolution information sent by the access network device is received through the communication interface 2301, the conflict resolution information includes the transmission indication information, and the conflict resolution information is carried on the or receive the radio resource control RRC signaling sent by the access network device through the communication interface 2301, the RRC signaling includes the transmission indication information, and the RRC signaling is carried on the PDSCH superior.
在一种实施方式中,所述PDSCH上携带媒体接入控制MAC控制元素CE。In an embodiment, the medium access control MAC control element CE is carried on the PDSCH.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息承载在所述MAC CE中未定义的逻辑信道上。In one embodiment, the transmission indication information is carried on a logical channel not defined in the MAC CE.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息还包括:无争用随机接入资源指示;所述无争用随机接入资源指示用于指示所述终端设备在随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输中使用的资源。In an embodiment, the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or random access Resources used in data transfer.
在一种实施方式中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示包括以下索引值中的至少一个:随机接入前导码索引值、同步信号块索引值、物理随机接入信道机会RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围;所述随机接入前导码索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第四字段中;所述同步信号块索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第五字段中,所述RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围承载在所述传输指示信息的第六字段中。In one embodiment, the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: a random access preamble index value, a synchronization signal block index value, and a physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, so The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示还包括:物理上行共享信道机会PO指示,所述PO指示用于指示两步随机接入过程或两步随机接入数据传输中所述终端设备使用的上行共享信道,所述PO指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第七字段中。In an embodiment, the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate a two-step random access process or a two-step random access data transmission The uplink shared channel used by the terminal device, and the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器2302,还用于:通过所述通信接口2301接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息之后,向所述接入网设备发送传输指示信息对应的反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于反馈所述终端设备是否接受所述传输指示信息的传输指示。In an implementation manner, the processor 2302 is further configured to: after receiving the transmission indication information from the access network device through the communication interface 2301, send the transmission indication information corresponding to the access network device to the access network device Feedback information, where the feedback information is used to feed back whether the terminal device accepts the transmission indication of the transmission indication information.
本申请一种实施方式中,所述通信装置2300可以实现本申请图6-图15示出的数据传输方法中接入网设备的功能,所述处理器2302的功能介绍如下:In an embodiment of the present application, the communication apparatus 2300 can implement the functions of the access network equipment in the data transmission methods shown in FIGS. 6-15 of the present application, and the functions of the processor 2302 are introduced as follows:
所述处理器2302,用于通过所述通信接口2301接收处于RRC非激活态过程中的终端 设备通过预配置授权资源发送的第一数据;通过所述通信接口2301向所述终端设备发送传输指示信息,所述传输指示信息用于指示所述终端设备切换数据传输方式或继续数据传输;通过所述通信接口2301接收所述终端设备发送的第二数据,或向所述终端设备发送第三数据。The processor 2302 is configured to receive, through the communication interface 2301, the first data sent by the terminal device in the RRC inactive state through the preconfigured authorized resources; send a transmission instruction to the terminal device through the communication interface 2301 The transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or continue data transmission; to receive the second data sent by the terminal device through the communication interface 2301, or to send the third data to the terminal device .
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息包括以下至少一项:功率控制指示、传输方式切换指示、所述第一数据的正确应答响应、物理上行共享信道PUSCH调度信息、物理下行共享信道PDSCH调度信息、时间提前量调整指示、调制与编码策略调整指示;其中,所述功率控制指示用于指示所述终端设备发送所述第二数据的发送功率;所述传输方式切换指示用于指示所述终端设备切换数据传输方式;所述第一数据的正确应答响应用于指示所述接入网设备接收到所述第一数据;所述PUSCH调度信息用于指示终端设备在调度的PUSCH上发送第二数据;所述PDSCH调度信息用于指示终端设备在调度的PDSCH上接收第三数据;所述时间提前量调整指示用于指示终端设备调整时间提前量;所述调制与编码策略调整指示用于指示终端设备调整调制与编码策略。In an embodiment, the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a power control indication, a transmission mode switching indication, a correct response to the first data, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH scheduling information, and physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduling information, timing advance adjustment instruction, modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction; wherein, the power control instruction is used to instruct the terminal device to send the transmission power of the second data; the transmission mode switching instruction is used to indicate the The terminal device switches the data transmission mode; the correct response response of the first data is used to indicate that the access network device receives the first data; the PUSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device to send on the scheduled PUSCH the second data; the PDSCH scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal equipment to receive the third data on the scheduled PDSCH; the timing advance adjustment instruction is used to instruct the terminal equipment to adjust the timing advance; the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction is used for It is used to instruct the terminal equipment to adjust the modulation and coding strategy.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息中包括所述功率控制指示时,所述功率控制指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第一字段中;其中,所述第一字段取值不同时,所述功率控制指示用于指示不同的发送功率。In an implementation manner, when the transmission indication information includes the power control indication, the power control indication is carried in a first field of the transmission indication information; wherein the value of the first field is different Meanwhile, the power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息中包括所述传输方式切换指示时,所述传输方式切换指示包括:目标数据传输方式的标识和/或功率阈值;其中,所述目标传输方式的标识承载在所述传输指示信息的第二字段中,所述第二字段取值不同时,所述目标传输方式用于指示不同的数据传输方式;所述功率阈值为参考信号的接收功率阈值,所述功率阈值承载在所述传输指示信息的第三字段,所述第三字段取值不同时,所述功率阈值的取值不同。In an embodiment, when the transmission instruction information includes the transmission mode switching instruction, the transmission mode switching instruction includes: an identifier of a target data transmission mode and/or a power threshold; The identifier is carried in the second field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the second field is different, the target transmission mode is used to indicate different data transmission modes; the power threshold is the received power threshold of the reference signal, The power threshold is carried in the third field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the third field is different, the value of the power threshold is different.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器2302,具体用于:通过所述通信接口2301接收所述终端设备通过两步随机接入过程或四步随机接入过程发送的第二数据;或通过所述通信接口2301接收所述终端设备通过两步随机接入过程或四步随机接入过程,从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后发送的第二数据。In an implementation manner, the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: receive, through the communication interface 2301, the second data sent by the terminal device through a two-step random access procedure or a four-step random access procedure; or The communication interface 2301 receives the second data sent by the terminal device after the terminal device recovers from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through a two-step random access procedure or a four-step random access procedure.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息中还包括:无争用随机接入资源指示;所述无争用随机接入资源指示用于指示所述终端设备在所述两步随机接入过程或所述四步随机接入过程中使用的资源。In an embodiment, the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to instruct the terminal device to perform random access in the two steps procedure or the resources used in the four-step random access procedure.
在一种实施方式中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示包括以下索引值中的至少一个:随机接入前导码索引值、同步信号块索引值、物理随机接入信道机会RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围;所述随机接入前导码索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第四字段中;所述同步信号块索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第五字段中,所述RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围承载在所述传输指示信息的第六字段中。In one embodiment, the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: a random access preamble index value, a synchronization signal block index value, and a physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, so The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示还包括:物理上行共享信道机会PO指示,所述PO指示用于指示所述两步随机接入过程中使用的上行共享信道,所述PO指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第七字段中。In an embodiment, the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate an uplink shared channel used in the two-step random access process, The PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器2302,具体用于:当所述传输指示信息中包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应时,通过所述通信接口2301接收所述终端设备通过发送所述第一数据的进程发送的所述第二数据;当所述传输指示信息中不包括所述第一数据的正确应答 响应时,通过所述通信接口2301接收所述终端设备通过发送所述第一数据的进程发送的第二数据;其中,所述第二数据与所述第一数据相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的信息位相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的有效信息相同,或所述第二数据是所述第一数据的冗余版本。In an implementation manner, the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: when the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data, receive, through the communication interface 2301, the terminal device by sending the the second data sent by the process of the first data; when the transmission indication information does not include the correct response of the first data, the terminal device receives the first data through the communication interface 2301 by sending the first data. Second data sent by a process of data; wherein the second data is the same as the first data, or the information bits of the second data and the first data are the same, or the second data and all The valid information of the first data is the same, or the second data is a redundant version of the first data.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器2302,具体用于:当所述传输指示信息包括所述PDSCH调度信息时,通过所述通信接口2301在所述PDSCH调度信息调度的PDSCH上向所述终端设备发送所述第三数据。In an implementation manner, the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: when the transmission indication information includes the PDSCH scheduling information, send the communication interface 2301 to the PDSCH scheduled by the PDSCH scheduling information through the communication interface 2301 The terminal device sends the third data.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息还包括反馈功率控制指示,所述反馈功率控制指示用于指示所述终端设备发送所述PDSCH对应的反馈信息的发送功率;所述反馈功率控制指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第八字段中,所述第八字段取值不同时,所述反馈功率控制指示用于指示不同的发送功率。In an embodiment, the transmission indication information further includes a feedback power control indication, where the feedback power control indication is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the transmit power of the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH; the feedback power control indication It is carried in the eighth field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the eighth field is different, the feedback power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器2302,还用于:当所述传输指示信息中不包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应和所述功率控制指示时,通过所述通信接口2301向所述终端设备发送无线资源控制RRC信令,所述RRC信令中包含指示所述终端设备将所述反馈功率控制指示作为功率控制指示的配置信息。In an implementation manner, the processor 2302 is further configured to: when the transmission indication information does not include the correct response response of the first data and the power control indication, send the communication interface 2301 to the The terminal device sends radio resource control RRC signaling, where the RRC signaling includes configuration information instructing the terminal device to use the feedback power control indication as a power control indication.
在一种实施方式中,所述RRC信令中包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应;或者所述处理器2302,还用于:在通过所述通信接口2301向所述终端设备发送传输指示信息之后,通过所述通信接口2301向所述终端设备发送媒体接入控制MAC控制元素CE,所述MAC CE包括所述第一数据对应的正确应答响应。In an implementation manner, the RRC signaling includes a correct response response of the first data; or the processor 2302 is further configured to: send a transmission indication to the terminal device through the communication interface 2301 After the information, the medium access control MAC control element CE is sent to the terminal device through the communication interface 2301, and the MAC CE includes the correct response response corresponding to the first data.
在一种实施方式中,所述PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息或新传PUSCH调度信息;所述处理器2302,具体用于:当所述PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息时,通过所述通信接口2301在所述重传PUSCH调度信息调度的PUSCH上,接收所述终端设备发送的第二数据,其中,所述第二数据与所述第一数据相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的信息位相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的有效信息相同,或所述第二数据是所述第一数据的冗余版本;当所述PUSCH调度信息为新传PUSCH调度信息时,通过所述通信接口2301在所述新传PUSCH调度信息调度的PUSCH上,接收所述终端设备发送的第二数据。In an embodiment, the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information; the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: when the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information, pass The communication interface 2301 receives second data sent by the terminal device on the PUSCH scheduled by the retransmitted PUSCH scheduling information, where the second data is the same as the first data, or the second data is the same as the first data. is the same as the information bits of the first data, or the valid information of the second data and the first data is the same, or the second data is a redundant version of the first data; when the PUSCH scheduling When the information is the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, the second data sent by the terminal device is received on the PUSCH scheduled by the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information through the communication interface 2301 .
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息包括所述时间提前量调整指示时,所述时间提前量调整指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第九字段上。In an embodiment, when the transmission indication information includes the timing advance adjustment indication, the timing advance adjustment indication is carried in the ninth field of the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息包括所述调制与编码策略调整指示时,所述调制与编码策略调整指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第十字段上,所述第十字段取值不同时,所述调制与编码策略调整指示用于指示不同的调制与编码策略。In an embodiment, when the transmission indication information includes the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication, the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is carried in the tenth field of the transmission indication information, and the tenth field When the values are different, the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is used to indicate different modulation and coding strategies.
本申请另一种实施方式中,所述通信装置2300可以实现本申请图16、图19-图21示出的数据传输方法中接入网设备的功能,所述处理器2302的功能介绍如下:In another implementation manner of the present application, the communication apparatus 2300 may implement the functions of the access network equipment in the data transmission methods shown in FIG. 16 and FIG. 19-FIG. 21 of the present application. The functions of the processor 2302 are described as follows:
所述处理器2302,用于通过所述通信接口2301接收来自RRC非激活态过程中的终端设备的随机接入请求;通过所述通信接口2301向所述终端设备发送传输指示信息,所述传输指示信息包括资源指示,所述资源指示用于指示终端设备进行数据传输的方式和/或资源。The processor 2302 is configured to receive, through the communication interface 2301, a random access request from a terminal device in an RRC inactive state; send transmission indication information to the terminal device through the communication interface 2301, and the transmission The indication information includes resource indication, where the resource indication is used to instruct the terminal device to perform data transmission mode and/or resource.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息包括以下至少一项:传输方式切换指示、资源指示、波束指示;所述传输方式切换指示用于指示所述终端设备在随机接入过程或随机接 入数据传输结束后,切换至免授权调度数据传输;所述资源指示用于指示所述终端设备进行免授权调度数据传输时的预配置授权资源;所述波束指示用于指示同步信号块与所述预配置授权资源的对应关系。In an embodiment, the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following: a transmission mode switching indication, a resource indication, and a beam indication; the transmission mode switching indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or random access After the incoming data transmission is completed, switch to the authorization-free scheduling data transmission; the resource indication is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform pre-configured authorization resources when the authorization-free scheduling data transmission is performed; the beam indication is used to indicate that the synchronization signal block and all The corresponding relationship of the pre-configured authorization resources is described.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息中包括传输方式切换指示时,所述传输指示信息承载在所述传输指示信息的第一字段中;其中,所述随机接入数据传输为两步随机接入数据传输或四步随机接入数据传输,所述随机接入过程为两步随机接入过程或四步随机接入过程。In an embodiment, when the transmission indication information includes a transmission mode switching indication, the transmission indication information is carried in the first field of the transmission indication information; wherein, the random access data transmission is two One-step random access data transmission or four-step random access data transmission, and the random access process is a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息包括所述资源指示时,所述资源指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第二字段中,其中,所述第二字段取值不同,所述资源指示用于指示激活不同的预配置授权资源。In an embodiment, when the transmission indication information includes the resource indication, the resource indication is carried in a second field of the transmission indication information, wherein the value of the second field is different, and the The resource indication is used to indicate activation of different preconfigured authorized resources.
在一种实施方式中,当所述传输指示信息包括所述波束指示,所述波束指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第三字段中,其中,所述第三字段取值不同时,所述波束指示用于指示不同的同步信号块与所述预配置授权资源的对应关系。In an embodiment, when the transmission indication information includes the beam indication, the beam indication is carried in a third field of the transmission indication information, wherein when the values of the third fields are different, the The beam indication is used to indicate the correspondence between different synchronization signal blocks and the preconfigured grant resources.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器2302,具体用于:通过所述通信接口2301向所述终端设备发送下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息中包括所述传输指示信息。In an implementation manner, the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: send downlink control information to the terminal device through the communication interface 2301, where the downlink control information includes the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息承载在所述下行控制信息中的预留字段上。In an implementation manner, the transmission indication information is carried in a reserved field in the downlink control information.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器2302,具体用于:通过所述通信接口2301向所述终端设备发送下行控制信息,并在所述下行控制信息调度的物理下行共享信道PDSCH上发送所述传输指示信息;或者通过所述通信接口2301向所述终端设备发送随机接入响应信息,所述随机接入响应信息中包括所述传输指示信息,所述随机接入响应信息承载在所述PDSCH上;或者通过所述通信接口2301向所述终端设备发送冲突解决信息,所述冲突解决信息中包括所述传输指示信息,所述冲突解决信息承载在所述PDSCH上;或者通过所述通信接口2301向所述终端设备发送无线资源控制RRC信令,所述RRC信令中包括所述传输指示信息,所述RRC信令承载在所述PDSCH上。In an embodiment, the processor 2302 is specifically configured to: send downlink control information to the terminal device through the communication interface 2301, and send the downlink control information on the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by the downlink control information. or send random access response information to the terminal device through the communication interface 2301, where the random access response information includes the transmission indication information, and the random access response information is carried in the on the PDSCH; or send conflict resolution information to the terminal device through the communication interface 2301, where the conflict resolution information includes the transmission indication information, and the conflict resolution information is carried on the PDSCH; or through the communication The interface 2301 sends radio resource control RRC signaling to the terminal device, where the RRC signaling includes the transmission indication information, and the RRC signaling is carried on the PDSCH.
在一种实施方式中,所述PDSCH上携带媒体接入控制MAC控制元素CE。In an embodiment, the medium access control MAC control element CE is carried on the PDSCH.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息承载在所述MAC CE中未定义的逻辑信道上。In one embodiment, the transmission indication information is carried on a logical channel not defined in the MAC CE.
在一种实施方式中,所述传输指示信息还包括:无争用随机接入资源指示;所述无争用随机接入资源指示用于指示所述终端设备在随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输中使用的资源。In an embodiment, the transmission indication information further includes: a contention-free random access resource indication; the contention-free random access resource indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a random access process or random access Resources used in data transfer.
在一种实施方式中,所以无争用随机接入资源指示包括以下索引值中的至少一个:随机接入前导码索引值、同步信号块索引值、物理随机接入信道机会RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围;所述随机接入前导码索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第四字段中;所述同步信号块索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第五字段中,所述RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围承载在所述传输指示信息的第六字段中。In one embodiment, the contention-free random access resource indication includes at least one of the following index values: random access preamble index value, synchronization signal block index value, physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value, or The range of RO resource index values; the random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, the The RO resource index value or the RO resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述无争用随机接入资源指示还包括:物理上行共享信道机会PO指示,所述PO指示用于指示两步随机接入过程或两步随机接入数据传输中所述终端设备使用的上行共享信道,所述PO指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第七字段中。In an embodiment, the contention-free random access resource indication further includes: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, where the PO indication is used to indicate a two-step random access process or a two-step random access data transmission The uplink shared channel used by the terminal device, and the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器2302,还用于:在所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送传输指示信息之后,通过所述通信接口2301接收来自所述终端设备的传输指示信息对应的反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于反馈所述终端设备是否接受所述传输指示信息的传输指 示。In an implementation manner, the processor 2302 is further configured to: after the access network device sends the transmission indication information to the terminal device, receive the transmission indication from the terminal device through the communication interface 2301 Feedback information corresponding to the information, where the feedback information is used to feed back whether the terminal device accepts the transmission indication of the transmission indication information.
所述存储器2303,用于存放程序指令和数据等。具体地,程序指令可以包括程序代码,该程序代码包括计算机操作指令。存储器2303可能包含随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),也可能还包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory),例如至少一个磁盘存储器。处理器2302执行存储器2303所存放的程序指令,并使用所述存储器2303中存储的数据,实现上述功能,从而实现上述实施例提供的数据传输方法。The memory 2303 is used to store program instructions and data. Specifically, the program instructions may include program code, and the program code includes computer operation instructions. The memory 2303 may include random access memory (RAM), and may also include non-volatile memory (non-volatile memory), such as at least one disk storage. The processor 2302 executes the program instructions stored in the memory 2303, and uses the data stored in the memory 2303 to implement the above functions, thereby implementing the data transmission method provided by the above embodiments.
可以理解,本申请图23中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It is understood that the memory in FIG. 23 of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Wherein, the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), an electrically programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM). Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be Random Access Memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache. By way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as Static RAM (SRAM), Dynamic RAM (DRAM), Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
基于以上实施例,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行图6-图15或图16、图19-图21所示的实施例提供的数据传输方法。Based on the above embodiments, the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program, when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer is made to execute the programs shown in FIGS. 6-15 or 16 and 19-21. The data transmission method provided by the embodiment.
基于以上实施例,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得计算机执行图6-图15或图16、图19-图21所示的实施例提供的数据传输方法。其中,存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。以此为例但不限于:计算机可读介质可以包括RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其他光盘存储、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质。Based on the above embodiments, the embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer executes FIG. 6-FIG. 15 or The data transmission methods provided by the embodiments shown in FIG. 16 and FIG. 19 to FIG. 21 . The storage medium may be any available medium that the computer can access. By way of example and not limitation, computer readable media may include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or be capable of carrying or storing instructions or data structures in the form of desired program code and any other medium that can be accessed by a computer.
基于以上实施例,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,包括终端设备和接入网设备,其中,所述终端设备和接入网设备可以实现图6-图15或图16、图19-图21所示的实施例提供的数据传输方法。Based on the above embodiments, the embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, including a terminal device and an access network device, wherein the terminal device and the access network device can implement FIG. 6-FIG. 15 or FIG. 16, FIG. 19- The data transmission method provided by the embodiment shown in FIG. 21 .
基于以上实施例,本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片,所述芯片用于读取存储器中存储的计算机程序,实现图6-图15或图16、图19-图21所示的实施例提供的数据传输方法。Based on the above embodiments, an embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, which is used to read a computer program stored in a memory, and implement the embodiments shown in FIGS. 6-15 or 16 and 19-21 Provided data transfer method.
基于以上实施例,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,用于支持计算机装置实现图6-图15或图16、图19-图21所示的实施例中终端设备或接入网设备所涉及的功能。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器用于保存该计算机装置必要的程序和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。Based on the above embodiments, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor for supporting a computer device to implement the terminal in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 6 to 15 or 16 and 19 to 21 . The functions involved in the device or access network equipment. In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory for storing necessary programs and data of the computer device. The chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实 施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the embodiments of the present application may be provided as a method, a system, or a computer program product. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including, but not limited to, disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) having computer-usable program code embodied therein.
本申请是参照根据本申请的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present application is described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems), and computer program products according to the present application. It will be understood that each flow and/or block in the flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams, and combinations of flows and/or blocks in the flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams, can be implemented by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions may be provided to the processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine such that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing device produce Means for implementing the functions specified in a flow or flow of a flowchart and/or a block or blocks of a block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These computer program instructions may also be stored in a computer-readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to function in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory result in an article of manufacture comprising instruction means, the instructions The apparatus implements the functions specified in the flow or flow of the flowcharts and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing device to cause a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process such that The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in the flow or blocks of the flowcharts and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的保护范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the present application without departing from the protection scope of the present application. Thus, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalents, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (40)

  1. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A data transmission method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,通过预配置授权资源向接入网设备发送第一数据;The terminal device sends the first data to the access network device through the preconfigured authorization resource during the RRC inactive state process;
    接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息,所述传输指示信息用于指示切换数据传输方式或继续数据传输;receiving transmission indication information from the access network device, where the transmission indication information is used to instruct to switch the data transmission mode or continue data transmission;
    根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,或接收所述接入网设备发送的第三数据。According to the transmission indication information, the second data is sent to the access network device, or the third data sent by the access network device is received.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输指示信息包括以下至少一项:功率控制指示、传输方式切换指示、所述第一数据的正确应答响应、物理上行共享信道PUSCH调度信息、物理下行共享信道PDSCH调度信息、时间提前量调整指示、调制与编码策略调整指示;The method according to claim 1, wherein the transmission indication information comprises at least one of the following: a power control indication, a transmission mode switching indication, a correct response to the first data, and physical uplink shared channel PUSCH scheduling information , physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduling information, timing advance adjustment indication, modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication;
    其中,所述功率控制指示用于指示发送所述第二数据的发送功率;Wherein, the power control indication is used to indicate the transmit power for transmitting the second data;
    所述传输方式切换指示用于指示切换数据传输方式;The transmission mode switching instruction is used to instruct to switch the data transmission mode;
    所述第一数据的正确应答响应用于指示所述接入网设备接收到所述第一数据;The correct response response of the first data is used to indicate that the access network device receives the first data;
    所述PUSCH调度信息用于指示在调度的PUSCH上发送第二数据;The PUSCH scheduling information is used to indicate that the second data is sent on the scheduled PUSCH;
    所述PDSCH调度信息用于指示在调度的PDSCH上接收第三数据;The PDSCH scheduling information is used to indicate that the third data is received on the scheduled PDSCH;
    所述时间提前量调整指示用于指示调整时间提前量;The timing advance adjustment instruction is used to instruct to adjust the timing advance;
    所述调制与编码策略调整指示用于指示调整调制与编码策略。The modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction is used to instruct to adjust the modulation and coding strategy.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述传输指示信息中包括所述功率控制指示时,所述功率控制指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第一字段中;其中,所述第一字段取值不同时,所述功率控制指示用于指示不同的发送功率;The method according to claim 2, wherein when the transmission indication information includes the power control indication, the power control indication is carried in a first field of the transmission indication information; wherein, the When the value of the first field is different, the power control indication is used to indicate different transmit power;
    所述根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,包括:The sending the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information includes:
    根据所述传输指示信息中所述第一字段的取值,确定所述功率控制指示所指示的目标发送功率;determining the target transmit power indicated by the power control indication according to the value of the first field in the transmission indication information;
    根据所述功率控制指示所指示的目标发送功率,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据。The second data is sent to the access network device according to the target transmit power indicated by the power control instruction.
  4. 如权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述传输指示信息中包括所述传输方式切换指示时,所述传输方式切换指示包括:目标数据传输方式的标识和/或功率阈值;其中,所述目标传输方式的标识承载在所述传输指示信息的第二字段中,所述第二字段取值不同时,所述目标传输方式的标识用于指示不同的数据传输方式的标识;所述功率阈值为参考信号的接收功率阈值,所述功率阈值承载在所述传输指示信息的第三字段,所述第三字段取值不同时,所述功率阈值的取值不同。The method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein when the transmission instruction information includes the transmission mode switching instruction, the transmission mode switching instruction includes: an identifier of a target data transmission mode and/or a power threshold ; Wherein, the identification of the target transmission mode is carried in the second field of the transmission indication information, and when the second field takes a different value, the identification of the target transmission mode is used to indicate the identification of different data transmission modes ; the power threshold is the received power threshold of the reference signal, the power threshold is carried in the third field of the transmission indication information, and when the third field has different values, the power thresholds have different values.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述传输方式切换指示包括所述目标数据传输方式的标识时,所述根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据,包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein when the transmission mode switching instruction includes an identifier of the target data transmission mode, the sending the access network device according to the transmission instruction information Second data, including:
    当确定所述目标传输方式的标识为两步随机接入数据传输对应的标识时,通过两步随机接入过程向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;或When it is determined that the identifier of the target transmission mode is an identifier corresponding to the two-step random access data transmission, send the second data to the access network device through a two-step random access procedure; or
    当确定所述目标传输方式的标识为两步随机接入过程对应的标识时,通过两步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;或When it is determined that the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the two-step random access process, after the two-step random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the second data; or
    当确定所述目标传输方式的标识为四步随机接入数据传输对应的标识时,通过四步随 机接入过程向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;或When it is determined that the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the four-step random access data transmission, the second data is sent to the access network device through the four-step random access procedure; or
    当确定所述目标传输方式的标识为四步随机接入过程对应的标识时,通过四步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据。When it is determined that the identifier of the target transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the four-step random access process, after the four-step random access process is restored from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state, the Second data.
  6. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述传输方式切换指示包括所述功率阈值时,所述根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据,包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein when the transmission mode switching indication includes the power threshold, the sending the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information, include:
    根据所述传输指示信息中第三字段的取值,确定所述功率阈值;determining the power threshold according to the value of the third field in the transmission indication information;
    确定参考信号接收功率大于所述功率阈值时,通过两步随机接入过程向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据,或通过两步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据;或者When it is determined that the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, send the second data to the access network device through a two-step random access process, or restore from an RRC inactive state to an RRC connection through a two-step random access process After being in the state, send the second data to the access network device; or
    确定参考信号接收功率小于或等于所述功率阈值时,通过四步随机接入过程向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据,或通过四步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据。When it is determined that the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, send the second data to the access network device through a four-step random access process, or recover from the RRC inactive state to the RRC inactive state through a four-step random access process In the RRC connected state, the second data is sent to the access network device.
  7. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述传输方式切换指示包括所述目标数据传输方式的标识和所述功率阈值时,所述根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据,包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein, when the transmission mode switching instruction includes the identifier of the target data transmission mode and the power threshold, the transmission mode switching instruction to the access mode according to the transmission instruction information The network device sends the second data, including:
    根据所述传输指示信息中第三字段的取值,确定所述功率阈值;determining the power threshold according to the value of the third field in the transmission indication information;
    当确定所述目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入数据传输对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率大于所述功率阈值时,通过两步随机接入过程向所述接入网设备发送第二数据;或When it is determined that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is an identifier corresponding to random access data transmission, and the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, the second data is sent to the access network device through a two-step random access procedure ;or
    当确定所述目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入过程对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率大于所述功率阈值时,通过两步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据;或When it is determined that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, and the received power of the reference signal is greater than the power threshold, after the RRC inactive state is restored to the RRC connected state through the two-step random access process, sending second data to the access network device; or
    当确定所述目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入数据传输对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率小于或等于所述功率阈值时,通过四步随机接入过程向所述接入网设备发送第二数据;或When it is determined that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access data transmission, and the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, send a fourth random access procedure to the access network device through a four-step random access procedure. 2. Data; or
    当确定所述目标数据传输方式的标识为随机接入过程对应的标识,且参考信号接收功率小于或等于所述功率阈值时,通过四步随机接入过程从RRC非激活态恢复为RRC连接态后,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据。When it is determined that the identifier of the target data transmission mode is the identifier corresponding to the random access process, and the received power of the reference signal is less than or equal to the power threshold, recover from the RRC inactive state to the RRC connected state through the four-step random access process Then, the second data is sent to the access network device.
  8. 如权利要求4-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输指示信息中还包括:无争用随机接入资源指示;The method according to any one of claims 4-7, wherein the transmission indication information further comprises: a contention-free random access resource indication;
    所述无争用随机接入资源指示用于指示所述两步随机接入过程或所述四步随机接入过程中使用的资源。The contention-free random access resource indication is used to indicate resources used in the two-step random access procedure or the four-step random access procedure.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无争用随机接入资源指示包括以下索引值中的至少一个:The method of claim 8, wherein the contention-free random access resource indication comprises at least one of the following index values:
    随机接入前导码索引值、同步信号块索引值、物理随机接入信道机会RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围;random access preamble index value, synchronization signal block index value, physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range;
    所述随机接入前导码索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第四字段中;所述同步信号块索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第五字段中,所述RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围承载在所述传输指示信息的第六字段中。The random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, the RO resource index value or RO The resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
  10. 如权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无争用随机接入资源指示还包括:物理上行共享信道机会PO指示,所述PO指示用于指示所述两步随机接入过程中使用的 上行共享信道,所述PO指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第七字段中。The method according to claim 9, wherein the contention-free random access resource indication further comprises: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, the PO indication is used to indicate that during the two-step random access process The uplink shared channel used, the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
  11. 如权利要求2-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述传输指示信息中包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应;所述根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,包括:The method according to any one of claims 2-10, wherein, if the transmission indication information includes a correct response response of the first data; the transmission indication information to the access The network device sends the second data, including:
    通过发送所述第一数据的进程,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;Send the second data to the access network device through the process of sending the first data;
    若所述传输指示信息中不包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应,所述根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,包括:If the transmission indication information does not include a correct response response for the first data, the sending second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information includes:
    通过发送所述第一数据的进程,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据;其中,所述第二数据与所述第一数据相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的信息位相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的有效信息相同,或所述第二数据是所述第一数据的冗余版本。Send the second data to the access network device through the process of sending the first data; wherein the second data is the same as the first data, or the second data and the first data The information bits of the data are the same, or the valid information of the second data and the first data are the same, or the second data is a redundant version of the first data.
  12. 如权利要求2-11任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输指示信息包括所述PDSCH调度信息时,所述根据所述传输指示信息,接收所述接入网设备发送的第三数据,包括:The method according to any one of claims 2-11, wherein when the transmission indication information includes the PDSCH scheduling information, the receiving, according to the transmission indication information, the first data sent by the access network device Three data, including:
    根据所述PDSCH调度信息确定所述传输指示信息调度的PDSCH;Determine the PDSCH scheduled by the transmission indication information according to the PDSCH scheduling information;
    在所述传输指示信息调度的PDSCH上接收所述第三数据。The third data is received on the PDSCH scheduled by the transmission indication information.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输指示信息还包括:反馈功率控制指示,所述反馈功率控制指示用于指示发送所述PDSCH对应的反馈信息的发送功率,所述反馈功率控制指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第八字段中,所述第八字段取值不同时,所述反馈功率控制指示用于指示不同的发送功率。The method according to claim 12, wherein the transmission indication information further comprises: a feedback power control indication, wherein the feedback power control indication is used to indicate transmission power for transmitting the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH, and the feedback The power control indication is carried in the eighth field of the transmission indication information, and when the value of the eighth field is different, the feedback power control indication is used to indicate different transmit powers.
  14. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述传输指示信息中不包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应和所述功率控制指示时,在接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息之后,还包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein, if the transmission indication information does not include the correct response response of the first data and the power control indication, when receiving the transmission from the access network device After the instructions, it also includes:
    接收所述接入网设备发送的无线资源控制RRC信令,所述RRC信令中包含指示所述终端设备将所述反馈功率控制指示作为功率控制指示的配置信息;receiving radio resource control RRC signaling sent by the access network device, where the RRC signaling includes configuration information instructing the terminal device to use the feedback power control indication as a power control indication;
    所述根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,包括:The sending the second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information includes:
    根据所述传输指示信息中所述第八字段的取值,确定所述反馈功率控制指示所指示的发送功率;determining the transmission power indicated by the feedback power control indication according to the value of the eighth field in the transmission indication information;
    根据所述反馈功率控制指示所指示的发送功率,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据。The second data is sent to the access network device according to the transmission power indicated by the feedback power control indication.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述RRC信令中包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应;或者The method of claim 14, wherein the RRC signaling includes a correct response response of the first data; or
    所述接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息之后,还包括:After the receiving the transmission indication information from the access network device, the method further includes:
    接收所述接入网设备发送的媒体接入控制MAC控制元素CE,所述MAC CE包括所述第一数据的正确应答响应。A medium access control MAC control element CE sent by the access network device is received, where the MAC CE includes a correct response response of the first data.
  16. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息或新传PUSCH调度信息;The method according to claim 2, wherein the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information or newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information;
    当所述PUSCH调度信息为重传PUSCH调度信息时,所述根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,包括:When the PUSCH scheduling information is retransmission PUSCH scheduling information, the sending second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information includes:
    在所述重传PUSCH调度信息调度的PUSCH上,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据,其中,所述第二数据与所述第一数据相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的信息位相同,或所述第二数据和所述第一数据的有效信息相同,或所述第二数据是所述第一数据的冗余 版本;Send the second data to the access network device on the PUSCH scheduled by the retransmitted PUSCH scheduling information, where the second data is the same as the first data, or the second data is the same as the first data The information bits of the first data are the same, or the valid information of the second data and the first data are the same, or the second data is a redundant version of the first data;
    当所述PUSCH调度信息为新传PUSCH调度信息时,所述根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,包括:When the PUSCH scheduling information is newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information, the sending second data to the access network device according to the transmission indication information includes:
    在所述新传PUSCH调度信息调度的PUSCH上,向所述接入网设备发送所述第二数据。The second data is sent to the access network device on the PUSCH scheduled by the newly transmitted PUSCH scheduling information.
  17. 如权利要求2-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输指示信息包括所述时间提前量调整指示时,所述时间提前量调整指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第九字段上。The method according to any one of claims 2-16, wherein when the transmission instruction information includes the timing advance adjustment instruction, the timing advance adjustment instruction is carried in the ninth part of the transmission instruction information on the field.
  18. 如权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,在根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,或接收所述接入网设备发送的第三数据之前,还包括:The method according to claim 17, wherein before sending the second data to the access network device or receiving the third data sent by the access network device according to the transmission indication information, the method further comprises: :
    根据所述时间提前量调整指示确定目标时间提前量,并根据所述目标时间提前量调整时间提前量。A target timing advance is determined according to the timing advance adjustment instruction, and the timing advance is adjusted according to the target timing advance.
  19. 如权利要求2-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输指示信息包括所述调制与编码策略调整指示时,所述调制与编码策略调整指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第十字段上,所述第十字段取值不同时,所述调制与编码策略调整指示用于指示不同的调制与编码策略。The method according to any one of claims 2-18, wherein when the transmission indication information includes the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication, the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is carried in the transmission indication information. Regarding the tenth field, when the values of the tenth field are different, the modulation and coding strategy adjustment indication is used to indicate different modulation and coding strategies.
  20. 如权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,在根据所述传输指示信息,向所述接入网设备发送第二数据,或接收所述接入网设备发送的第三数据之前,还包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein before sending the second data to the access network device or receiving the third data sent by the access network device according to the transmission indication information, the method further comprises: :
    根据所述调制与编码策略调整指示调整调制与编码策略。The modulation and coding strategy is adjusted according to the modulation and coding strategy adjustment instruction.
  21. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A data transmission method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    接收处于RRC非激活态过程中的终端设备通过预配置授权资源发送的第一数据;receiving the first data sent by the terminal device in the RRC inactive state process through the preconfigured authorization resource;
    向所述终端设备发送传输指示信息,所述传输指示信息用于指示所述终端设备切换数据传输方式或继续数据传输;Sending transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the data transmission mode or continue data transmission;
    接收所述终端设备发送的第二数据,或向所述终端设备发送第三数据。Receive second data sent by the terminal device, or send third data to the terminal device.
  22. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A data transmission method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    终端设备在RRC非激活态过程中,向接入网设备发送随机接入请求;The terminal device sends a random access request to the access network device in the process of RRC inactive state;
    接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息,所述传输指示信息用于指示数据传输的方式和/或资源;receiving transmission indication information from the access network device, where the transmission indication information is used to indicate the mode and/or resource of data transmission;
    根据所述传输指示信息进行数据传输。Data transmission is performed according to the transmission indication information.
  23. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输指示信息包括以下至少一项:The method of claim 22, wherein the transmission indication information includes at least one of the following:
    传输方式切换指示、资源指示、波束指示;Transmission mode switching indication, resource indication, beam indication;
    其中,所述传输方式切换指示用于指示随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输结束后,切换至免授权调度数据传输;Wherein, the transmission mode switching instruction is used to indicate that after the random access process or the random access data transmission ends, switch to the authorization-free scheduling data transmission;
    所述资源指示用于指示免授权调度数据传输时的预配置授权资源;The resource indication is used to indicate the pre-configured authorized resources during the authorization-free scheduling of data transmission;
    所述波束指示用于指示同步信号块与所述预配置授权资源的对应关系。The beam indication is used to indicate the correspondence between the synchronization signal block and the preconfigured grant resource.
  24. 如权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述传输指示信息中包括所述传输方式切换指示时,所述传输指示信息承载在所述传输指示信息的第一字段中;The method according to claim 23, wherein when the transmission indication information includes the transmission mode switching indication, the transmission indication information is carried in the first field of the transmission indication information;
    所述根据所述传输指示信息进行数据传输,包括:The performing data transmission according to the transmission indication information includes:
    确定随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输结束后,使用预配置授权资源进行免授权调度数据传输;After determining that the random access process or the random access data transmission is over, use the pre-configured authorized resources to perform authorization-free scheduling data transmission;
    其中,所述随机接入数据传输为两步随机接入数据传输或四步随机接入数据传输,所述随机接入过程为两步随机接入过程或四步随机接入过程。Wherein, the random access data transmission is a two-step random access data transmission or a four-step random access data transmission, and the random access process is a two-step random access process or a four-step random access process.
  25. 如权利要求23或24所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述传输指示信息包括所述资源指示时,所述资源指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第二字段中,其中,所述第二字段取值不同,所述资源指示用于指示激活不同的预配置授权资源。The method according to claim 23 or 24, wherein when the transmission indication information includes the resource indication, the resource indication is carried in the second field of the transmission indication information, wherein the first The two fields have different values, and the resource indication is used to indicate activation of different preconfigured authorized resources.
  26. 如权利要求22至24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述传输指示信息包括所述波束指示时,所述波束指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第三字段中,其中,所述第三字段取值不同时,所述波束指示用于指示不同的同步信号块与所述预配置授权资源的对应关系。The method according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein when the transmission indication information includes the beam indication, the beam indication is carried in a third field of the transmission indication information, wherein: When the value of the third field is different, the beam indication is used to indicate the correspondence between different synchronization signal blocks and the preconfigured grant resource.
  27. 如权利要求22至26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 22 to 26, wherein the receiving the transmission indication information from the access network device comprises:
    接收所述接入网设备发送的下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息中包括所述传输指示信息。Receive downlink control information sent by the access network device, where the downlink control information includes the transmission indication information.
  28. 如权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输指示信息承载在所述下行控制信息中的预留字段上。The method of claim 27, wherein the transmission indication information is carried in a reserved field in the downlink control information.
  29. 如权利要求22至26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 22 to 26, wherein the receiving the transmission indication information from the access network device comprises:
    接收所述接入网设备发送的下行控制信息,并在所述下行控制信息调度的物理下行共享信道PDSCH上接收所述传输指示信息;或者Receive downlink control information sent by the access network device, and receive the transmission indication information on the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by the downlink control information; or
    接收所述接入网设备发送的随机接入响应信息,所述随机接入响应信息中包括所述传输指示信息,所述随机接入响应信息承载在所述PDSCH上;或者Receive random access response information sent by the access network device, where the random access response information includes the transmission indication information, and the random access response information is carried on the PDSCH; or
    接收所述接入网设备发送的冲突解决信息,所述冲突解决信息中包括所述传输指示信息,所述冲突解决信息承载在所述PDSCH上;或者Receive conflict resolution information sent by the access network device, where the conflict resolution information includes the transmission indication information, and the conflict resolution information is carried on the PDSCH; or
    接收所述接入网设备发送的无线资源控制RRC信令,所述RRC信令中包括所述传输指示信息,所述RRC信令承载在所述PDSCH上。Receive radio resource control RRC signaling sent by the access network device, where the RRC signaling includes the transmission indication information, and the RRC signaling is carried on the PDSCH.
  30. 如权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述PDSCH上携带媒体接入控制MAC控制元素CE。The method according to claim 29, wherein, the medium access control (MAC) control element CE is carried on the PDSCH.
  31. 如权利要求30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输指示信息承载在所述MAC CE中未定义的逻辑信道上。The method of claim 30, wherein the transmission indication information is carried on an undefined logical channel in the MAC CE.
  32. 如权利要求22至31任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输指示信息还包括:无争用随机接入资源指示;The method according to any one of claims 22 to 31, wherein the transmission indication information further comprises: a contention-free random access resource indication;
    所述无争用随机接入资源指示用于指示随机接入过程或随机接入数据传输中使用的资源。The contention-free random access resource indication is used to indicate resources used in random access procedures or random access data transmission.
  33. 如权利要求32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无争用随机接入资源指示包括以下索引值中的至少一个:The method of claim 32, wherein the contention-free random access resource indication comprises at least one of the following index values:
    随机接入前导码索引值、同步信号块索引值、物理随机接入信道机会RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围;random access preamble index value, synchronization signal block index value, physical random access channel opportunity RO resource index value or RO resource index value range;
    所述随机接入前导码索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第四字段中;所述同步信号块索引值承载在所述传输指示信息的第五字段中,所述RO资源索引值或RO资源索引值范围承载在所述传输指示信息的第六字段中。The random access preamble index value is carried in the fourth field of the transmission indication information; the synchronization signal block index value is carried in the fifth field of the transmission indication information, the RO resource index value or RO The resource index value range is carried in the sixth field of the transmission indication information.
  34. 如权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无争用随机接入资源指示还包括:物理上行共享信道机会PO指示,所述PO指示用于指示两步随机接入过程或两步随机接入数据传输中所述终端设备使用的上行共享信道,所述PO指示承载在所述传输指示信息的第七字段中。The method of claim 33, wherein the contention-free random access resource indication further comprises: a physical uplink shared channel opportunity PO indication, the PO indication is used to indicate a two-step random access procedure or a two-step random access procedure The uplink shared channel used by the terminal device in random access data transmission, and the PO indication is carried in the seventh field of the transmission indication information.
  35. 如权利要求22至34任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收来自所述接入网设备的传输指示信息之后,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 22 to 34, wherein after receiving the transmission indication information from the access network device, the method further comprises:
    向所述接入网设备发送传输指示信息对应的反馈信息,所述反馈信息用于反馈是否接受所述传输指示信息的传输指示。Send feedback information corresponding to the transmission indication information to the access network device, where the feedback information is used to feed back whether to accept the transmission indication of the transmission indication information.
  36. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A data transmission method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    接收来自RRC非激活态过程中的终端设备的随机接入请求;Receive a random access request from a terminal device in an RRC inactive state process;
    向所述终端设备发送传输指示信息,所述传输指示信息用于指示终端设备进行数据传输的方式和/或资源。Sending transmission indication information to the terminal device, where the transmission indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform data transmission methods and/or resources.
  37. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,用于实现如权利要求1-20或权利要求21或权利要求22-35或权利要求36中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it is used for implementing the method according to any one of claims 1-20 or 21 or 22-35 or 36.
  38. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于执行权利要求1-20或权利要求21或权利要求22-35或权利要求36中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a processor and a memory, the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to execute claims 1-20 or 21 or 22-35 or 36 The method of any of the above.
  39. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得所述计算机执行权利要求1-20或权利要求21或权利要求22-35或权利要求36中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that, a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer is made to execute claims 1-20 or claim 21 or The method of any of claims 22-35 or claim 36.
  40. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括终端设备和接入网设备,其中,所述终端设备用于执行权利要求1-20或权利要求22-35中任一项所述的方法,所述接入网设备用于执行权利要求21或权利要求36所述的方法。A communication system, characterized in that it includes a terminal device and an access network device, wherein the terminal device is configured to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-20 or 22-35, the connection The network access device is used to perform the method of claim 21 or claim 36 .
PCT/CN2020/139520 2020-12-25 2020-12-25 Data transmission method and apparatus WO2022134030A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202080107518.9A CN116530191A (en) 2020-12-25 2020-12-25 Data transmission method and device
PCT/CN2020/139520 WO2022134030A1 (en) 2020-12-25 2020-12-25 Data transmission method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/139520 WO2022134030A1 (en) 2020-12-25 2020-12-25 Data transmission method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022134030A1 true WO2022134030A1 (en) 2022-06-30

Family

ID=82157257

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/139520 WO2022134030A1 (en) 2020-12-25 2020-12-25 Data transmission method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116530191A (en)
WO (1) WO2022134030A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110876183A (en) * 2018-08-31 2020-03-10 华为技术有限公司 RRC connection release method, related equipment and system
US20200107369A1 (en) * 2018-09-27 2020-04-02 Hyoungsuk Jeon RACH Type Switching
CN111866796A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-10-30 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for acquiring radio bearer configuration

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110876183A (en) * 2018-08-31 2020-03-10 华为技术有限公司 RRC connection release method, related equipment and system
US20200107369A1 (en) * 2018-09-27 2020-04-02 Hyoungsuk Jeon RACH Type Switching
CN111866796A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-10-30 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for acquiring radio bearer configuration

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ITL: "RACH based Small data transmission", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2006845, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. electronic; 20200817 - 20200828, 5 August 2020 (2020-08-05), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051910743 *
LENOVO, MOTOROLA MOBILITY: "Consideration on CG based small data transmission", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2009874, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. electronic; 20201102 - 20201113, 23 October 2020 (2020-10-23), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051942676 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116530191A (en) 2023-08-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3440883B1 (en) Procedures for grouping wearable devices with lte master ues
CN105075385B (en) Network-assisted UE detection in direct mode UE-to-UE communication
EP2946632B1 (en) Network-assisted d2d communication using d2d capability information
US20230123151A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
US20200037132A1 (en) Methods and apparatus for peer ue search and notification for unicast over sidelink
CN111165041A (en) System and method for performing dual connectivity communication in direct link communication
US10791501B2 (en) Anchor base station, slave cell and user equipment
WO2020063828A1 (en) Random access method and communication apparatus
CN105163398A (en) Connection establishment method and user equipment
CN114731672A (en) Information transmission method, terminal equipment and network equipment
CN115804201A (en) Data forwarding in a centralized unit and distributed unit separation architecture
US20230403626A1 (en) Method and apparatus for relay communication
CN115529662A (en) Communication method and device
CN115119311A (en) Method and communication device for transmitting small data
WO2022134030A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
EP4132035A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022183406A1 (en) Method for transmitting data channel, terminal device and network device
WO2016163431A1 (en) User terminal and control method
CN112997575B (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
CN116097837A (en) Signal transmitting and receiving method, device and communication system
CN116347651A (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2023051366A1 (en) Method for controlling transmission, and related apparatus
WO2022236717A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2023001149A1 (en) Method for controlling transmission and related apparatus
CN113661772B (en) Method and device for identifying user equipment capability in side link transmission

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20966595

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202080107518.9

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20966595

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1